UMASS/AMHERST 31EDbt,D050S7b53 I H re*, LIBRARY OF THE MASSACHUSETTS AGRICULTURAL s E 566 No..A_i ££~ .n-isss:. SOURCE Ea H- p^ •^ This book may be kept out TWO WEEKS only, and is subject to a fine of TWO CENTS a day thereafter. It will be due on the day indicated- below. ■•''•. ■*. PEC 3 6 W* 331 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2009 with funding from Boston Library Consortium Member Libraries http://www.archive.org/details/selfinstructionfOOIoud ^""* J. SELF-INSTRUCTION FOR YOUNG GARDENERS, FORESTERS, BAILIFFS, LAND-STEWARDS, AND FARMERS; IN ARITHMETIC AND BOOK-KEEPING, GEOMETRY, MENSURATION, AND PRACTICAL TRIGONOMETRY, MECHANICS, HYDROSTATICS, AND HYDRAULICS, LAND-SURVEYING, LEVELLING, PLANNING, AND MAPPING, ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING, AND ISOMETRICAL PROJECTION AND PERSPECTIVE: S2TO ©xnmplcs, SHOWING THEIR APPLICATION TO HORTICULTURAL AND AGRICULTURAL PURPOSES. M THE LATE J. C. LOUDON, F.L.S. U.S. &c. WITH A MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. ILLUSTRATED WITH NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS. LONDON: LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS, rATERNOSTEIl-KOW. 1845. t 3 O. S 1 London : Printed by A. Spottiswoore, New- Street- Square. PREFACE. The. first idea of the present work was originated by Mr. Osbortst of the Fulham Nursery, who, having for several years had numerous young men under his super- intendence, perceived how much a book of the kind was wanted ; and Mr. Loudon, always eager to adopt any plan that seemed likely to improve young gardeners, was so much pleased with his suggestions that he readily un- dertook it, making great additions and improvements in the original plan : and, had he lived a little longer, he would have made it still more complete ; as he intended to include instructions in drawing landscapes, trees, flowers, &c, sketching from life, and colouring, together with the art of imitating flowers and fruits in wax, and many other similar acquirements, which are all more or less useful to a young gardener, and at the same time adapted to relieve his severer studies. For several months after Mr. Loudon's death I could not summon courage to look at the manuscript of this work, it was so associated with the idea of his suffer- ings; at length, however, our kind friend Mr. Pa xt on, after exerting himself most warmly in our behalf, urged me to publish it ; adding, what is certainly the fact, that it may be considered as my poor husband's last legacy to gardeners. I have therefore presented it to the public; and, as I really could not prepare the manuscript for the press myself, it was first looked over and arranged by Mr. Wooster (Mr. Loudon's last amanuensis), and after- IV PREFACE. wards submitted to Dr. Jamieson, whose name was men- tioned by Mr. 'Loudon a few hours before his death, as the person he wished to finish the work. Mr. Loudon had previously requested Dr. Jamieson to write the chapters on Mechanics, Hydrostatics, and Hydraulics, which that gentleman has done ; and Mr. Jay, a friend of his, has kindly furnished the section on Farm Book-keeping. These are the only portions that were never seen by Mr. Loudon. Some weeks before his death, the chapters on Architectural Drawing and lsome- trical Projection and Perspective were written for him by Mr. Robertson, and contributions for the work were also sent to him by Samuel Taylor, Esq., Richard Varden, Esq., Professor Donaldson, Mr. James Munro, and some other kind friends. To all these gen- tlemen I here offer my sincere thanks and acknowledge- ments, satisfied that in so doing I am only acting as my husband would have done, had his life been spared to the present time. J. W. LOUDON. Baysicater, September 30. 1845. CONTENTS. Page Preface - - - - - - iii An Account of the Life and Writings of Joiin Claudius Loudon - - - - - - ix Introduction CHAPTER I. Arithmetic. Section I. Vulgar Fractions - - - ~ 2 Subsect. I. Addition of Vulgar Fractions - 7 Subsect. II. Subtraction of Vulgar Fractions - - 8 Subsect. III. Multiplication of Vulgar Fractions - %b. Subsect. IV. Division of Vulgar Fractions - - 9 Section II. Decimal Fractions - - - - 12 Subsect. I. Notation and Reduction of Decimal Fractions ib. Subsect. II. Arithmetic of Terminal Decimals - - 17 Subsect. III. Approximate Decimals - - 18 Section III. Duodecimals, or Cross Multiplication - - 21 Section IV. Data for Arithmetical Calculations - - 22 Subsect. I. Tables of Weights and Measures - . ij„ Subsect. II. Rule for calculating Interest at 5 per Cent - 27 Subsect. III. Table to calculate Wages and otber Pay- ments - //,. Subsect, IV. Quarterly Terms - jj, A 3 VI CONTENTS. Page Section V. Proportion and Interest - - - 28 Subsect. I. Of Proportion, or the Rule of Three - ib- Subsect. II. Of Compound Proportion - - 33 Subsect. III. Simple Interest - - - 34' Subsect. IV. Compound Interest - - - 36 Section VI. Annuities and Freeholds - - - 37 Section VII. Involution and Evolution - - - 44 CHAPTER II. BoOK-KEETING. Section I. Garden Book-keeping - - - 49 Section II. Book-keeping for the Bailiff and Land- Steward - 55 Section III. Book-keeping for the Forester - - 63 Section IV. Book-keeping for the Nurseryman - - 67 Section V. Farm Book-keeping - - - 70 Subsect. I. The Day-Book - - - 71 Subsect. II. The Invoice-Book - - - 72 Subsect. III. The Labour-Book - - - 73 Subsect. IV. The Cash-Book - - - 74 Subsect. V. The Ledger - - - - 76 CHAPTER III. Practical Geometry. Section I. Of the Scale and Compasses - - -95 Section II. Definitions - - - - 96 Section IH. Problems - - - - 97 CHAPTER IV. Mensuration. Section I. Mensuration of Superficies » - - 100 CONTENTS. Vll Page Section II. Mensuration of Solids - - - 107 Section III. Practical Questions relating to Gardening, Fo- restry, and Farming - - - 110 CHAPTER V. Practical Trigonometry. Section I. Plane Trigonometry - - - 121 Section II. Of Heights and Distances - 124 Section III. Dialling - - - - 130 CHAPTER VI. Mechanics - 133 CHAPTER VII. Hydrostatics and Hydraulics. Section I. Hydrostatics - 144 Section II. Hydraulics - - - - 150 CHAPTER VIII. Land-Surveying. Section I. Description and Use of the Instruments - - 154 Subsect. I. Of the Chain - ib. Subsect. H. Of the Cross - 155 Section II. The Practice of Surveying - - - 156 CHAPTER IX. Levelling - - - 169 a 4 V1U CONTENTS. CHAPTER X. I'age Planning and Mapping - - 182 CHAPTER XL Architectural Drawing - -191 CHAPTER XII. Projection and Perspective - - 207 CHAPTER XIII. Miscellaneous Tables. Section I. Interest and Annuity Tables - - - 219" Section II. Foreign Weights and Measures - - 22& Section III. Mathematical Tables - - - 228 Section TV. Of the Thermometer - - - 231 Section V. Digging, Well-sinking, &c. - 234 Index __---- 235 VIGNETTES. The house at Bayswater in which Mr. Loudon died - xlviii Loudunra mithylloidcs Bert, Adesmia Loudon/a Hook. - Hi AN ACCOUNT OF THE LIFE AND WRITINGS OF JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. John Claudius Loudon was born on the 8th of April, 1783, at Cambuslang, in Lanarkshire, the residence of his mother's only sister, herself the mother of Dr. Clau- dius Buchanan (the author of a work entitled Christian Researclies in Asia), whose labours in India, in attempt- ing to convert and instruct the Hindoos, have made his name celebrated in the religious world. Mr. Loudon was the eldest of a large family ; and his father, who was a farmer, residing at Kerse Hall, near Gogar, about five miles from Edinburgh, being a man of enlightened mind and superior information, was very anxious that he should have every possible advantage in his education. Strange to say, however, Mr. Loudon, when a boy,' though fond of books, had an insuperable aversion from learning languages, and no persuasions could induce him to study Latin and French, though his father had a master from Edinburgh purposely to teach him the latter language. At this early period, however, a taste for landscape-gardening began to show itself, as his principal pleasure was in making walks and beds in a little garden his father had given him ; and so eager was he to obtain seeds to sow in it, that, when a jar of tamarinds arrived from an uncle in the AYcst Indies lie gave the other children his share of the fruit, on condition X LIFE AND WRITINGS OF of his having all the seeds. While yet quite a cliild, he was sent to live with an uncle in Edinburgh, that he might attend the classes at the public schools. Here he over- came his dislike to Latin, and made extraordinary progress in drawing and arithmetic. He also attended classes of botany and chemistry, making copious notes, illustrated with very clever pen-and-ink sketches. Still he could not make up his mind to learn French, till one day, when he was about fourteen, his uncle, showing a fine French engraving to a friend, asked his nephew to translate the title. This he could not do ; and the deep shame and mor- tification which he felt, and which he never afterwards forgot, made him determine to acquire the language. Pride, however, and a love of independence, which was ever one of his strongest feelings, prevented him from applying to his father to defray the expense ; and he actually paid his master himself, by the sale of a translation which he afterwards made for the editor of a periodical then pub- lishing in Edinburgh. He subsequently studied Italian, and paid his master in the same manner. He also kept a Journal from the time he was thirteen, and continued it for nearly thirty years ; writing it for many years in French, in order to familiarise himself with the language. Among all the studies which Mr. Loudon pursued while in Edinburgh, those he preferred were writing and drawing. The first he learned from Mr. Paton, afterwards father to the celebrated singer of that name ; and strange enough, I have found- an old letter of his to Mr. Lou- don, sen., prophesying that his son John would be one of the best writers of his day — a prophecy that has been abundantly realised, though certainly not in the sense its author intended it. Drawing was, however, his favourite pursuit ; and in this he made such proficiency, that, when his father at last consented to his being brought up as a landscape-gardener, he was competent to take the situation of draughtsman and assistant to Mr. John Mawer, at Easter Dairy, near Edinburgh. Mr. Mawer was a nurseryman, as well as a planner (as the Scotch JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XI call a landscape-gardener); and, while with him, Mr. Loudon learned a good deal of gardening generally, parti- cularly of the management of hothouses. Unfortunately, Mr. Mawer died before his pupil was sixteen ; and for three or four years afterwards Mr. Loudon resided with Mr. Dickson, a nurseryman and planner in Leith Walk, where he acquired an excellent knowledge of plants. There he boarded in Mr. Dickson's house ; and, though remarkable for the nicety of his dress, and the general refinement of his habits, his desire of improvement was so great, that he regularly sat up two nights in every week to study, drinking strong green tea to keep himself awake; and this practice of sitting up two nights in every week he continued for many years. While at Mr. Dickson's, he attended classes of botany, chemistry, and agriculture ; the last under Dr. Coventry, who was then Professor of Agriculture in the University of Edinburgh, and he was considered by that gentleman to be his most promising pupil. In truth, it has been highly gratifying to me, while turning over family papers to obtain what particulars I could of my husband's early life, to find continually, in old copy and account books, letters which had been no doubt treasured up by his mother, from different persons under whom he had studied, bearing the most honour- able 9 testimony to his proficiency in the various branches of his education, and particularly noting his unwearied perseverance in making himself thoroughly master of whatever he undertook. Mr. Loudon was not a man of many words, and he was never fond of showing the know- ledge he possessed ; but it was astonishing how much he did know on every subject to which he had turned his attention,, In 1803 he first arrived in London. The following day he called on Mr. Sowerby, Mead Place, Lambeth, avIio was the first gentleman he visited in England; and he was exceedingly delighted with the models and mincralogical specimens, which were so admirably arranged as to give Xll LIFE AND WRITINGS OF him the greatest satisfaction from his innate love of order ; and he afterwards devised a plan for his own books and papers, partly founded on that of Mr. Sowerby, but much more complete. * As he brought a great number of letters of recom- mendation to different noblemen and gentlemen of landed property, many of them being from Dr. Coventry with whom he was a great favourite, he was soon exten- sively employed as a landscape-gardener; and his journal is filled with accounts of his tours in various parts of England. It is curious, in turning over his memoranda, to find how many improvements suggested themselves to his active mind, which he was unable, from various circum- stances, to carry into effect at the time, but which, many years afterwards, were executed either by himself or by other persons, who, however, were unaware that he had previously suggested them. Throughout his life similar occurrences were continually taking place ; and nothing was more common than for him to find persons taking the merit to themselves of inventions which he had sug- gested years before. When this happened, he w T as fre- quently urged to assert his prior claim ; but he always answered, that he thought the person who made an inven- tion useful to the public had more merit than its original contriver; and that, in fact, so long as the public were benefited by any invention of his, it was perfectly indif- ferent to him who had the merit of it. There never lived a more liberal and thoroughly public-spirited man than Mr. Loudon. He had not a single particle of selfishness in his disposition, and in all his actions he never took the benefit they would produce to himself into consider- ation. When writing a book, his object was to obtain the best possible information on the subject he had in hand ; and he was never deterred from seeking this by any con- siderations of trouble or expense. That these feelings influenced him from the time of his first arrival in England may be traced in every page of his Journal ; and that they continued to influence him JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. Xlll to the last day of his life was only too evident to every one around him at that mournful period. When Mr. Loudon first arrived in London, he was very much struck with the gloomy appearance of the gardens in the centre of the public squares, which were then planted almost entirely with evergreens, particularly with Scotch pines, yews, and spruce firs ; and, before the close of the year 1803, he published an article in a work called The Literary Journal, which he entitled, " Observations on laying out the Public Squares of London." In this article he blamed freely the taste which then prevailed, and sug- gested the great improvement that would result from banishing the yews and firs (which always looked gloomy from the effect of the smoke on their leaves), and mingling deciduous trees with the other evergreens. He particu- larly named the Oriental and Occidental plane trees, the sycamore, and the almond, as ornamental trees that would bear the smoke of the city ; and it is curious to ob- serve how exactly his suggestions have been adopted, as these trees are now to be found in almost every square in London. About this time he appears to have become a member of the Linnean Society, probably through the interest of Sir Joseph Banks, to whom' he had brought a letter of in- troduction, and who, till his death in 1820, continued his warm friend. At the house of Sir Joseph Banks Mr. Loudon met most of the eminent scientific men of that clay, and the effect produced b} r their conversation on his active mind may be traced in his Journal. Among many other interesting memoranda of new ideas that struck him about this period, is one as to the expediency of trying the effects of charcoal on vegetation, from having observed the beautiful verdure of the grass on a spot where charcoal had been burnt. He appears, however, to have thought no more at that time on the subject, or to have forgotten it, as, when he afterwards wrote on charcoal, he made no allusion to this fact. In 1804, having been employed by the Kail of Mans- XIV LIFE AND WRITINGS OF field to make some plans for altering the Palace Gardens at Scone in Perthshire, he returned to Scotland and remained there several months, laying out grounds for many noblemen and gentlemen. While thus engaged, and while giving directions for planting and managing woods, and on the best mode of draining and otherwise improving estates, several ideas struck him, which he afterwards embodied in a book published in Edinburgh by Constable and Co., and by Longman, Hurst, Pees, and Orme, in London. This, then, was the first work of Mr. Loudon's presented to the public through the Messrs. Longman, with whom he continued to transact business of the same nature for nearly forty years. The book alluded to was entitled Observations on the Formation and Manage- ment of Useful and Ornamental Plantations ; on the Theory and Practice of Landscape- Gardening, and on gaining and embanking Land from Rivers or the Sea. As this was his first separate work, and as it is now comparatively little known, it may be interesting to copy a few sen- tences from the Introduction ; which will show how strongly his mind was, even in his youth, imbued with the subject of his profession, though he was then apparently disposed to treat it in a different style from what he did in after years. " Various are the vegetable productions which this earth affords. Blades of grass spring up every where, and clothe the surface with pasture ; groups of shrubs arise in some places, and diversify this uniform covering ; but trees are the most striking objects that adorn the face of inanimate nature. If we imagine for a moment that the surface of Europe were totally divested of wood, what would be our sensations on viewing its appearance ? Without this ac- companiment, hills and valleys, rivers and lakes, rocks and cataracts, all of themselves the most perfect that could be imagined, would present an aspect bleak, savage, and un- interesting. But, let the mountains be covered with wood, and the water shaded by trees, and the scene is instantly changed : what was before cold and barren, is now rich, JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XV noble, and full of variety. In travelling through a naked country, a whole unvaried horizon is comprehended by the eye with a single glance ; its surface is totally destitute of intricacy to excite curiosity and fix attention ; and both the eye and the mind are kept in a state of perpetual weariness and fatigue. But, in a wooded country, the scene is continually changing ; the trees form a varied boundary to every thing around, and enter into numberless and pleasing combinations with all other objects ; the eye is relieved without distraction, and the mind fully engaged without fatigue. If we examine even a tree by itself, the intricate formation and disposition of its boughs, spray, and leaves, its varied form, beautiful tints, and diversity of light and shade, make it far surpass every other object ; and, notwithstanding this multiplicity of separate parts, its general effect is simple and grand. " But wood is not only the greatest ornament on the face of our globe, but the most essential requisite for the accommodation of civilised society. The implements of agriculture, the machinery of manufactures, and the vehicles of commercial intercourse, are . all made of tim- ber; nor is there an edifice or superstructure of almost any denomination, in which this material does not form the principal part. " Wood is more particularly valuable in Great Britain, where the existence and prosperity of the empire depends upon the support of a numerous shipping, emphatically called its e wooden walls.' " From the universal utility, and the unrivalled beauty of wood, it may reasonably be supposed to have been assiduously cultivated in all improved countries ; and, ac- cordingly, we find trees were planted, and the growth of timber encouraged, by every polished nation. To this subject, as to all other parts of rural economy, the Romans paid great attention; and the writings of some of their most celebrated authors contain many excellent observa- tions and precepts on the culture and management of timber and ornamental trees." (p. 20.) XVI LIFE AND WRITINGS OF " But, independently of the beauty and profit of wood, the pleasure attending the formation and management of plantations will be a considerable recommendation to every virtuous mind. We look upon our young trees as our offspring ; and nothing can possibly be more satisfying than to see them grow and prosper under our care and attention ; nothing more interesting than to examine their progress, and mark their several peculiarities. As they advance to perfection, we foresee their ultimate beauty ; and the consideration that we have reared them raises a most agreeable train of sensations in our minds ; so inno- cent and rational, that they may justly rank with the most exquisite of human gratifications. But, as the most power- ful motives to planting are those which address themselves to the interest of the individual, I proceed to consider it more particularly in this point of view." (p. 23.) The work is divided into sections, in one of which, in particular, on the principal distinctions of trees and shrubs, are some very interesting observations, which show how well their author was acquainted with the characteristics of trees and shrubs even at that early period of his life. Before Mr. Loudon left Edinburgh, he published another work, entitled A short Treatise on some Improvements lately made in Hothouses. This was in 1805; and the same year he returned to England. On this second voy- age to London, he was compelled by stress of weather to land at Lowestoffe ; and he took such a disgust at the sea, that he never afterwards travelled by it if it was possible to go by land. He now resumed his labours as a land- scape-gardener ; and his Journal is filled with the observa- tions he made, and the ideas that suggested themselves of improvements, on all he saw. Among other things, he made some remarks on the best mode of harmonising colours in flower-gardens, which accord, in a very striking manner, with the principles afterwards laid down by M. Chevreul in his celebrated work entitled De la Loi du Con- traste simultane des Couleurs, published in Paris in 1839. Mr. Loudon states that he had observed that flower-gardens JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XV11 looked best when the flowers were so arranged as to have a compound colour next the simple one, which was not contained in it. Thus, as there are only three simple colours, blue, red, and yellow, he advises that purple flowers, which are composed of blue and red, should have yellow next them; that orange flowers, which are com- posed of red and yellow, should be contrasted with blue ; and that green flowers, which are composed of blue and yellow, should be relieved by red. He accounts for this on the principle that three parts are required to make a perfect whole; and he compares the union of the three primitive colours formed in this manner with the common chord in music; an idea which has since been worked out by several able writers. He had also formed the plan of a Pictorial Dictionary, which was to embrace every kind of subject, and to be illustrated by finished woodcuts printed with the type. In 1806 Mr. Loudon published his Treatise on forming, improving, and managing Country Residences, and on the Choice of Situations appropriate to every Class of Pur- chasers. With an Appendix containing an Enquiry into the Utility and Merits of Mr. Repton's Mode of showing Effects by Slides and Sketches, and Strictures on his Opi- nions and Practice in Landscape- Gardening. Illustrated by Descriptions of Scenery and Buildings, by References to Country Seats and Passages of Country in most Parts of Great Britain, and by 32 Engravings. This work was much more voluminous than any of the preceding ones, and it was ornamented by some elegant copperplate engravings of landscape scenery, drawn by himself, which, in 1807, were republished, with short de- scriptions, as a separate work. During the greater part of the year 1806 Mr. Loudon was actively engaged in landscape-gardening ; and towards the close of that year, when returning from Tre-Madoc, in Caernarvonshire, the seat of W. A. Madocks, Esq., he caught a violent cold by travelling on the outside of a coach all night in the rain, and neglecting to change his XV1U LIFE AND WRITINGS OF clothes when he reached the end of his journey. The cold brought on a rheumatic fever, which settled finally in his left knee, and, from improper medical treatment, ter- minated in a stiff joint ; a circumstance which was a source of great annoyance to him, not only at the time Avhen it occurred, but during the whole of the remainder of his life. This will not appear surprising, Avhen it is consi- dered that he was at that period in the prime of his days, and not only remarkably healthy and vigorous in constitu- tion, but equally active and independent in mind. While suffering from the effects of the complaint in his knee, he took lodgings at a farm-house at Pinner, near Harrow ; and, while there," the activity of his mind made him anxiously enquire into the state of English farming. He also amused himself by painting several landscapes, some of which were exhibited at the Royal Academy, and by learning German, paying his expenses, as he had done before when he learned French, by selling for publication a pamphlet which he had translated by way of exercise. In this case, the trans- lation being of a popular work, it was sold to Mr. Cadell for 15/. He also took lessons in Greek and Hebrew. The following extract from his Journal in 1806 will give some idea of his feelings at this period : — " Alas ! how have I neglected the important task of improving myself ! How much I have seen, what new ideas have developed them- selves, and what different views of life I have acquired since I came to London three years ago ! I am now twenty- three years of age, and perhaps one third of my life has passed away, and yet what have I done to benefit my fel- low men ? " Mr. Loudon, during the length of time he was com- pelled to remain at Pinner, became so interested respect- ing English farming, and so anxious that the faults he observed in it should be corrected, that he Avrote to his father, stating the capability of the soil, and the imper- fect state of the husbandry, and urging him to come to England. It happened that at this period the farm called Wood Hall, where he had been staying so long, JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XIX was to be let, and Mr. Loudon, senior, in consequence of the recommendation of his son, took it, and removed to it in 1807. The following year Mr. Loudon, who was then residing with his father at Wood Hall, wrote a pamphlet entitled An immediate and effectual Mode of raising the Rental of the Landed Property of England ; and rendering Great Britain independent of other Nations for a Supply of Bread Corn. By a Scotch Farmer, note farming in Middlesex. This pamphlet excited a great deal of atten- tion ; and General Stratton, a gentleman possessing a large landed estate, called Tew Park, in Oxfordshire, having read it, was so much interested in the matter it contained, that he offered him a portion of his property at a low rate, in order that he might undertake the management of the rest, and thus introduce Scotch farming into Oxfordshire. The farm which Mr. Loudon took from General Stratton, and which was called Great Tew, was nearly eighteen miles from the city of Oxford, and it contained upwards of 1500 acres. " The surface," as he describes it, " was diversified by bold undulations, hills, and steeps, and the soil contained considerable variety of loam, clay, and light earth, on limestone and red rock. It was, however, subdivided in a manner the most unsuitable for arable husbandry, and totally destitute of carriage roads. In every other respect it was equally unfit for northern agriculture, having very indifferent buildings, and being greatly in want of draining and levelling." At this place he established a kind of agricultural college for the instruction of young men in rural pursuits ; some of these, being the sons of landed proprietors, were under his own immediate superintendence ; and others, who were placed in a second class, were instructed by his bailiff, and intended for land-stewards and farm-bailiffs. A descrip- tion of this college, and of the improvements effected at Great Tew, ^Yas given to the public in 1809, in a pamphlet entitled The Utility of Agricultural Knowledge to the Sons of the Landed Proprietors of England, and to Young Men intended for Estate-Agents ; illustrated by what has taken a 2 XX LIFE AND WRITINGS OF place in Scotland. With an Account of an Institution formed for Agricultural Pupils in Oxfordshire. By a Scotch Farmer and Land-Agent, resident in that County. In this pamphlet there is one passage showing how much attached he was to landscape-gardening, an attachment which remained undiminished to his death; and how severely he felt the misfortune of having his knee become anchylosed from the effects of the rheumatic fever before alluded to. The passage, which occurs in the introductory part of the work, is as follows : — "A recent personal misfortune, by which the author incurred deformity and lameness, has occasioned his having recourse to farming as a permanent source of income, lest by any future attack of disease he should be prevented from the more active duties and extensive range of a beloved profession on which he had formerly been chiefly dependent." Notwithstanding the desponding feelings expressed in this paragraph, Mr. Loudon appears from his memorandum books to have been still extensively engaged in landscape- gardening, as there are memoranda of various places that he laid out in England, Wales, and Ireland, till the close of 1812. Before this period he had quitted Tew ; and finding that he had amassed upwards of 15,000/. by his labours, he determined to relax his exertions, and to gratify his ardent thirst for knowledge by travelling abroad. Pre- viously, however, to doing this, he published two works : one entitled Hints on the Formation of Gardens and Plea- sure- Grounds, ivith Designs in various Styles of Rural Embellishment: comprising Plans for laying out Floiver, Fruit, and Kitchen Gardens ; and the Construction and Arrangement of Glass Houses, Hot Walls, and Stoves ; ivith Directions for the Management of Plantations, and a Priced Catalogue of Fruit and Forest Trees, Shrubs, and Herbaceous Plants ; the whole adapted to Villa Grounds from one Perch to One Hundred Acres in Extent : and the other, Observations on laying out Farms in the Scotch Style adapted to England. The first of these works I have no copy of, and have JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XXI never seen ; but the second is now before me, and it con- tains many interesting particulars respecting the farm of Great Tew rented by himself, and those of Wood Hall and Kenton Lane rented by his father. From this work it appears, that, though Mr. Loudon, senior, enjoyed but a few months' health after settling at Wood Hall, which he entered upon at Michaelmas, 1807, his death taking place in December, 1809, the estate was so much improved, even in that short period, that it was let after his death for a thousand pounds a year, being three hundred pounds a year more than he had paid for it. It also appears that Mr. Loudon entered on the farm at Great Tew at Michael- mas, 1808, and left it in February, 1811 ; General Stratton paying him a considerable sum for his lease, stock, and the improvements he had effected. The Continent, after having been long closed to English visitors, was thrown open in 1813 by the general rising against Napoleon Bonaparte, and it presented an ample field to an enquiring mind like that of Mr. Loudon. Ac- cordingly, after having made the necessary preparations, he sailed from Harwich on the 16th of March. He first landed at Gottenburg, and was delighted with Sweden, its roads, its people, and its systems of education ; but he was too impatient to visit the theatre of war to stay long in Sweden, and he proceeded by way of Memel to Konigsberg, where he arrived on the 14th of April. In this country he found every where traces of war : skeletons of horses lay bleaching in the fields, the roads were broken up, and the country houses in ruins. At Elbing he found the streets filled with the goods and cattle of the country people, who had poured into the town for protection from the French army, which was then passing within two miles of it ; and near Marien- burg he passed through a bivouac of 2000 Russian troops, who in their dress and general appearance looked more like convicts than soldiers. The whole of the valley be- tween Marienburg and Dantzic he found covered with water, and looking like one vast lake ; but on the hills near Dantzic there was an encampment of Russians ; the ii 3 XX11 LIFE AND WRITINGS OF Cossacks belonging to which were digging holes for them- selves and horses in the loose sand. These holes they afterwards covered with houghs of trees, stuck into the earth and meeting in the centre as in a gipsy tent ; the whole looking, at a little distance, like a number of huts of the Esquimaux Indians. He now passed through Swedish Pomerania ; and, on approaching Berlin, found the long avenues of trees leading to that city filled with foot passen- gers, carriages full of ladies, and waggons full of luggage, all proceeding there for protection ; and forming a very striking picture as he passed through them by moonlight. He remained at Berlin from the 14th of May to the 1st of June, and then proceeded to Frankfort on the Oder. Here, at the table d'hote, he dined with several Prussian officers, avIio, supposing him to be a Frenchman, sat for some time in perfect silence : but, on hearing him speak German, one said to the other, " He must be English ; " and, when he told them that he came from London, they all rose, one springing over the table in his haste, and crowded round him, shaking hands, kissing him, and over- Avhelming him with compliments, as he was the first Eng- lishman they had ever seen. He then proceeded through Posen to Warsaw, where he arrived on the 6th of June. Afterwards he travelled towards Russia, but was stopped at the little town of Tykocyn, and detained there three months, from some informality in his passport. When this difficulty was overcome, he proceeded by Grodno to Wilna, through a country covered with the remains of the French army, horses and men lying dead by the road-side, and bands of wild-looking Cossacks scouring the country. On entering Kosnow three Cossacks attacked his carriage, and endeavoured to carry off the horses, but they were beaten back by the whips of the driver and servants. At Mitton he Avas obliged to sleep in his britzska, as every house was full of the wounded ; and he was awakened in the night by the cows and other animals, of which the inn yard was full, eating the hay which had been put over his feet to keep them warm. He reached Riga on the 30th JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XX111 of September, and found the town completely surrounded by a barricade of waggons, which had been taken from the French. Between this town and St. Petersburg, while making a drawing of a picturesque old fort, he was taken up as a spy ; and, on his examination before the prefect, he was much amused at hearing the comments made on his note-book, which was full of unconnected memoranda, and which puzzled the magistrates and their officers ex- cessively when they heard it translated into Kuss. Mr. Loudon reached St. Petersburg on the 30th of Oc- tober, just before the breaking up of the bridge, and he re- mained there three or four months ; after which he proceeded to Moscow, where he arrived on the 4th of March, 1814, after having encountered various difficulties on the road. Once, in particular, the horses in his carriage being unable to drag it through a snow-drift, the postilions very coolly unharnessed them and trotted off, telling him that they would bring fresh horses in the morning, and that he would be in no danger from the wolves, if he would keep the windows of his carriage close, and the leather curtains down. There was no remedy but to submit ; and few men were better fitted by nature for bearing the horrors of such a night than Mr. Loudon, from his natural calmness and patient endurance of difficulties. He often, however, spoke of the situation he was in, particularly when he heard the howling of the wolves, and once when a herd of them rushed across the road close to his carriage. He had also some doubts whether the postilions would be able to recollect where they had left the carriage, as the wind had been very high during the night, and had blown the snow through the devices in the curtains. The morning, how- ever, brought the postilions with fresh horses, and the re- mainder of the journey was passed without any difficulty. When he reached Moscow, he found the houses yet black from the recent fire, and the streets filled with the ruins of churches and noble mansions. Soon after his arrival news was received of the capture of Paris, and the entrance of the allied sovereigns into that city ; but the a 4 XXIV LIFE AND WRITINGS OF Russians took this intelligence so coolly, that, though it reached Moscow on the 25th of April, the illuminations in honour of it did not take place till the 5 th of May. He left Moscow on the 2d of June, and reached Kiov on the 15th. Here he had an interview with General Rapp on account of some informality in his -passport. He then proceeded to Cracow, and thence to Vienna ; after which he visited Prague, Dresden, and Leipsic, passing through Magdeburg to Hamburg, where he embarked for England, and reached Yarmouth on the 27 th of September, 1814. During this long and interesting journey Mr. Loudon visited and took views of nearly all the palaces and large rural residences in the countries through which he passed ; and he visited all the principal gardens, frequently going two or three days' journey out of his route, if he heard of any garden that he thought worth seeing. He also visited most of the eminent scientific men in the different cities he passed through ; and was elected a mem- ber of the Imperial Society of Moscow, the Natural His- tory Society at Berlin, the Royal Economical Society at Potsdam, and many others. I have often wondered that on his return home he did not publish his travels ; as the Continent was then, comparatively, so little known, that a a narrative of what he saw, illustrated by his sketches, would have been highly interesting. Business of a very unpleasant nature, however, awaited him, and probably so completely occupied his mind as to leave no room for any thing else. I have already mentioned that when Mr. Loudon went abroad he had a large sum of money lying unemployed in his banker's hands ; and with this he was induced, I know not how, to embark in mercantile speculations, and under- writing ships at Lloyd's. As he knew nothing of business of this nature, it is not surprising that his speculations turned out badly ; and for more than twelve months he was involved in pecuniary difficulties. I am unable to give all the details of his sufferings during this period, as it was a subject he never spoke of, and the allusions to it JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XXV in his memorandum books are by no means explicit. It appears, however, that, after having made several fruitless journeys (including one to Paris in 1815) in the hope of recovering some part of the property, he was compelled to submit to the loss of nearly the whole ; and that his health was very seriously injured by the anxieties he underwent. About this time (1816) his mother and sisters left the country; and he, having determined that in future they should reside with him, took a house at Bayswater called the Hermitage, which had a large garden annexed. His health was now seriously impaired, but his mind always seemed to acquire additional vigour from the feebleness of his body ; and, as he was unable to use so much exertion as he had formerly done in landscape-gar- dening, he amused himself by trying experiments relating to the construction of hothouses, and by having several of different kinds erected in his garden. In August, 1815, a paper had been published in the Transactions of the Horticultural Society, by Sir George Mackenzie of Coul, " on the form which the glass of a forcing-house ought to have, in order to receive the greatest possible quantity of rays from the sun." This form Sir George conceived to be that of a globe ; but, as it seemed impracticable to make a hothouse globular, he proposed to make the roof the segment of a circle. Mr. Loudon appears to have been very much struck with this paper ; but he saw faults in the plan which he thought might be amended, and he tried houses with curvilinear roofs of various kinds, in order to ascertain which was the best. He also tried a house with what he called rido;e and fur- row glazing ; a plan which has since been carried out on a magnificent scale by Mr. Paxton, in the Duke of Devon- shire's splendid conservatory at Chatsworth. While these houses were in progress, he wrote a work entitled Re- marks on the Construction of Hothouses, &c, which was published in 1817. Shortly afterwards he invented a new kind of sash-bar, of which he gave a description, together with sketches of the hothouses, and details of XXVI LIFE AND WRITINGS OF their construction, in a quarto pamphlet entitled Sketches of Curvilinear Hothouses, &c, which was published in 1818. The profits of this bar he was to have shared with the iron- monger by whom it was sold; but, I believe, he never reaped any pecuniary advantage from it. He also pub- lished, in folio, another work, in the same year, entitled A Comparative View of the Common and Curvilinear Modes of roofing Hothouses. He now seems to have determined on devoting his time principally to his pen ; and he began to collect materials for the well-known EncyclojxBdia of Gardening. It is probable that the first idea of this work had occurred to him while he was travelling, from the great number of gardens he had seen, and the various modes of gardening that he had found practised in different countries. At any rate, he determined to commence his work with a history of gardening, and a description of the gardens of various countries ; introducing illustrative drawings engraved on wood and printed with the text, this being, I believe, the first time any engravings, except mere outlines, had been printed in that manner. It was necessary, in order to complete his plan, that he should see the gardens of France and Italy, in the same manner as he had seen those of the North of Europe ; and, for this purpose, he determined to set out on another tour, though his health was at that time so very indifferent, that one of his friends, who saw him at Dover, told him he looked more fit to keep his bed than to set out on a journey. Mr. Loudon, however, was not easily deterred from any thing that he had resolved upon, and he proceeded by way of Calais and Abbeville to Paris, where he arrived on the 30th of May, 1819. After seeing everything deserving of notice in Paris, and becoming acquainted with many eminent men there, from the letters of introduction given to him by his kind friend Sir Joseph Banks, he left on the 10th of June for Lyons; in the Botanic Garden of Avhich city he saw for the first time a living plant of the Vallis- nerifl, which had not then been introduced into England, JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XXV11 and which he had only seen in a dry state in the Hortus Siccns of Sir Joseph Banks. From Lyons he went to Avignon, and then he visited the celebrated fountain of Vaucluse. Afterwards he proceeded to Marseilles, and thence to Nice, from which city he sailed in a felucca for Genoa. During the whole of his tour through France he visited the gardens every where, and made memoranda of every thing that he thought would be useful for his intended work. He also made sketches of all the principal places, as he had previously done in the North of Europe. Before leaving Genoa he procured a collection of orange trees, which he sent to England for his greenhouse at Bayswater. He also saw, for the first time, slate boxes used for orange trees, in the garden of Signore di Negre, near Genoa. In this city, also, he first met with his friend Captain .Mangles ; and, joining him and Captain Irby, they travelled together along the shores of the Mediterranean, leaving Genoa on the 6th of July in a felucca for Leghorn, where they arrived on the 8th, and thence proceeded through Pisa to Florence. During the whole of this tour Mr. Loudon's Journal is entirely filled with descriptions of the gardens he visited, observations on the different modes of culture he saw practised, and various remarks on the habits of plants. One of the latter, which appears to me worth recording, is, that he found *Skxifraga crassifolia killed by a very slight frost in Florence ; though it will bear a considerable degree of cold in more northern climates. From Florence he went to Borne, and thence to Naples ; after which he visited Pompeii and Ilercula- neum, returning through Borne to Florence on the 21st of August. In these cities he visited all that is generally considered worth seeing; and, of course, did not neglect his favourite gardens. About this period he saw for the first time a specimen of the trick often practised by the Italian gardeners, which is called by the French Greffedes Charlatans. This consists in taking the pith out of the trunk and branches XXV111 LIFE AND WRITINGS OF of an orange tree, and dexterously introducing through these a rose tree, or any other plant which it is wished shall appear to have been grafted on the orange. Care is taken not to injure the roots of either; and, if put cautiously into the ground, both will produce leaves and flowers. The next place he visited was Bologna, near which he passed a day or two with an Italian family who were en- joying the pleasures of the vintage. He then went through Ferrara to Venice ; the first part of the road to which was bordered by hedges, in which were vines laden with grapes hanging from tree to tree. At Deux Ponts, he embarked in a boat, and found the canal nearly all the way to Venice full of beautiful aquatic plants, among which was the Vallisneria. He was very much struck with the imposing view that he first obtained of Venice, including the grand square of St. Mark, with its winged lion on a granite column. He also remarked the freshness and brilliancy of the paintings ; and he noticed that the Post-office at Venice was built upon immense piles of logwood. The whole of the first night that he passed in Venice he was unable to sleep, from the number of persons that were singing in parties in the streets. The following morning he hired a gondola, and went through the city, with which he was exceedingly delighted ; for, as he says, emphatically, " It is impossible to know what Italian architecture and Italian paintings really are, without seeing those at Venice." Before leaving this splendid city, he procured a living plant of the Vallisneria, which he placed in a little tin can containing water, and carried himself, when he was travelling, lest any harm should happen to it. The next place he visited was Padua, where he saw the celebrated Botanic Garden. The road from this to Vicenza was bordered with hedges of hibiscus syriacus. He had now entered upon the district where silk is chiefly pro- duced, and found on each side of the road vast plantations of white mulberry trees. Thence he proceeded to Milan ; after which he visited the splendid gardens of Monza, with which he was most exceedingly delighted. He found JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. xxix here square pots universally used for the plants in the greenhouses, in order to save room ; and the tubs of the orange and lemon trees sunk in the ground, to keep the plants moist. He found the tuberoses most luxuriant, and scenting the air. The Botanic Garden at Milan is small but well filled. On leaving Milan he visited the Borromean Isles ; but thought the beauty of Isola Bella somewhat exaggerated. The little can containing the Vallisneria had occasioned him a great deal of trouble during his journey through the North of Italy ; and he found it still more difficult to take care of while he was crossing the Simplon into Switzerland, as he was obliged to perform the journey on a mule. However, to use his own expression, he nursed it as carefully as he would have done a child, and the Vallisneria was in perfect health when he arrived at Geneva on the 13th of September, 1819. Here he visited the Botanic Garden, and formed an acquaintance with the late Professor De Candolle. He afterwards visited Basle ; saw the establishment of M. Fellenberg, and proceeded through Strasburg to Paris, where he only slept one night, and then set off for Belgium. The one night that he passed at Paris proved unfortunately fatal to the Vallis- neria. The inn he went to happened to be crowded when he arrived, and he was placed in a very small bedroom, that was so hot and close he fancied his poor plant looked drooping. To revive it, he opened the window, and placed the tin can on the window-sill, taking great care to secure it that it might not fall. In the morning, however, though the tin can remained, the plant was gone; and he Avas never able to ascertain what had become of it, though he supposed it had been carried off by sparrows. At Brussels he found the Botanic Garden in those days nothing ; but he liked the park and the promenade on the ramparts, to which the Botanic Garden has since been removed. At Ghent, he was also much pleased with the Botanic Garden, and with the generally luxuriant appear- ance of the plants in the private gardens near the town. XXX LIFE AXD WHITINGS OF In Bruges and Ostend he found little to see ; and he returned to Bayswater on the 9th of October. As soon as he reached home, he began the Encyclo- paedia of Gardening, at which he worked with little in- termission till it was finished, though he was suffering severely at the time from chronic rheumatism in his right arm ; the pain from which became at length so intolerable, that in 1820 he was compelled to call in medical aid; and, being recommended to try Mahomed's vapour baths, he went down to Brighton for that purpose. Here, not- withstanding the extreme torture he suffered from the shampooing and stretching, he submitted to both with so much patience, that they were continued by the operators till they actually broke his right arm so close to the shoulder as to render it impossible to have it set in the usual man- ner, and consequently it never united properly, though he continued to use his hand to write with for several years. In 1822 appeared the first edition of the Encyclopedia of Gardening ; a most laborious work, remarkable both for the immense mass of useful matter it contains, and for the then unusual circumstance of a great number of finished wood-engravings being printed with the text, instead of being in separate pages. This book had an extraordinary sale, and fully established the literary fame of its author. In the early part of the year 1823 he wrote a work en- titled The different Modes of cultivating the Pine-apple, from its first Introduction to Europe to the Improvements of T. A. Knight, Esq., in 1822. About this time also a little work was published anony- mously, called The Greenhouse Companion, yfhich, I believe, was written, either entirely or in part, by Mr. Loudon : but it must have been by a wonderful exertion, if he did write it ; as during the whole of the year 1823 he suffered most excruciating pain, not only from his right arm, the bone of which had never properly united, and to retain which in its place he was compelled to wear an iron case night and day, but from the rheumatism which had settled in his left hand, and which contracted two of his fingers JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XXxi and his thumb, so as to render them useless. It is, how- ever, worthy of remark, and quite characteristic of Mr. Loudon, that, at the very time he was suffering such acute bodily pain, he formed the plan of his houses in Porchester Terrace, Bayswater, and superintended the building of them himself, rising at four o'clock every morning, that he might be on the spot when the workmen came to their work. In 1824 a second edition was published of the Ency- clopaedia of Gardening ; in which the work was nearly all rewritten, and very considerable additions were made to it. In the following year, 1825, the Encyclopaedia of Agri- culture was written and published. These extensive and laborious works following closely upon each other, in Mr. Loudon's state of health, speak strongly as to his unpa- ralleled energy of mind. When, shortly after, his right arm was broken a second time, and he was obliged to sub- mit to amputation, though he gave up landscape-gardening, it was only to devote himself more assiduously to his pen. He was, however, now no longer able to Avrite or draw himself, and he was compelled to employ both an amanu- ensis and a draughtsman. Still, though he had only the use of the third and little finger of his left hand, he would frequently take a pen or a pencil, and make sketches with astonishing vigour, so as fully to explain to his draughtsman what he wished to be done. During the time that he was suffering so severely from the pain in his arm, he found no ease but from taking laudanum ; and he became at last so habituated to the use of this noxious potion, that he took a wine-glass- ful every eight hours. After the amputation of his arm, however, he wished to leave off taking it, as he was aware of its injurious effects upon his general health ; and he contrived to cure himself by putting a wine-glassful of water into his quart bottle of laudanum every time he took out a wine-glassful of the potion, so that the mix- ture became gradually weaker every day, till at lasl it was little more than water: and he found he had cured XXX11 LIFE AND WRITINGS OF himself of this dangerous habit without experiencing any inconvenience. In 1826 he established The Gardeners Magazine, the first periodical devoted exclusively to horticultural subjects. This work was always Mr. Loudon's favourite, and the organ through which he communicated his own thoughts and feelings to the public. It was originally un- dertaken principally for the benefit of gardeners in the country, in order to put them " on a footing with those about the metropolis ; " but it soon became the universal means of communication among gardeners, and was of in- calculable benefit to them. It also became a source of great pleasure to amateurs of gardening, and was no doubt the means of inspiring a taste for the pursuit in many who had before been indifferent to it. " In an art so uni- versally practised as gardening, and one daily undergoing so much improvement," Mr. Loudon observes, " a great many occurrences must take place worthy of being re- corded, not only for the entertainment of gardening readers, but for the instruction of practitioners in the art." (Gard. Mag. vol. i. p. 1.) That this work met the wants of a large class of readers is evident from four thousand copies of the first number having been sold in a few days ; and from the work having continued popular for nineteen years, and, in fact, till its close at the death of its conductor. The Gardener's Magazine first appeared quarterly, afterwards it was published every two months, and finally every month. The second number of this work contained an attack on the London Horticultural Society, the affairs of which were then notoriously ill managed, though before the publication of The Gardener 's Magazine no one had ventured to complain of them publicly. In the same number appeared an article on the " Self-education of Gardeners;" in which Mr. Loudon began those earnest exhortations to gardeners to improve themselves, and those efforts to put them in the way of self-improvement, which he continued almost to the last hour of his life. He also, in this second number, gave a plan for the improvement of JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XXX1U Kensington Gardens, and suggested the erection of " small stone lodges with fireplaces at the principal garden gates, for the comfort of the door-keepers in winter," as before that time the door-keepers had no shelter but the alcoves ; and he proposed that at least once a week a band should play in the Gardens, and that the public should be able to obtain the convenience of seats, as in the public gardens on the Continent. In the third number of the Magazine he began a series of articles on " Cottage Economy ; " and invited young architects to turn their thoughts to the erec- tion of cottages, as well for labourers as for gardeners, which should be not only ornamental enough to please the gentlemen on whose grounds they were to be erected, but comfortable to those who were to live in them. These hints were followed up by many gentlemen : and I think I never saw Mr. Loudon more pleased than when a highly respectable gardener once told him that he was living in a new and most comfortable cottage, which his master had built for him ; a noble marquess, who said that he should never have thought of it, but for the observations in Mr. Loudon's Gardener's Magazine, as they made him consider whether the cottage was comfortable or not, and that, as soon as he did so, he perceived its deficiencies. The fact is, that the greater part of the nobility and landed pro- prietors are, I believe, most anxious to make those around them as comfortable as possible, and only require their attention to be properly directed to the subject. In the fourth number of the Gardener 's Magazine the subject of the reform of the Horticultural Society was resumed ; and it was continued in the succeeding numbers till 1830, when the desired result was at length effected. Both in the early volumes of The Gardeners Magazine, and in the Encyclopaedia of Gardening, Mr. Loudon had strongly advocated the necessity of having garden libraries ; and in the second volume of The Gardener's Magazine he gave a list of books he considered suitable for a garden library, in which he included the Encyclopaedia of Plants and the Hortus Britannicus ; works then written, though b XXXIV LIFE AND AVRITINGS OF they took so long in printing that they were not published till two or three years afterwards. It is very gratifying to find that numerous garden libraries were established in different parts of the country, in the course of two or three months after they were first suggested in The Gar- dener's Magazine ; and that several letters appeared, from working gardeners, on the advantages and improvement which they had received from the books they thus ob- tained access to. In the year 1827 Mr. Loudon suggested the idea of planting some public walk according to the natural system, and naming the trees in the way that has lately been done in Kensington Gardens. The same year the first notices were inserted of Horticultural Societies offer- ing premiums for the production of certain vegetables, flowers, and fruits ; a plan which has since been carried to a very great extent. » In the year 1828 Tlie Magazine of Natural History was begun, being the first work of its kind ; and this work, though not quite so successful as The Gardener 's Magazine, was very popular, and has had numerous imitators. To- wards the close of this year Mr. Loudon paid another visit to the Continent, to obtain information for a new edition of the Encyclopedia of Agriculture. After tra- versing France, he proceeded through Strasburg to Munich and Stuttgard ; he afterwards visited Heidel- berg and Carlsruhe, and returned by Metz to Paris, and thence to England. In The Gardener's Magazine for 1828 he began to give an account of this tour; and he continued it through several of the succeeding volumes, interspersing the descriptions of the various places he saw with a mass of valuable reflections on various sub- jects, which he conceived would be useful to gardeners. In the following year, 1829, he suggested the idea of having breathing zones, or unoccupied spaces half a mile broad, at different intervals around London ; and in the next article to this he first suggested the idea of making use of the manure now carried to waste by the com- JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XXXV mon sewers, a plan which has since engaged the atten- tion of many talented persons, and which, probably, will at no very distant period be carried into effect. Another plan suggested by him about this period was for establishing national schools, or, as he termed them, paro- chial institutions for education. In the same volume is a suggestion for the establishment of a gardeners' fund for the relief of the widows and families of deceased gardeners. About this time Mr. Loudon formed his first acquaint- ance with me. My father died in 1824; and, finding on the winding up of his affairs that it would be necessary for me to do something for my support, I had written a strange wild novel called The Mummy, in which I had laid the scene in the twenty-second century, and attempted to predict the state of improvement to which this country might possibly arrive. Mr. Loudon chanced to see the review of this book in the Literary Gazette, and, as among other things I had mentioned a steam-plough, it attracted his attention, and he procured the work from a circulating library. He read it, and was so much pleased with it, that he published, in The Gardener 's Magazine for 1828, a notice of it under the head of " Hints for Improve- ments ; " and he had from that time a great desire to be- come acquainted with the author, whom he supposed to be a man. In February, 1830, Mr. Loudon chanced to mention this wish to a lady, a friend of his, who happened to be acquainted with me, and who immediately invited him to a party, where she promised him he should have the wished-for introduction. It may be easily supposed that he was surprised to find the author of the book a woman ; but I believe that from that evening he formed an attachment to me, and, in fact, we were married on the 14th of the following September. Immediately after our marriage, Mr. Loudon began to rewrite the JEncyclopcedia of Gardening, which was pub- lished in the course of the year 1831. On the 1st of October, 1830, he published the first part of a work, in atlas folio, entitled Illustrations of Landscape- Gardening b 2 XXXVI LIFE AND WRITINGS OF and Garden Architecture ; but, from the very expensive nature of the work, and the limited number of subscribers, he found it necessary to discontinue it, and it did not proceed beyond the third part, which appeared in 1833. In the beginning of the year 1831 he had an appli- cation to lay out a botanic garden at Birmingham, and he agreed to do it merely on the payment of his expenses. On this occasion I accompanied him ; and, after spending about six weeks in Birmingham, (which, though it is my native town, I had not seen for several years,) we made a tour through the North of England, visiting the lakes in Cumberland and Westmoreland. It was at Chester that we saw a copy of Mr. Paxton's Horticultural Register, the first rival to The Gardener's Magazine, which at the time we were married produced 7507. a year; but which gradually decreased from the appearance of the Hor- ticultural Register, till the period of Mr. Loudon's death, immediately after which it was given up. After visiting the beautiful scenery in Westmoreland and Cumberland, we passed through Carlisle, and entered Scotland by way of Longtown and Langholme. It hap- pened that there was a fair at the latter place, and the town was so exceedingly full that they not only could not give us a bed, but we could not even find a place to sit down. We had a four-wheeled phaeton with only one horse, and, as we had travelled from Carlisle that day, the animal was very much tired ; it was also a serious an- noyance to us, after having entered Scotland, to have to return twenty miles into England, as we were told we must do, Longtown being the nearest place where we were likely to obtain accommodation for the night. For- tunately for us, Mr. Loudon, having heard that Mr. Bell, who resided at Woodhouselee, only a few miles from Lang- holme, had a fine collection of American plants, deter- mined to call there, and ask permission to see them. We did so ; and, when Mr. Bell heard how we were situated, he most hospitably insisted on our staying at Woodhouselee all night, though we were wholly strangers to him. JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XXXVll The next clay we proceeded through Gretna Green and Annan to Dumfries, in the neighbourhood of which we staid about three weeks, spending part of the time at Close- burn with Mr. Loudon's very kind friend Sir Charles Menteath, and part at Jardine Hall with Sir William and Lady Jardine. We afterwards staid at Munches and other seats in Dumfries- shire ; and when Ave entered Ayrshire, the county to which Mr. Loudon's family ori- ginally belonged, he was received with public dinners at Ayr and Kilmarnock. A public dinner Avas also pre- paring for him at Glasgow; but while we were staying at Crosslee Cottage, near Paisley, the residence of Archibald AVooclhouse, Esq., one of his most highly es- teemed friends, he received a letter from Bayswater, in- forming him of the severe illness of his mother, and her earnest wish to see him. Mr. Loudon was Avarmly at- tached to his mother, and as, unfortunately, AA T e did not receive the letter till late at night, for A\ r e had been dining in the neighbourhood, we did not go to bed, but packed up every thing so as to be able to set off Avith daylight the next morning for GlasgOAV, where we left Mr. Loudon's man Avith the horse and carriage, and proceeded to Edin- burgh by coach, though Ave could only get outside places, and it rained ; besides Avhich, Mr. Loudon had never ridden on the outside of a coach since his knee had become stiff, and he could not ascend the ladder Avithout the greatest difficulty. Nothing, liOAvever, could stop him in the per- formance of what he considered his duty, and indeed I believe his eagerness to see his mother ovcrpoAvcred every other feeling, It Avas also a singular circumstance, that, on his return to Edinburgh after an absence of nearly thirty years, he should be obliged to pass through it almost Avithout stopping ; yet such Avas the case, as aa'C found on our arrival at the inn that a packet Avas just about to sail for London, and that if avc did not avail ourselves of it we should be compelled to wait several days. We, therefore, hurried down to the pier ; and, find- ing that the captain of the vessel Avas just going on board, b 3 XXXV111 LIFE AND WRITINGS OF we hired a boat, and were luckily in time to save our pas- sage. We had a very quick voyage, and arrived at Bays- water about half an hour after the letter we had sent from Glasgow to announce that we were coming. Mr. Loudon's mother was so delighted to see her son, that she seemed partially to revive ; so much, indeed, that we had hopes of her recovery. Nature, however, was too far exhausted, and she died about six weeks after our return, in October, 1831. In 1832 Mr. Loudon commenced his Encyclopedia of Cottage, Farm, and Villa Architecture, which was the first work he ever published on his own account ; and in which I was his sole amanuensis, though he had several draughts- men. The labour that attended this work was immense ; and for several months he and I used to sit up the greater part of every night, never having more than four hours' sleep, and drinking strong coffee to keep ourselves awake. The First Additional Supplement to the Hortus Britan- nicus was also prepared and published in 1832. The great success of the Cottage Architecture, which is perhaps the best and most useful of all Mr. Loudon's works, tempted him to publish the Arboretum Britannicum also on his own account. He had long intended to write a work on the hardy trees of Great Britain; but he did not contemplate the expenses which he should incur by so doing. When, however, the Arboretum was once begun, he found it was impossible to compress it into the limits originally intended; and, in his determination to make the work as perfect as possible, he involved himself in the difficulties which hastened his death. Notwith- standing the immense labour attending the Arboretum, which was published in monthly numbers, Mr. Loudon, in March, 1834, began The Architectural Magazine, the first periodical devoted exclusively to architecture ; though, like The Magazine of Natural History and The Gardener's Magazine, it only served as a pioneer to clear the way for others, which afterwards followed in the same course with much greater success. JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. XXXIX From the year 1833 to Midsummer 1838 Mr. Loudon underwent the most extraordinary exertions both of mind and body. Having resolved that all the drawings of trees for the Arhoretum should be made from nature, he had seven artists constantly employed, and he was frequently in the open air with them from his breakfast at seven in the morn- ing till he clame home to dinner at eight in the evening, having remained the whole of that time without taking the slightest refreshment, and generally without even sitting down. After dinner he resumed the literary part of the work, and continued writing, with me as his amanuensis, till two or three o'clock in the morning. His consti- tution was naturally very strong ; but it was impossible for any human powers to bear for any lengthened period the fatigue he underwent. In 1836 he began The Sub- urban Gardener, which was also published in monthly numbers, so that he had five monthly works going on at the same time. He soon found, however, that three monthly works, besides the Arboretum, were as much as his health would permit him to undertake the management of, and he disposed of The Magazine of Natural History to Mr. Charlesworth. In 1838 he also gave up The Architectural Magazine, and at Midsummer in that year he finished the Arboretum Britannicum. He was now in circumstances that would have discouraged almost any person but him- self. His health was very seriously injured, partly by what was supposed to be a liver complaint, and partly by an enormous swelling in his right knee, which some of the most eminent medical men in London supposed to be pro- duced by a disease in the bone. In addition to the large sums in ready money he had paid to the artists and other persons employed during the progress of the Arboretum, he found at its conclusion that he owed ten thousand pounds to the printer, the stationer, and the wood-engraver who had been employed on that work. His creditors, however, did not press him for their money, but gave him a chance of reaping the benefit of his labours at some future time, by consenting to wait till they were paid by the sale of the b 4 xl LIFE AND WRITINGS OF Arboretum and the Cottage Architecture, upon condition that he placed these works in the hands of Messrs. Long- man, to hold for the creditors till the debt was paid. Notwithstanding the state of his knee, which was now such that he was unable to walk without assistance, im- mediately on the completion of the Arboretum he ar- ranged and published his Hortus Lignosus Londinensis ; and in the last number of The Suburban Gardener, which was finished about this time, he informed the public that he intended to resume his profession of landscape-gar- dener, and that he would not only go out, but give advice at home, on any plans that might be sent to him. To us, who saw the state of his health, this intimation gave the greatest pain, and we determined to do every thing in our power to prevent the necessity of his exerting himself. Two of his sisters learned wood-engraving ; and I, having acquired some knowledge of plants and gardens during the eight years I had acted as his amanuensis, began to write books on those subjects myself. In the mean time, he grew so much worse, that we had very little hope of his recovery, till he placed himself under the care of William Lawrence, Esq. ; when that eminent surgeon took a different view of the case from what had been before entertained, and by his mode of treatment rapidly restored him to health. In 1839 Mr. Loudon began to lay out the Arboretum so nobly presented by the late Joseph Strutt, Esq., to the town of Derby. In the same year he published his edition of Repton, and his Second Additional Supplement to the Hortus Britannicus. In 1840 he accepted the editorship of The Gardener's Gazette, which, however, he only retained about a year. In 18,40, Mr. Loudon, having a great desire to examine some of the trees in the Jardin des Plantes, in order to identify some of the species of Crataegus, went to Paris ; and, as his health was beginning again to decline, I went with him, taking with me our little daughter Agnes, who, from this time, was always the companion of JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. xli our journeys. We went by way of Brighton, Dieppe, and Rouen, to Paris, ascending the Seine ; and we remained in France about two months. When Mr. Loudon left Scotland so abruptly in 1831, lie promised his friends to return the following year, and, in- deed, fully intended to do so ; but various circumstances occurred to prevent him, and it was not till 1841 that he was able to fulfil his engagement. In the summer of that year, however, soon after the publication of the Supplement to the Encyclopaedia of Plants, Mr. Loudon, Agnes, and myself, went from London to Derby, and, after spending a few days with our kind and excellent friend Mr. Strutt, we proceeded through Leeds to Man- chester. It rained heavily when we arrived at Leeds ; but, Mr. Loudon having determined to visit the Botanic Garden, we went there in a most awful thunder-storm, and the whole of the time we were in the garden the rain descended in torrents. We were all Avet, and we had no time to change our clothes, as, on our return to the station, we found the last train to Manchester ready to start, and Mr. Loudon was most anxious to proceed thither without delay. When Ave arrived at Manchester, he was far from Avell ; but notAvithstanding, the next morning, though it still rained heavily, he insisted upon going to the Botanic Garden. Here he increased his cold, and when Ave returned to the inn he was obliged to go to bed. The next morning, hoAvever, he would go on to LiA r erpool ; and, though he Avas so ill there that Avhen Ave drove to the Botanic Garden he was unable to get out of the coach, and Avas obliged to send me to look at some plants he wished to have examined, he Avould sail for Scotland that night. He Avas very ill during the voyage, and when Ave landed at Greenock he Avas in a high fever. He persisted, hoAvever, in going by the railway to Paisley, and thence to Crosslee Cottage, Avhere Ave had promised to spend a few days Avith our kind friends Mr. and Mrs. Woodhousc. When Ave arrived there, however, he was obliged instantly to go to bed. A doctor Avas sent for, who pronounced xlii LIFE AND WHITINGS OF his disease to be a bilious fever, and for some time his life appeared in great danger. It was six weeks before he could leave his bed ; but as soon as he was able to sit up he became anxious to resume his labours ; and, taking leave of our kind friends, we set out on a tour through the South of Scotland, visiting every garden of consequence on our route, and making notes of all we saw. Notwithstanding all he had suffered during his severe illness, and the state of weakness to which he was reduced, he exerted himself to see every thing ; and he was never deterred, either by fatigue or wet weather, from visiting every garden that he heard contained any thing interesting. After travelling about a fortnight we reached Edinburgh, but Mr. Loudon only staid one night ; and, leaving Agnes and me there, he proceeded on the 13th of August alone to Glasgow, on his road to Stranraer, where he was going to lay out the grounds at Castle Ken- nedy, for the Earl of Stair. On the 1st of September he returned to Edinburgh, which of course he found greatly changed since he had re- sided there thirty-seven years before ; and for the next fortnight he had great pleasure in showing me the places he had knoAvn when a boy. On the 13th of September, having hired a carriage at Edinburgh, we set out on our return home by land ; and at Newcastle we spent two or three days with our friends Mr. and Mrs. Sopwith, where Mr. Loudon was highly gratified with the arrangement of Mr. Sopwith's library, which we found a perfect temple of order. On leaving Newcastle we travelled through Chester- le- Street to Durham, visiting nearly all the fine places in that county, particularly Raby Castle ; and afterwards we proceeded to Darlington, where we took the railroad to York. We stayed three or four days in this city, and then we returned to London by the railroad. In December, 1841, appeared the first number of the Encyclopedia of Trees and Shrubs, the work consisting of ten monthly numbers. The abridgement of the Hortus Lignosus Londmensis was published immediately on the JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. xliii conclusion of the Encyclopedia of Trees and Shrubs ; and in May, 1842, appeared the First Additional Supplement to the Encyclopedia of Cottage Architecture. In addition to the works which have been enumerated, Mr. Loudon contributed to several others, such as the Encyclopaedia of Domestic Economy, and Brandcs Dic- tionary of Science, Literature, and Art. He also wrote the article Planting for the new edition of the Encyclopedia Britannica. Early in March, 1842, he had an attack of inflammation of the lungs, and, on his recovery, we went down to Brighton for some weeks. We afterwards made a tour through Somersetshire, Devonshire, and part of Cornwall ; and, on our return to Exeter, Mr. Loudon went to Barn- staple, in the neighbourhood of which he was about to lay out some grounds for Lord Clinton, sending Agnes and myself back to London. When he returned home, I noticed that he had a slight cough ; but, as it was trifling, it did not make me uneasy, particularly as his spirits were good. He now finished his Suburban Hor- ticulturist, which had been begun two years before, but had been stopped on account of his illness in Scotland ; and this work was published by Mr. Smith of Fleet Street, all his other works, from the appearance of the Encyclopedia of Gardening, having been published by Messrs. Longman. In 1843 his time was chiefly occupied by his work on Cemeteries, with which he took extraordinary pains, and which was very expensive from the number of the en- gravings. In August we were invited to Derby to pay another visit to Mr. Strutt, but he was too ill to go, and the doctors pronounced his complaint to be a second attack of inflammation of the lungs. Previously to Mr. Loudon's illness, I had agreed to write a little book on the Isle of Wight, and to visit it for this purpose. This arrangement I now Avished to give up ; but his medical men advised us to go, as they thought the air of the Isle of Wight might reestablish his health. Strange to say, up to the time of our leaving home I had no idea that his illness was at all dangerous ; but xliv LIFE AND WRITINGS OP the fact was, I had seen him recover so often when every- one thought he was dying, that I had become accustomed to place little reliance on what was said of his attacks by others. When we reached the Isle of Wight, how- ever, I was struck with a degree of listlessness and want of energy about him that I had never seen before. He became rapidly worse while we were in the island, and most eager to leave it. On our arrival at Southampton, where he was laying out a cemetery, he felt better ; and, taking a lodging there, he sent Agnes and myself back to town. In a fortnight I went down to see him, and I shall never forget the change I found in him. The first look told me he was dying. His energy of mind had now returned. He not only attended to the laying out of the cemetery at Southampton ; but during his stay in that town he cor- rected the proofs of the second Supplement to his Encyclo- paedia of Agriculture, and then went alone to Bath, in spite of my earnest entreaties to be permitted to accom- pany him. At Bath he inspected the ground for another cemetery, and also the grounds of a gentleman named Pinder, though he was obliged to be wheeled about in a Bath chair. He then went, still alone, to Kiddington, the seat of Mortimer Ricardo, Esq., near Enstone, in Oxford- shire ; where he was also obliged to be wheeled round the grounds in a chair. When about to leave Kiddington he appeared so ill, that Mr. Ricardo offered to send a servant with him to town. He returned to Bayswater on the 30th of September, 1843, and at last consented to call in medical aid, though he was by no means aware of his dangerous state. He sup- posed, indeed, that the pain he felt, which was on the right side, proceeded from an affection of the liver ; as both times, when he had inflammation of the lungs, the pain was on the left side. On the 2d of October I went with him to call on Mr. Lawrence, in whom he had the greatest confi- dence ; and that gentleman told him without hesitation that his disease was in his lungs. He was evidently very much struck at this announcement, but, as he had the fullest reliance on Mr. Lawrence's judgment, he was in- JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. xlv stantly convinced that he was right; and, I think, from that moment he had no hope of his ultimate recovery, though, in compliance with the wishes of different friends, he afterwards consulted several other eminent medical men, of whom Dr. Chambers and Mr. Richardson attended him to the last. As soon as Mr. Loudon found that his disease was likely to prove fatal, he determined, if possible, to finish the works he had in hand, and he laboured almost night and day to do so. He first, Avith the assistance of his draughtsman, finished a plan for Baron Rothschild ; then one for Mr. Ricardo, another for Mr. Pinder, and, finally, a plan for the cemetery at Bath. He had also engaged to make some additional alterations in the grounds of Mr. Fuller at Streatham, and he went there on the 11th of October, but he was unable to go into the garden ; and this was the last time he ever attempted to visit any place professionally. He continued, however, to walk in the open air in his own garden, and in the grounds of Mr. Hopgood, nurseryman, at Craven Hill, for two or three days longer, though his strength was fast decreasing ; and after the 16th of October he did not leave the house, but confined himself to his bedroom and a drawingroom on the same floor. Nothing could be more awful than to watch him during the few weeks that yet remained of his life. His body was rapidly wasting away ; but his mind re- mained in all its vigour, and he scarcely allowed himself any rest in his eagerness to complete the works that he had in hand. He was particularly anxious to finish his Self' Instruction for Young Gardeners, which is published nearly in the state he left it, though had he lived it would pro- bably have been carried to a much greater extent. About the middle of November, the medical men who attended my poor husband pronounced his disease to have become chronic bronchitis ; and this information, combined with the pressure of pecuniary difficulties, had a powerful effect upon him. lie now made an effort that can only be estimated by those who know the natural independ- ence of his mind, and the pain it gave him to ask even xlvi LIFE AND WRITINGS OF a trifling favour. He wrote a letter stating his situation, and that the sale of 350 copies of the Arboretum would free him from all his embarrassments. This letter he had lithographed, and he sent copies of it to all the nobility who took an interest in gardening. The result was most gratifying. The letter was only dated the 1st of Decem- ber, and he died on the 14th of that month ; and yet in that short space of time the noblemen he appealed to, with that kindness which always distinguishes the English ari- stocracy, purchased books to the amount of 360/. Mr. Loudon had intended to forward similar letters to all the landed proprietors and capitalists; and, though only a few were sent, they were responded to with equal kind- ness. Our munificent and noble-minded friend Joseph Strutt, Esq., took ten copies ; and letters from two of our kindest friends (William Spence, Esq., and Robert Cham- bers, Esq.), ordering copies of the Arboretum, arrived the very day he died. This appeal was principally rendered necessary by the pecuniary difficulties I have alluded to, and which, un- doubtedly, hastened his death. The debt on the Arbore- tum, which, as already stated, was originally 10,000/., had, by the sale of that book and of the Cottage Archi- tecture, been reduced to 2400/. ; but he had incurred an additional debt of 1200/. by publishing the Encyclopedia of Trees and Shrubs, his edition of Repton, and other works, on his own account, though all his creditors agreed to the same terms, viz. to wait for their money until they were paid by the sale of the works themselves, on con- dition of Messrs. Longman holding the stock of books in trust, and not paying any of the proceeds of the works to Mr. Loudon till the demands of his creditors were fully satisfied. Unfortunately, however, one of the cre- ditors, the engraver, became a bankrupt, and his assignees began to harass Mr. Loudon for the debt due to them, which was about 1500/., threatening to make him a bankrupt, to arrest him for the sum, &c. I believe they could not have carried their threats into execution without the consent of Mr. Spottiswoode, and Messrs. Smith and JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. xlvii Chapman, who were the other creditors, and who behaved most kindly and honourably throughout. But the agitation attendant on the numerous letters and consultations re- specting this affair proved fatal to my poor husband. On Wednesday the 13th of December, 1843, he sent me into London to see the assignees, and to endeavour to bring them to terms, our kind and excellent friend, the late Mr. Joseph Strutt, having promised to lend us money for that purpose. The assignees, however, refused to accept the terms we offered, unless Mr. Loudon would also give up to them his edition of Repton, which he was most unwilling to do, as the debt on that work was com- paratively small ; and, consequently, he had reason to hope that the income produced by it would be soonest avail- able for the support of his family. He was accordingly very much agitated when I told him the result of my mis- sion ; but he did not on that account relax in his exertions ; on the contrary, he continued dictating Self-Instruction till twelve o'clock at night. When he went to bed he could not sleep, and the next morning he rose before it was light. He then told me he had determined to sacri- fice his edition of Repton in order to have his affairs settled before he died ; adding " but it will break my heart to do so." He repeated, however, that he would make the sacrifice, but he seemed reluctant to send me into town to give his consent ; and most fortunate was it, as, if I had gone to town that morning, I should not have been with him when he died. He now appeared very ill, and told me he thought he should never live to finish Self- Instruction ; but that he Avould ask his friend Dr. Jamieson, to whom he had previously spoken on the subject, to finish the work for him. Soon after this he became very rest- less, and walked several times from the drawingroom to his bedroom and back again. I feel that I cannot con- tinue these melancholy details : it is sufficient to say, that, though his body became weaker every moment, his mind retained all its vigour to the last, and that he died stand- ing on his feet. Fortunately, I perceived a change taking place in his countenance, and I had just time to clasp my xlviii LIFE AND WRITINGS OP J. C. LOUDON. arms round him, to save him from falling, when his head sank upon my shoulder, and he was no more. I do not attempt to give any description of the talents or character of my late husband as an author ; his works are before the world, and by them he will be judged ; but I trust I may be excused for adding, that in his private capacity he was equally estimable as a husband and a father, and as a master and a friend. He was also a most dutiful son and most affectionate brother. It was on the anniversary of the death of Washington (the 14th of December) that Mr. Loudon died, and he was buried, on the 21st of December, in the cemetery at Kensall Green. When the coffin was lowered into the grave, a stranger stepped forward from the crowd and threw in a few strips of ivy. This person, I was afterwards in- formed, was an artificial flower maker, who felt grateful to Mr. Loudon for having given him, though a stranger, tickets for admission to the Horticultural Gardens, and who, never having been able to thank Mr. Loudon in person, took this means of paying a tribute to his me- mory. xli In addition to the preceding memoir, I have ventured to reprint the following anecdotes, which originally appeared in the Derby Reporter ; as they were written shortly after Mr. Loudon's death by a young man who knew him well, having acted as his draughtsman for upwards of nine years. " Mr. Loudon's love of truth, like that of every great and good man, was perfect ; and he would at all times make any personal sacrifice for its cause, or to punish falsehood. An instance occurred in 1831, which, though trifling, showed his strictness in this matter. He had a young man, an amanuensis, who had been with him for some years, and of whom he was exceedingly fond. He sent this person one morning from Bayswater to make a tracing at the residence of the celebrated Mr. Telford, West- minster. The youth being delighted at getting out from the confinement of an office, forgot, until he arrived at the place, that he had no pencils or tracing-paper with him, and unfortunately did not think of purchasing them. He thought he should look so foolish to return and say he had forgotten the materials, so he made up his mind to tell Mr. Loudon an untruth for the first time. He returned, and said falteringly, ' Mr. Telford was not at home. 1 Mr. Loudon fixed his keen eye upon him, and observed, ' Did I understand you to say that Mr. Telford was not at home?' The answer was in the affirmative. 'Very well,' said Mr. Loudon ; and shortly after rang for the man-servant, and ordered the phaeton. He drove direct to Westminster, and found that Mr. Telford had been con- fined to his house for some weeks, unwell. He returned, paid the amanuensis his salary, gave him something extra to pay his lodgings for a week, and immediately discharged him; remarking that, however valuable his services were, he (Mr. L.) would not suffer any one to remain a single night longer in his house who had told him a falsehood. 1 ANECDOTES OF " Mr. Loudon also mixed with his love of truth, deter- mination. About this time, an officer, rather a public character, was in the habit of visiting the family. His ungentlemanly manners, one day, gave Mr. Loudon of- fence, and he determined not to see him again. About the gentleman's usual time of coming, when the bell was rung, Mr. Loudon told the servant that if that were , ' just tell him I cannot see him.' ' Shall I say that you are not at home, sir ? ' said the servant. * No,' was Mr. Loudon's reply ; ' you would then tell a falsehood, which you must not do. Just tell the gentleman I cannot see him.' " His love of order was also very great. The books in the library, and manuscripts in his study, were so arranged that he could at any time put his hand upon any book or paper that he might want, even in the dark. He instilled this system of order into the minds of his clerks too ; for, when any new one came, his invariable instructions were — ' Put every thing away before you leave at night, as if you never intended to return.' " He was also a man of great punctuality as to time, money matters, and in every other respect. When any of his clerks happened to be behind time in the morning, he would take no notice for a few times ; but, if it were often repeated, he would say very quietly but sarcastically — ' Oh, if 9 o'clock is too early for you, you had better come at 11 or 12 ; but let there just be a fixed hour, that I may depend upon you.' " Mr. Loudon was a man of great fortitude and un- wearied industry. The morning that Doctors Thompson and Lauder called upon him for the purpose of amputating his right arm, they met him in the garden, and asked if he had fully made up his mind to undergo the operation. ' Oh, yes, certainly,' he said; e it was for that purpose I sent for you ; ' and added very coolly, ' but you had better step in, and just have a little lunch first before you begin.' After lunch he walked up stairs quite com- posedly? talking to the doctors on general subjects. When JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON. ll all the ligatures were tied, and every thing complete, he was about to step down stairs, as a matter of course, to go on with his business ; and the doctors had great dif- ficulty to prevail upon him to go to bed. " As a man of industry, he was not surpassed by any one. Deducting for the time he has been poorly, he has, during three fourths of his literary career, dictated about five and a half printed octavo pages of matter every day on an average. He has been frequently known to dictate to two amanuenses at the same time. He often used to work until 11 and 12 o'clock at night, and sometimes all night. It may not be amiss to mention here, as illustrative of his love of labour, that, whilst his man-servant was dressing him for church on the day of his marriage, he was actu- ally dictating to his amanuensis the whole time. " Although Mr. Loudon was a matter-of-fact man, he had nevertheless a good deal of poetry in his soul. The writer happened to dine with him the day that he attended Dr. Southwood Smith's Anatomical Lecture on the body of his friend Jeremy Bentham. Just at the moment the lecturer withdrew the covering from the face of the corpse the lightning flashed, and an awful burst of thunder pealed forth — ' Crush'd horrible, convulsing heaven and earth ! ' Mr. Loudon, during dinner, gave a most touching, poetical, and graphic description of the lecture, and the circum- stances attending it ; and every one present could see how deeply he felt the loss of his friend Bentham. " Mr. Loudon was a man, like most good men, rather easily imposed upon. He, contrary to the ways of the world, looked upon every man as a good man until he had proved him otherwise ; but when he had done so, he was firm in his purpose. He was a warm friend, an ex- cellent husband, an amiable brother, and a most affectionate and dutiful son. Altogether ' He was a man, take him for all in all, We shall not look upon his like again.' lii " ELEGY. " Hark ! hark ! the sound — 'tis a fun'ral knell Borne on the breath of day — The mournful voice of the deep-toned bell — For a spirit has wing'd his way. " 'Tis not the man of wealth and state That the world has now to mourn ; 'Tis not the man that gold makes great Who now to the tomb is borne. " No ! no ! we grieve, in the friend now gone, No flattering slave of state ; But the world has lost by the death of one Whose mind was truly great. " He wielded no sword in his country's cause, But his pen was never still ; He studied each form of Nature's laws, To lessen each human ill. " That voice is hush'd ! — and lost the sound Employ'd to raise the poor ; But the echo shall, by his works, be found To reach the rich man's door. " He wakes no more ! — for the sleep of death Encircles the earthly frame ; But the mmd — so strong while it dwelt on earth — Secured a living fame. " His pen is still ! — and his spirit fled To brighten a world on high : The cold, cold earth is his lowly bed ; But his name shall never die ! J. R. " Chalsw-orth. SELF-INSTRUCTION FOR YOUNG GARDENERS, FORESTERS, &c. &c. INTRODUCTION. The young men for whom this book is intended are chiefly- such as have received but a very imperfect rudimentary education, or have forgotten, in a great measure, what they have been taught. Though we have chiefly had in view young gardeners, yet we have had an eye also to the other classes mentioned in the titlepage ; partly for the sake of those classes, and partly because gardeners are frequently required to practise the business of forester, and some- times that of bailiff; occasionally they are elevated to the stewardship of an estate ; and it is no uncommon thing for a gardener, after he has made a little money, to retire from servitude, and become a nurseryman or a rent-paying farmer. We have here chiefly confined ourselves to such studies as concern horticulture and agriculture as mechanical arts; those which relate to them as arts of culture, such as the Geography of Natural History, Geology, Meteorology, Chemistry, and Physiology, require to be studied in sepa- rate works. These sciences will be found treated on at sufficient length in the introductory parts of the Encyclo- paedias of Gardening and Agriculture, and in the Suburban Horticulturist. / 2 ARITHMETIC. CHAPTER I. ARITHMETIC. Arithmetic is the science of numbers, or the art of reckoning or calculating by them. Unlike many other arts, it is not only in use in civilised society, but among barbarians ; and not only among grown-up persons, but among children as soon as they can speak. The only change that can take place in numbers is by adding to them, or diminishing them ; and hence the whole art of arithmetic may be comprehended in addition and sub- traction. Multiplication is only addition several times repeated, and division a series of subtractions. We shall suppose the reader to be conversant with the four common rules of arithmetic ; and, therefore, we shall proceed at once to what are called Vulgar and Decimal Fractions. Section I. VULGAR FRACTIONS. In order to understand the nature of vulgar fractions, we must suppose unity (or the number 1) divided into several equal parts. One or more of these parts is called a fraction, and is represented by placing one number in a small character above a line, and another under it. For example, two-fifth parts is written thus §-. The number under the line (5) shows how many parts unity is divided into, and is called the denominator. The number above the line (2) shows how many of these parts are repre- sented, and is called the numerator. It follows from the manner of representing fractions, that when the numerator is increased, the value of the fraction becomes greater; but when the denominator is VULGAR FRACTIONS. 3 increased, the value becomes less. Hence we may infer, that if the numerator and denominator be both increased, or both diminished, in the same proportion, the value is not altered ; and therefore, if we multiply both by any number whatever, or divide them both by any number of which both are measures, we shall obtain other fractions of equal value. Thus, every fraction may be expressed in a variety of forms, which have all the same signification. A fraction annexed to an integer or whole number makes a mixed number ; for example, five and two third parts, or 5|. A fraction whose numerator is greater than its denominator is called an improper fraction ; for example, seventeen third parts, or y. Fractions of this kind are greater than unity. Mixed numbers may be represented in the form of improper fractions, and improper fractions may be reduced to mixed numbers, and sometimes to integers. As fractions, whether proper or improper, may be repre- sented in different forms, we must explain the method of reducing them from one form to another before we con- sider the other operations. Problem I. To reduce mixed Numbers to improper Fractions. Rule. Multiply the integer by the denominator of the fraction, and to the product add the numerator. The sum is the numerator of the improper fraction sought, and is placed above the given denominator. Ex. 5|_V- 5x3 + -- 3 Here 5 the integer is multiplied by 3 the denominator of the fraction, and to 15, the product, we add 2 the numerator given. Hence 17 is the numerator sought: beneath which we write the denominator 3, and thus obtain the improper fraction y. 4 ARITHMETIC. Or thus. Because one is equal to two halves, or 3 third parts, or 4 quarters, and every integer is equal to twice as many halves, or four times as many quarters, and so on, therefore every integer may be expressed in the form of an improper fraction, having an assigned denominator. The numerator is obtained by multiplying the integer into the denominator. Hence the reason of the foregoing rule is evident. 5 reduced to an improper fraction, Avhose de- nominator is 3, makes \£; and this added to § amounts to y. Problem II. To reduce improper Fractions to whole or mixed Numbers. Rule. Divide the numerator by the denominator. Ex. 1 T y 2 =112-r-17=6 T f. Or thus, 17) 112 (6 jf 102 10 This problem is the converse of the former, and needs no further illustration. Problem III. To reduce Fractions to Lower Terms. Rule. Divide both numerator and denominator by any number which measures both, and place the quotients in the form of a fraction. P Y 135 27 — 3. nv 135_i_/f£ 3 Here we observe that 135 and 360 are both measured by 5, and the quotients form f §, which is a fraction of the game value as £f£ in lower terms. Again; 27 and 72 are both measured by 9, and the quotients form f, which is still of equal value, but in lower terms. It is generally sufficient, in practice, to divide by such measures as are found to answer on inspection. But if it be required to reduce a fraction to the lowest possible VULGAR FRACTIONS. 5 terms, we must divide the numerator and denominator by the greatest number which measures both. What number this is may not be obvious, but will always be found by the following rule. To find the greatest common measure of two numbers, divide the greater by the less and the divisor by the re- mainder continually till nothing remains ; the last divisor is the greatest common measure. Ex. Required the greatest common measure, or the num- ber which measures 475 and 589. 475)589(1 475 114)475(4 456 19)114(6 114 Here we divide 589 by 475, and the remainder is 114 ; then we divide 475 by 114, and the remainder is 19 ; then we divide 114 by 19, and there is no remainder; from which we infer that 19, the last divisor, is the greatest common measure. To explain the reason of this we must observe, that any number which measures two others will also measure their sum and their difference, and will measure any multiple of either. In the foregoing example, any number which mea- sures 589 and 475 will measure their difference, 114, and will measure 456, which is a multiple of 1 14 ; and any number which measures 475 and 456 will also measure their difference, 19. Consequently, no number greater than 19 can measure 589 and 475. Again ; 19 will mea- sure them both, for it measures 114, and therefore mea- sures 456, Avhich is a multiple of 114, and 475, which is just 19 more than 456 ; and because it measures 475 and 114, it will measure their sum, 589. To reduce j^| to the lowest possible terms, we divide both numbers by 1 9, and it comes to f f . B 3 6 ARITHMETIC. If there be no common measure greater than I, the fraction is already in the lowest terms. If the greatest common measure of 3 numbers be re- quired, we find the greatest measure of the two first, and then the greatest measure of that number and the third. If there be more numbers, we proceed in the same manner. Problem IV. To reduce Fractions to others of equal Value that have the same Denominator. Rule. 1st. Multiply the numerator of each fraction by all the denominators except its own ; the products are nu- merators to the respective fractions sought. 2d. Multiply all the denominators into each other ; the product is the com- mon denominator. F,tt 4 and 7 nnd 3_288 aT .A 28 ntlf ] 135 . f or HiX. j ana -g anu 5-350 i ^ <° 1 2 I r* rj .rtOJNHOOCOeOlCOM IJ|)n(N(NNHOOOO^ 5 1 tO(C(DfflfflOOOOO -1-= o5 -.|« HnhIshIih h|w Harlan's i>-i>coco»ococo>ci>0' ,: t | 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 1 1 ■* £ CO H l 50 h /■up jfnrB^j ■* O* iCupung s - H|«rH r-1 rH rH rH rH rH ,-H i— 1 i— 1 i— l H|«p— I rH i— l 2 h 2 a £epun§< 52 » rH r-| rH rH H[flrH ^-1 rH 10 in 2 * rH rH rH ^1 i— 1 H| . *- os o o ■Sg^gl JS '53 "> OJ3 =0 i—l r-4 « £££« 9jj "# OS (M CO CO - a> Mia« H|e< unts less fa- Tax elm;i 13. "S3 i-H W5 lO . t^ OS (N 2 03 v ® 2 °° =0 1—1 S 3-3 S-g" Qj] T(t OS (N >C O * 2 H|M H|C1 « « „ 2 ^ rH co t- T* cc 0) M l."o3S2 «o (N >o *- *tf so 1-2 § %} O o o o o 3 eq ^° O O os co T3 £ . on'rjeo . © »C C 00 O CO rH l§ QjJ >C OS SO »o o _>. ^jOOO CO o is to ® 12 . o >c t- o 50 i— I ^Ph <^^ os co i- CO .?&■ "53 so co Sg-7 ri rH O Arre due, u Lady 184 =o CO Tj< ^° o o o o ^>oj . o o o V5 O ec <—< £rt efl © Os CO >o J3 8*3 ©"go 3£ - CN eo ■* >o FOR THE FORESTER. 63 Section III. BOOK-KEEPING FOR THE FORESTER. On an estate where the woods and plantations are exten- sive, the Forester will be required to keep a Labour or Time Book, a Cash-Book, a Day-Book, and a Timber Sale-Book, besides the Pocket Memorandum-Book, which is required to assist the memory in every description of business. The following models of these books have been kindly supplied to us by the Forester of one of the best managed wooded estates in England : — Labour-Book. 1844. o 03 P H 0> d 03 to f-t Pi H "S U 3 GO o5 03 OS 2s. £ 5. 9 rf. June 12 John Watson 1 1 1 1 1 Thomas Johnson 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 2*. 12 Edward Johnson and Company 30 poles of hedge work at 2s. 6d. 3 15 •20 Entered in the cash- book of this date 4 16 " Payment may be made every Saturday. I pay once a fortnight, and on Monday, as it tends to keep the worst characters quiet on the Sabbath day." [This is an excellent plan ; but in such localities as have a market town adjacent to, or within reach of them, it would, we think, be well for the Forester, and, indeed, every one whose office it is to pay the labourers, to take into consideration the advantage their workmen would derive by being enabled to procure their provisions at the market ; and accordingly fix the day previous to that on which the market is held, for payment.] 64 book-keeping Cash-Book. 1844. Debtor. Creditor. Sept. 16 18 20 To Mr. A. B., Leadenhall Street, in payment of 40 loads of bark By Mr. A. B., commission 2i per cent on the above By Mr. S. S. (the steward), remitted him To proceeds of auction sale of June 10th By amount of above, remitted Mr. S. S. - To Mr. C.B.,lots 12, 14, 23, 36, in New Hay Coppice sale, as per day-book of August 24. Balance at this date - By labour-book of this date - £ 720 320 20 s. 10 15 d. £ 18 650 320 8. 10 d. 1061 988 5 10 988 10 72 15 60 15 " Remarks. I balance with the steward every half year ; but when I have large receipts I remit to him the greater part of the amount, only reserving a few pounds to pay my men with ; and when I fall short I get what I want of him on giving him a receipt for what I get. I prefer this mode of settling, because I do not think it is quite right for inferior servants to keep large sums of cash in hand, and a master is sure to like one all the better for it, what- ever be the amount of confidence he places in his servant." D ay-Book. June 16th 1844. £ 5. d. Mr. A. B., Leadenhall Street, London, 40 loads of hatched bark, at 181. 720 August 24th. Mr. C. D. of Warrington, Lots 12, 14, 23, 36, in New Hay Coppice sale - 20 15 FOR THE FORESTER. 65 " Remarks. " Parties conducting a sale of bark may either buy or sell by the load, which is 2\ tons, or by the ton of 20 cwt. When bark lies in the woods and fit to carry to be stored, if sold in this state, the tanner generally has it by what is called long weight, that is, 120 lbs. instead of 112 lbs. This is an allowance for shrinking, as the bark becomes drier. In selling the bark of large trees, this allowance will come very near the mark ; but in young coppice bark, I think the allowance too much. Much depends upon the state in which the bark is in with regard to dry- ness. If the tanner, as is sometimes the case, shall be at the expense of stripping off the bark, of course this ex- pense is taken into consideration when the bargain is made, and he is certain to take care to let it lie out as long as is safe to do so, for the purpose of having it so dry as to pre- vent much shrinking. The expense of peeling bark from old trees in most places is 16s. per ton, after it is dry, and the seller is at the expense of falling the trees. The trees are failed at different prices, according to their size, 2s. to 3s. and upwards, each ; or, where there are a number, they may be lumped. Young coppice bark like mine re- quires more money in consequence of the smallness of the trees. I allow 30s. for peeling, falling, loading on the waggons when fit to carry, and building in ricks, or storing in the barn. In some parts of the country, the woodman goes round, and depending on his judgment, supposes that so many trees are worth so much money, and the farmer falls the trees, and peels at his own cost, and pays so much the pound's value, sometimes 6s. 8d. per pound, and lis. has, at some times, been given. This system of selling is liable to serious objections. No proprietor ought to submit to it ; for, if, at the conclusion of the season, the tanner comes out with a good dinner to the woodman and a pre- sent, the question is, whether that woodman with such a temptation before him, would in future value very high. Some woodmen sell their bark at so much for a foot of 66 BOOK-KEEPING timber in a tree. This I think a confused way of doing it, for a tree may contain 100 feet of timber, and still another, containing only 50 feet, may produce more bark, in consequence of having a large spreading head. Depend upon it there is no mode of selling bark so satisfactory and fair to all parties as that of selling by the ton or load, either hatched or unhatched. I omitted to say, that in Oxfordshire and other places, bark is hatched at 11. per load of 45 cwt. I give 10s. per ton." Timber Sale-Book, 1844. Lot. Contents. Value. No. £ s. d. 1 6 oak 10 2 12 ash 8 15 3 100 12 4 5 6 Lop Lop 300 1 1 4 12 16 7 10 elm 3 15 Timber and Lop in Coppice. 100 feet at 2s., Mr. A. B. 70 feet at 2s. 6d., Mr. B. C. Fagots, Mr. C. D. - 1 Stack, Mr. C. D. - i Stack used for charcoal Fagots, gift to Stablemen 50 feet at Is. 6d., home use Sold. Reserved £ s. d. £ s. d. 10 8 15 12 1 4 l 3 12 16 15 20 11 6 3 " Remarks. " When the woodman puts his valuation on any number of lots, whether the sale is by private contract, or by auc- tion, it may be that his customers will not come up to his price ; but he must in this case get as much as he can, and enter the receipt in the sold column ; or, if he cannot get a fair price, it must go to home purposes. If the sale is by auction, and there are 100 lots to be disposed of, enter the whole number, from first to last, in the book, with the name of each purchaser, and the price. Every thing should be lotted and numbered, unless it is a single tree or two ; and in this case, such tree or trees should be entered with the name of the buyer, and the name of the close or coppice in which they grew." FOR THE NURSERYMAN. 67 Before proceeding to give the forms of books recom- mended to be kept by those conducting business on their own account, we would here most strongly advise all young men to be very particular in demanding vouchers for every payment they make, however small ; and if they had a book in which to paste every voucher they receive, they would find it very convenient. A book of this kind should have an index at the beginning, referring to the page where each receipt is affixed. Indeed, we cannot impress too strongly upon the minds of young men en- gaged in places of trust, the necessity there is for accuracy and regularity in all their pecuniary transactions. It is not enough to be conscious of their own integrity, but they should always be prepared, when called upon, to prove their rectitude. Section IV. BOOK-KEEPING FOR THE NURSERYMAN. As young gardeners sometimes become nurserymen, it may be useful to show the mode of book-keeping generally employed in such establishments ; and the following models have been kindly sent us by the proprietor of a first-rate nursery establishment : — The books required are the following : namely, Ledger, Journal, Waste-Book, Bought-Book, Labour-Book, Cash- Book, and Petty Cash-Book. The four first-named books have alphabets with an index referring to the page where each person's name is entered, and the following copies from a page in each book will show their use. But the short description subjoined will make them still better understood. The Ledger is the book into which all accounts are posted, debiting the parties for goods supplied by us, and crediting them for cash or goods consigned to us. p 2 68 {Folio 2.) Dr. book-keeping Ledger. The Rt. Honourable Lord 1842. J. c. £ s. d. Sept. 20 To Goods - 333 3 16 1843. Feb. 8 To Do. - 434 16 2 H 19 18 H The column j. c. refers to the page in the Journal C. The Journal has entered into it an exact copy of all invoices sent by post, &c. ; and the amounts, with the date of the transaction, from time to time carried to the Ledger. Journal,. Thursday, October 26th, 1843. Sir John L , Bart. H E . 1 Picea nobilis ... 1 Pinus Lambertiana - 24 do. Pallasiaraa - 2 do. Pfnea - - - - 1 Basket by the down carrier. £ l l l s. 11 1 16 5 d. 6 4 13 6 28th. Rev. James T , C , Somerset. 1 Paulbwma imperialis 1 ^bies Menziesu - 1 Pinus Teocbte 7s. 6d. Basket, &c. ls.6d. ■ By Great Western Railway. £ *. 5 7 9 d. 6 1 1 6 FOR THE NURSERYMAN. Ledger. R- -,B- Park. {Folio 2.) Cr. 1843. C.B. £ s. d. August 24 By Cash - 81 19 18 H The column c. b. refers to the page in the Cash-Book. The Waste-Book is a sort of day ledger, in which entries are made of goods supplied near home, and of frequent occurrence. A portion of this book is set apart for each name, and the amounts at the time the bills are sent in are entered in the Ledger. Waste-Book. His Grace The Duke of B . 1843. £ s. d. Sept. 28 6 Magnbh'a glauca - 2 Andromeda floribunda 2 Kalmm latifblia - 1 5 15 5 Oct. 11 1 Jasminum azoricum - 1 6 1 Pernettia mucronata - 1 6 1 Jasminum Wallichm?rara 1 6 The Bought-Book has, in the manner of the Waste- Book, a portion of it set apart for the name of each cre- ditor, with an index referring to the page, and the amount carried periodically to the creditor side of the Ledger. BOUGHT-BOOK. Messrs. V • and Son, Nurserymen. 1843. June 1 .Echites splendens 1 do. atropurpurea 1 do. hirsuta F 3 £ s. 5 5 2 2 1 1 70 BOOK-KEEPING The Labour- Book is simply an account of the time and wages paid to persons employed in the establishment, and is carried weekly to the cash account. The Cash-Book has entered into it all moneys paid and received, with columns for figures referring to the page in the Ledger, Journal, Waste-Book, or Bought-Book where the particulars of the transaction are detailed. The Petty Cash is for small sums received in ready money, and for small payments, such as tolls, booking, letters, stamps, &c. &c, and the balances carried period- ically to the Cash-Book. Section V. FAEM BOOK-KEEPING. The correct and daily registration of matters relating to accounts is of the greatest importance to every person concerned in the transactions that result in gain or loss. Hitherto the consideration of the absolute necessity of a correct and simple method of Book-keeping has been mainly confined to the merchant and trader ; and almost all the systems that have been established and are in use, have been formed with a view to their application to com- mercial accounts. The increasing importance, however, that is now given to the value of ascertaining correctly the results arising from the different modes of cultivating and stocking farms, rearing cattle, &c, makes it compulsory on those who are engaged in farming occupations to be in no way behind the commercialist in the knowledge of keeping accounts. The want of an uniform method for agricultural accounts has been very generally admitted, and it is for the purpose of supplying this defect that the accompanying system has been prepared. The books that are necessary to the carrying out of this plan are : — FOR FARMERS. 71 1st, Day-Book. 2d, Invoice-Book. 3d, Labour-Book. 4th, Cash-Book. 5th, Ledger. To these may be added certain subsidiary books, such as Petty Cash-Book, Bill-Book, House and Personal Expense-Book, Letter-Book, Diary of Labourers' Work, &c. &c. ; but as these are mere books of convenience, either to abridge the entries in any of the principal books, or for some other purpose, and can be accommodated, without any difficulty, to this system, it is deemed un- necessary to particularise them. The principle of double entry has been applied to the accompanying system; that is, for every sum carried to the debit of any account, there is a corresponding amount placed to the credit of another account. Thus : if I buy goods of A, the account representing those goods in the Ledger is debited, and A. credited; if I pay A. 100/., A. is debited, and the Cash-Book credited. Subsect. I. — The Day-Book. This book is intended to contain a register of all sales that are effected, entered under the date at which the oc- currence takes place. The entry should be stated in the fullest and most complete manner, and should be intel- ligible to every one. The accompanying form shows the method in which the entries should be made ; and in order to obviate the necessity of keeping a Journal, as in use among merchants, a double folio column is introduced for the purpose of posting each item ; in the first place, to the debit of the personal account, and in the next, to the credit of the nominal account. f 4 72 book-keepikg Day-Book. 1845 Richard Sewell, of Highbeach. li rick of hay, at per load 60s. 17 pigs - - each 10s. 1 rick of wheat Cr. Fol. Dr. Fol. £ 30 8 58 s. 10 d. £ 96 720 78 s. 10 18 d. Jan. 16 19 21 E 1 4 1 1 3 } 3 5 5 5 Harvey Combe. 40 loads of bark - at 18/. 720 o Isaac March. 1 horse (Blackleg) - 1 cow - - - 2 oxen - - each 161. 3 ewes - - „ 50s. 6 lambs - - „ 8s. 25 12 32 7 2 10 8 n The entry of sale should be made as soon as the sale is effected, and posted to the debit in the Ledger, of the party- purchasing ; the folio of his account in the Ledger being placed in " debtor folio," while the account opened for each description of goods in the Ledger must be credited for the like amount, and the folio placed in the " credit folio." Subsect. II. — The Invoice-Book. The Invoice-Book is intended to contain a register of all purchases made ; and the mode of keeping this book is more fully explained in the form which we have given. The double folio column is also introduced in this, for the same purpose as stated in Subsect. I., with this difference, that the personal account is credited, and the nominal accounts are debited, with each item. for farmers. Invoice of Purchases. 73 Date. 1845. Jan. 16 This book should be simply a guard-book, made of common blue paper ; and the invoice of goods pur- chased should be neatly folded into a small com- pass, and pasted into this space ; the top edge only being pasted down, the invoice can at any time be unfolded for the pur- pose of ascertaining its contents. On the out- side should be endorsed the name thus : " Henry Smith," and the date and amount entered against it, as here shown. The purchases are to be posted to the credit of the party of whom they are made, and the debit of the account opened for the goods purchased. Fol. Dr. Fol. Cr. £ 72 14 The above example is intended to represent a purchase of farming implements; and on reference to folio 6. it is seen that the party who sold the goods has credit, and at folio 4. implements, &c, are debited, for the amount of the invoice. Subsect. III. — The Labour-Book. The Labour-Book is formed so as to be a register of the time any servant is engaged on each day, and the total amount due to each at the end of the week is carried into the outer column. This book should be added up every week, and the total amount paid for wages carried to the credit of the Cash-Book. 74 BOOK-KEEPING. This book may be so formed as to enable the farmer to state upon what work the labourer has been employed; but if so kept, it would be necessary, to carry it out fully, to open accounts in the Ledger for each portion of the farm under different cultivation, charging each with the expenses of cultivation, cost of seed, &c. Labour-Book. The Week ending the 4th Day of January, 1845. Names. T3 13 V S3 60 >> >> u ed Q cu S S o S H T3 3 H 3 la GO S tip n s. d. .£ s. rf. Thomas Stevens 1 1 I "5 3 4 l 1 5* 2 6 13 H C.B. 2 13 H Note. The weekly total is entered in the Cash-Book, with a reference to the Labour-Book folio against the entry. Subsect. IV. — The Cash-Book. The Cash-Book is debited with all sums received, and credited with all moneys paid away ; and these entries should be made at the time the transaction takes place, in order to prevent confusion and mistakes. The balance should be struck once a month, and it should agree with the cash on hand. At short intervals the entries should be posted into the Ledger. O 09 f-i Tt O t-H oo ^ 1— ( O O O O h) CO CD **. ■> Ph -0 to § SM 2 os ma k£ 1 3 a ts © O W5 >o O O 00 1-1 CD O >o ffi ^ c\ OS CM (M O t- ^ «o r-t -; »» >o >o >o> t» O a 1 gg 1 S-r 1 1 rO 1 -a 1 a IB DO GQ « J £ | 6 a CO ,4 O ft ti a> ',3 'M -c ,S Ml & cc =*J «4H O h Cm O c g > £ J U.fc 2 "1 0) > c3 •3 •73 0> ► a O M S 35 Ch O n g] on , t— 1 cu S i O O « Ph O £ Ph" H H H H H M t- M Iff t- 1-1 CI OI ti 59 d a (-4 1-8 76 BOOK-KEEPING Subsect. V. — The Ledger. The Ledger contains the result of all the transactions that are entered in the other books ; and for that purpose is divided into numerous accounts under proper titles, according to the articles they are intended to represent. The three distinctive heads of accounts are called Per- sonal, Real, and Nominal. 1. Personal accounts are those which represent trans- actions with individuals. The debit side of these accounts exhibits the amount due from any party in respect to goods sold, or cash paid ; the credit side the amount of cash re- ceived or goods purchased. The balance of these accounts shows, if the debit side is the larger, the amount due from, if the credit side is the larger, the amount due to, the party. 2. Real accounts are those which represent property, such as stock in trade, freeholds and leaseholds, shares in companies, implements in trade, &c. These accounts are debited with the value of the respective assets on hand, and with all sums paid for the further purchases of a like description ; or, of payments made or goods purchased in respect of such property, and credited with cash received from the sale of each property. Particular care should be taken that receipts, such as rents, profits on the trading of vessels, or any similar receipts that do not diminish the value of the property, be not posted to the credit of the account representing the cost or value of the property. If the property be of such a character as though yielding an income, yet, as in the usual case of leaseholds, becomes yearly of less value, then such accounts must be periodi- cally debited with interest equivalent to the estimated amount of the diminution in value in such period. 3. Nominal accounts are those which are rendered ne- cessary for the purpose of accurately ascertaining the re- sults of trading, and comprise Profit and Loss, Interest and Discount, Charges in Trade, Wages and Expenses, House and Personal Expenses. All these accounts contain, on the debit side, the moneys paid, or other items which are a charge upon the con- FOR FARMERS. 77 ducting of the business, and are credited with any amounts which are matters of gain on any of the accounts. It may be useful to specify more in detail the uses of the account of Profit and Loss, into which all the other accounts are eventually merged. Profit and Loss. The accounts in the accompanying Ledger, representing the various property, having been duly made up by being debited with the value of stock, &c, on the one hand, and charged with all further pay- ments made in respect of any of them, and credited with all the sales effected, must then be credited with the quan- tity and value of stock on hand at the time of balancing the books, and the difference, if the debit side is greater, must be carried to the debit, or if the credit side be greater, to the credit of Profit and Loss, and the stock on hand brought down in each account as a debit balance. The transfers from these accounts being then passed to the Profit and Loss, the gross gain or loss is shown upon the transactions of the different commodities traded in ; but as the gain has to be diminished, or the loss increased, by the expenses attending the business, the total of the wages, trade charges, interests, &c, must be transferred to the debit of this account in order to ascertain the net loss or profit on the year's transactions. The balance of this ac- count is then transferred to the capital account, which latter account is debited with the house and personal expenses. Having thus defined, as clearly as the limits of this section will admit, the mode of opening, continuing, and balancing the various accounts, it only remains to explain the test adopted for ascertaining the accuracy of the work. This consists in taking out all - the balances from the Led- ger under the respective heads of debit and credit, together with the balance of the Cash-Book. This is termed a " trial balance," and, when added up, should be the same on both sides ; a disagreement between the two being a proof of an error somewhere ; or, in other words, that every debit has not a corresponding credit, which method should invariably be maintained throughout the accounts. 78 BOOK-KEEPING Farmer's Ledger. Index. A. B. Barns - - 1 C. Cattle - - - 3 Combe, Harvey - -5 Carts - - - 4 Capital - - -7 D. Dairy and Poultry Yard - 4 E. Expenses of Cultivation - 2 F. G. Granary - 1 H. Horses Harness - 3 - 4 I. J. Implements - - 4 K. L. Loss on Live Stock - - 2 M. March, Isaac - 5 FOR FARMERS. 79 N. 0. P. Petty Charges - 2 Poultry-Yard - - 4 Profit and Loss on Live Stock 2 Q. R. Rick Yard - - 1 S. Sheep - 3 Swine - 4 Sewell, Richard - 5 Smith, Henry - 6 Smith & Co. - 7 T. u,v. W. Wages and Expenses of culti- vation - - 2 Walker, Richard - - 6 X. Y. z. 80 ROOK-KEEPING ( 1 ) Dr. RICK- Date. 1845. .2 'o fa Is oj o t» R S3 OJ m >> (8 00 03 OJ fa 510 5. 1 Id. Jan. 1 To stock purchased of R. Walker. L 6 4 3 6 2 5 7 2 Dr. BARNS. Date. 1845. fa 03 O 03 o OJ w5 C eS HI P5 s P5 fa OJ a 3 1400 8. Q. B. Q. B. Q. B. < }. B. 5. B. Q. B. Jan. 1 To Stock purchased of R. Walker. Bark - 1 li 6 - - - - - - " - " - " Lds. 100 Dr. GRANARY. Date. _6 "5 fa Is at J3 o >> a a OJ PQ OS PQ fa s c 3 J 5. rf. » 96 PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. So shall the three lines in the margin represent 24 feet each, taken from different scales. But the same proportion would hold good if, instead of feet, it were inches, yards, or any other measure, as will hereafter be made plain. Section II. DEFINITIONS. 1. When a straight line standing on another straight £5 C5 O line makes the adjacent angles equal to one another, each of the angles is called a rio-ht-ano-le : and the straight line which stands on the other is called a perpendicular to it. Thus we see that the inclination of one straight line to another forms an anyle. 2. An obtuse angle is that which is greater than a rio-ht-ansfle. 3. An acute angle is that which is less than a right- angle. 4. A circle is a plane figure contained by one line, called the circumference. 5. A diameter of a circle is a straight line drawn through the centre, and terminated both ways by the circumference. 6. Rectilineal figures are those which are contained by straight lines. 7. Trilateral figures, or triangles, by three straight lines. 8. Quadrilateral, by four straight lines. 9. Polygons, by more than four straight lines. 10. A square is that which has all its sides equal and all its angles right-angles. ■ 11. An oblong is that which has all its angles right- angles, but has not all its sides equal. 1 2. A rhombus is that which has all its sides equal, but its angles are not right-angles. 13. A rhomboid is that which has opposite sides equal to one another, but all its sides arc not equal, nor its angles right-anerles. X : i '. fci \ PROBLEMS. 07 Section III. PKOBLEMS. 1. To bisect or divide a right line given as ab into two equal parts. From both ends of the given line (viz. A and b in Jig. 3.), with any radius greater than half its Fio . length, describe two arcs that may- cross each other in two points, as at D and E ; then join those points d, e with a right line, and it will bisect the line a b in the middle at C ; viz. \ j / it will make AC equal c b, as was V' required. ' eXv 2. To draw a right line, as E d in Jig. 3., parallel to a given right line ab, in Jig. 4. Fig. 4. Take any convenient point in the m,.-- -•• x given line, as at C ; make C X radius, and with it, upon the point C, describe j • a semicircle, as H M xn; then make the arc H M equal to the arc N x ; through the points M and x draw the right line E d, and it will be parallel to the line ab, as was required. 3. To let fall a perpendicular, as CX (Jig. 5.), upon a given right line ab, from any assigned „. 6 . ^ . . . „ J ° c. Fig. 5. point that is not m it, as from C. Upon the given point c describe - such an arc of a circle as will cross the given line A B in two points, as at D and F; then bisect the distance be- tween those two points d, f (by Problem I.), as at x ; draw the right line ex, and it will be the perpendicular required. 4. To erect or raise a perpendicular upon the end of any ii 98 PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. given right line, as at B in^. 6., or upon any other point assigned in it. Upon any point taken at pleasure out of the given line, as at c, describe such a circle as will Fig. 6. pass through the point from whence the perpendicular must be raised, as at b (viz. make c b radius) ; and from the point where the circle cuts the given line, as at A, draw the circle's diameter a c d ; then from the point d draw the right line d b, and it will "• --'*' be the perpendicular, as was required. 5. Upon a right line given, as A b in Jig. 7., to de scribe an equilateral triangle. Make the given line radius, and with it, upon each of its extreme points or ends, as at A and b, describe an arc, viz. AC and bc; then join the points A, c and b c with right lines, and they will make the triangle required. 6. Three right lines being given (Jig. 8.) to form them into a triangle, provided any two Fi „ 8 of them taken together shall be a ~~~ — B # ° c ~ 1* longer than the third. a -c Let the given lines be A b, c B, and a c. Make either of the shorter lines, as AC in Jig. 9., radius, and upon either end of the longest line, as at a, describe an arc ; then make the other line c b radius, and upon the other end of the longest side, as at b, describe another arc, to cross the first arc, as at c ; join the points A, C and B, C with right lines, and they will form the triangle required. 7. Upon a given right line, as A B in Jig. 10., to form a square. Upon one end of the given line, as at b, erect the per- PROBLEMS. 99 pendicular b d, equal in length with the given line ; viz. make b d = ab ; that being done, make the given line radius, and upon the points a and d describe equal arcs to cross each other, as at c ; then join the points c, a and c, d with right lines, and they will form the square required. 8. Two unequal right lines being given (Jiff. 11.) to form or make of them a right- angled parallelogram. - s " Let the lines be ab and J b c. L P ' c Upon one end of the longest line, as at b in Jig. 12., erect a perpendicular of the same length with the shortest line b c, in Jig. 11. ; then from the point C draw a line parallel to, and of A the same length as, a b ; viz. make dc = ab; join d a with a right line, and it will form the oblong or parallel- ogram required. 9. Three points oeing given, not in a straight line, to find the centre of a circle F5 _ whose circumference shall pass through them, as the points A, b, D, in Jig. 13. \ ..• Join the points A, B and B, d with right lines ; then bisect both these lines, and the point where the bisecting lines meet, as at c, will be the centre of the circle required. 1:3. These nine Problems are thought to be sufficient to exercise the young practitioner, and bring his hand to the right management of the ruler and compasses, wherein we would advise him to be very ready and exact. ji 2 100 MENSURATION. CHAP. IV. MENSURATION. Section I. MENSURATION OF SUPERFICIES. The area of any plane figure is the measure of the space contained within its extremes or bounds, without any regard to thickness. The area, or the content of the plane figure, is estimated by the number of little squares that may be contained in it ; the side of those little measuring squares being an inch, a foot, a yard, or any other fixed quantity. And hence the area or content is said to be so many square inches, or square feet, or square yards, &c. Thus, if the figure to be measured be the rectangle abcd {fig. 14.), and the little square, e {fig. 15.), whose side is one inch, be the mea- suring unit proposed, then, as often as the said little square is contained in the rect- angle, so many inches the rectangle is said to contain, which in the present case is 1 2. Problem I. To find the Area of any Parallelogram, whether it be a Square, a Rectangle, a Rhombus, or a Rhomboid. Rule. Multiply the length hy the perpendicular breadth, or height, and the product will be the area. Fig. 15. Fig. 14. i ,'E SUPERFICIES. 101 Fl* 16. Ex. 1. To find the area of a parallelogram {fig. 16.) whose length is 25 yards, and breadth is 15 yards. 25 length 15 breadth 125 25 Answer 375 yards. Project the same upon a scale the 10th of an inch to the yard. Ex. 2. Find the area of a rectangular board {fig. 17.) whose length is 12| feet, and breadth is 9 inches. Reduce the inches to the decimal of a foot, and the half foot to a decimal of the same denomination, then proceed as in the last example. 121 ft. = 12-5 9 in. = -75 ~62~5 875 9-375 Ans. 9 ft. -375 dec, or 9| ft. The figure given is in the Fig. 17. proportion of ^ of an inch to j^ i —\ a foot. Ex. 3. To find the content of a piece of land, in the form of a rhombus (fig. 18.), 120 yards long, and perpendicular 75 yards. height 9000 Ans. 1 acre and 4060 yds. Project the same 100 yards to the inch. H 3 102 MENSURATION. Fig. 19. Fig. 20. Problem II. To find the Area of a Triangle. Rule 1. Multiply the base by the perpendicular height, and half the product tvill be the area. Or, multiply the one of these dimensions by half the other. Ex. 1. Find the area of a triangle {Jig. 19.) whose base is 625 links, and perpendicular height 520 links. Here 625 x 260 = 162500 links, or 1 acre 2 roods 20 perches. Project the figure to a scale of \ of an inch to 100 links. Ex. 2. Find the area of a triangle {fig. 20.; whose base is 30 ft., and perpendicular 40 ft. 30 40 divide by 2 ) 1200 = 600 ft. Ans. Or, to bring it into yards, divide by 9, the square feet in a yard, thus, 6 §° =66f square yards. Project the same from the scale of 40 divisions to the inch. Rule II. When the three sides are given. Add all the three sides together, and take half that sum. Next, sub- tract each side severally from the said half sum, obtaining three remainders. Lastly, multiply the said half sum and those three remainders all together, and extract the square root of the last product for the area of the triangle. Ex. 1. To find the area of a triangle whose three sides are 20, 30, and 40. 20 45 45 45 30 20 30 40 40 25 15 5 three remainders. )90 45 half sum. Then 45 x 25 x 15 x 5 = 84375. The square root of which is 290*4737, the area. SUPERFICIES. 103 Problem III. To find the Area of a Trapezium. Rule. Divide the trapezium into tivo triangles by a diagonal; then find the area of these triangles, and add them together. Note. If two perpendiculars be let fall on the diagonal from the other two opposite angles, and the sum of these perpendiculars be multiplied by the diagonal, half the pro- duct will be the area of the trapezium. Ex. 1. To find the area of the trapezium (Jig. 21.) whose diagonal is 42, and the two per- pendiculars on it 16 and 18. Here 16 + 18 = 34 : the half of which is 1 7. Then 42 x 17 =714, the area. Ex. 2. In measuring along one side, A b, of a quadran- gular field (fig. 22.), that side and the two perpendiculars let fall on it from the two oppo- site corners, measured as be- low, required the content. ap = 110 a Q = 745 AB = 1110 cp = 352 Here 110x352 - - = 38720 dq = 595 745-110 = 635x352 + 595=601345 1110-745=365x595 =217175 2) 857240 Ans. 428620 Problem IV. To find the Area of an irregular Polygon. Rule. Draw diagonals dividing the proposed polygon into trapeziums and triangles. Then find the area of all these separately, and add them together for the content of the whole polygon. H 4 104 MENSURATION. Fie. 23. Ex. To find the content of the irregular figure A B C D e F G {Jig. 23.), in which are given the following diagonals and perpendiculars, viz. : AC = 55 F d = 52 G c = 44 G m = 13 B n = 18 G o = 12 Ep= 8 d q = 28 Ans. 18785 Problem V. To find the Diameter and Circumference of any Circle, the one from the other. R ule. This may be done nearly by either of the tico fol- lowing proportions, viz. : As 7 is to 22, so is the diameter to the circumference. Or, as 1 is to 3*1416, so is the diameter to the circum- ference. (See p. 122.) Ex. 1. To find the circumference of a circle whose diameter is 20. By the first rule, as 7 : 22 : : 20 : 62f , the answer. By the second rule, as 1 : 3-1416 :: 20 : 62f, the same. Ex. 2. If the circumference of the earth be 25,000 miles, what is its diameter ? As 3-1416 : 1 :: 25000 : 7957f nearly, the diameter. Problem VI. To find the Area of a Circle. Rule I. Midtiply half the circumference by half the diameter. Or, multiply the whole circumference by the whole diameter, and take a quarter of the product. SUPERFICIES. 105 Rule II. Square the diameter, and multiply that square by the decimal '7854 for the area. Ex. 1. To find the area of a circle whose diameter is 10 and circumference 31*416. By the 1st Rule. By Rule 2d. 31-416 -7854 10 100 = 10 2 4 )314-16 78-54 78-54 The area. Ex. 2. Find the area of a circle whose diameter is 7 and circumference 22. 22 7 4)154 38-5 Ans. Ex. 3. How many square yards are in a circle whose diameter is 3^ feet. Here (3-5)' 2 x -7854 -=- 9 = 1-069015 Ans. Ex. 4. How many square yards of cement are there in a basin for holding water in a garden, whose diameter is 10 feet, and its depth 3 feet. Here, by Ex. 1., the area of the bottom of the basin is 78-54 feet. The circumference is 31-416 x 3 = 94-248 feet. Then (78-54 + 94-248) -e-9 = 19-198 square yards. Suppose the price to be 2s. 6d. per yard, then the cost would be 2-399/., or nearly 21. 8s. The cost of such a basin built of brick, and so covered, may, by this example, be easily ascertained. 106 MENSURATION. Problem VII. To find the Area of an Ellipsis or Oval. Rule. Multiply the transverse diameter by the conjugate, and multiply the product by Fig. 24. •7854 ; this last product is the area of the oval. Ex. What is the area of the A ( oval (Jig. 24.) whose transverse diameter a b is 40, and the con- jugate diameter c d is 20 feet ? Here 40 x 20 x -7854 = 628-32 feet, the answer. To construct an Oval mechanically upon the Ground, Sfc. Fix two pins equally distant from the centre, as efm Jig. 24., round which pass a double line extending to g, which, carried round, will describe the oval. Having the Length and Breadth of an Oval given to find the Distance of each Focus (e, f) from the Centre e. Rule. From the square of half the transverse subtract the square of half the conjugate, and the square root of the dif- ference will be the distance of each focus from the middle or common centre of the ellipsis ; i. e. v /( Va e]'— a/E DJ 2 )= EeorE/. Thus let the dimensions stand as above. Then 20 = half the transverse diameter, and 10 = half the conjugate; therefore 400 = the square of 20, also 100 = the square of 10, 300 the difference, and the square root extracted will produce 17 feet 5 inches nearly, or the length of the line e e or ~Ef. SOLIDS. 107 Section II. MENSURATION OF SOLIDS. The measure of a solid is called its solidity, capacity, or content. 1728 cubic inches make one cubic foot = 12| 3 . 27 cubic feet make one cubic yard = 3| 3 . Pkoblem I. To find the solid Content of any Prism or Cylinder. Rule. Find the area of the base or end, and multiply it by the length of the prism or cylinder for the solid content. Ex. 1. Find the solid content of a cube whose side is 28 inches. Thus 28 x 28 x 28 = 21952 in. = 12-7 cubic feet. Ans. Ex. 2. How many cubic feet are there in a block of marble, its length being 3 feet 2 inches, its breadth 2 feet 8 inches, and thickness 2 feet 6 inches ? Here reduce the inches to the decimal of a foot, then the work will stand thus : — 3-166 = : length. 2-666 = : breadth. 18996 18996 18996 6332 8-440556 2-5 : = depth. 42202780 16881112 21-1013900 solid content. Ans. 21-10139 cubic feet. 108 MENSUKATION. Ex. 3. How many gallons of water will a cistern con- tain whose dimensions are the same as in the last example : 282 cubic inches being contained in the gallon. Thus 38 length = 3 ft. 2 in. 32 breath = 2 ft. 8 in. 76 1M 1216 30 depth = 2 ft. 6 in. 282)36480(129. Ans. 129^f gallons. 282 •828 564 2640 2538 _102_ 17 21-10139x1728 282 ~ 47 ' 282 - i4J 47- Peoblem II. To find the Content of any Pyramid or Cone. Rule. Find the area of the base, and multiply the area by the perpendicular height, then take \ of the product for the content. Every cone is one-third of the circumscribing cylinder of the same base and altitude. Ex. 1. Required the solidity of the square pyramid, each side of its base being 30, and its perpendicular height 20. Thus 30 x 30 x 20 = 18000 -- 3 = Ans. 6000. Ex. 2. Find the content of a triangular pyramid, its height being 14 feet 6 inches, and the three sides of its . base 5, 6, 7 feet. SOLIDS. 109 Thus the area of the base will be found to be 14 '7 nearly, 14-5 the height, 735 588 147 3)213-15 71*05 solid content. Ans. 71*05 cubic feet. Problem III. To find the Surface of a Sphere. Rule I. Multiply the circumference of the sphere by its diameter, and the product ivill be the whole surface of it. Rule II. Multiply the square of the diameter by 3-1416, and the product will be the surface. Ex. 1. Required the convex surface of a sphere whose diameter is 7 and circumference 22. 22 circumference, 7 diameter, Ans. 154 the surface. Ex. 2. Required the area of the whole surface of the earth, its diameter being 7957f miles, and its circum- ference 25,000 miles. 7957-75 25000 3978875000 1591550 198943750-00 Ans. 198,943,750 square miles. 110 MENSURATION. Problem IV. To find the Solidity of a Sphere or Globe. Rule I. Multiply the surface by the diameter, and take \ of the product for the content. Rule II. Multiply the cube of the diameter by the decimal '5236 for the' content. Ex. 1. To find the content of a sphere whose axis is 12. Thus 12 x 12 x 12 = 1728, the cube of 12. •5236 10368 5184 3456 8640 904-7808 Ans. Ex. 2. Find the solid content of the globe of the earth, supposing its circumference to be 25,000 miles. circum. diam. Here 25000x7957-75 = Ans. 263,858,149,120 cubic miles. Section III. PRACTICAL QUESTIONS RELATING TO GARDENING, FORESTRY, AND FARMING. Questions in Gardening. Ex. 1. Suppose a kitchen- Fig- 25. garden of a rectangular form Lpl {fig. 25.) is to be laid out, to contain just an acre ; the length being, given (80 yards), what would be the width ? — And what would the outside slips contain, the breadth being 7 yards ? PRACTICAL QUESTIONS. Ill The length 80 )4840 the square yards in an acre, yds. 60 *5 the width required. Then 2 x 80 x 7 = 1 120 area of the slips a, a. 2 x 60-5 x 7= 847 area of the slips b, b. 4 x 7 2 = 196 area of the little squares Cj c^ c^ c» Square yards 2163 = 1 R. 31 T 6 T 5 7 p, area of the slips. Ex. 2. Suppose an acre of land was to be planted with trees at 4 feet apart ; what number would it take ? Here the practitioner must bear in mind that the ground is squared around each plant, as will Fig. 26. appear evident by the diagram in the margin {Jig. 26.), which shows that 12 trees might be planted at 4 feet apart upon an area of 192 square feet. Hence the process is as follows : Multiply 4840, the square yards in an acre, by 9, the square feet in a yard. 4840 9 o o o 4 2 = 16)43560(27221 32 115 112 ••36 32_ 40 32_ j8_Ans. 27221, number of trees. Ex. 3. Required the number of trees to plant an acre at two feet six inches from tree to tree. Here the number of square feet in the acre, as shown 112 MENSURATION. before, is 43560 ; therefore divide this sum by the square of two feet six inches. Thus 2-5 x 2-5 = 4-25, and 4356Q = 10249, number of 4-25 trees, Ans. The learner will recollect that -5 is the decimal of |, and in this case is the decimal of a foot, for it is 6-0 -f- 12 = 5. It is hoped he will recollect the reason too why two ciphers are affixed to the dividend; if not, he had better refer back to division of decimals. Ex. 4. How many coleworts will stand upon an acre at the distance of nine inches from plant to plant ? Here 43560, the square feet as before, and nine inches reduced to the decimal of a foot is -75, for it is = 9*0 -f- 12 = -75 ; and *75 2 = -5625, now here being four places of decimals, so many must be affixed to the dividend, and then divide as before, which will make the quotient a whole number in this case. Hence — ——=77,440 plants, Ans. *Ou^D It is requested that the reader will make himself well acquainted with the nature of the three last examples : their practical usefulness is obvious. Ex. 5. Suppose a garden wall is to be built one hundred yards long, and ten feet high above the ground, in nine-inch work, and a foundation of two feet six inches deep in fourteen-inch work; what number of bricks will be required to complete the work, and how many rods of work will it contain ? Before showing the calculation it may be necessary to premise that a square yard of nine-inch work contains about one hundred bricks ; but though not exactly the case, is near enough for all practical purposes. The bricklayer's work is moreover usually estimated by the rod of 16^ feet square, of a brick and a half (14 inches) thick. PRACTICAL QUESTIONS. 113 Now from this data we will proceed to the calculation : Length. Height. Sq. ft. 300 x 10 = 3000 of nine-inch work, 300 x 2 -5 - 750 of fourteen-inch work, but 1 1 25 reduced to nine-inch work. Therefore 3000 + 1125 = 4125 --9 = 458-33 square yards, 100 = numb, of bricks in a yd. 45833 Also 4125 divided by 272-25, the square feet in a rod, will produce 15-151 square rods. Hence the answer f 45833 bricks required. I 15*151 rods of work. Ex. 6. A sunk fence is 500 feet long, six feet in depth, and eight feet over at top; how many cart-loads (27 feet to the load) have been removed in this cutting? Here the section, as in the margin {fig. 8* ! 27.), is a right-angled triangle ; therefore 8 x 6-4-2 = 24, the area, which, multiplied by the length, 500, gives 12000, the num- ber of cubic feet. Also i?22?=444 loads 12 feet, Ans. 27 Observe. No allowance in the excavation is made here for a brick wall, which would have to be added. It may not be amiss here to hint to the young gardener having such work to superintend, that by judicious ma- nagement (in many cases) a great deal of labour in cart- ing, &c. may be spared by depositing the matter dug out upon the adjacent ground. Thus, suppose the ground was disposed as shown in a a fig. 28., the spaces a a might with propriety be filled up. It should be borne in mind, how- ever, that the desired effect must not be sacrificed to a saving of labour, as the 114 MENSURATION. object of a sunk fence is to make the boundary perfectly illusory from particular points of view. Ex. 7. If a gravel walk is to be made 500 yards in length, seven feet in width, and six inches in depth, how many cubic yards of gravel should be ordered for the pur- pose ? In this case let the whole dimensions be brought into feet and decimals. Consequently the length would be - 1500 feet, the breadth - 7 feet, the depth of gravel - '5 decimal. Then 1500 x 7 x *5 = 5250 cubic feet, which number, divided by 27, the solid feet in a yard, gives the Ans. 194 vards and 12 feet. To measure Timber. The young practitioner ought now to be competent to find the superficial or solid content of any board or squared solid piece of timber by what has already been taught. But the usual way to measure round timber trees is to girth them about the middle with a string, and take the fourth part of that girth for the side of a square, by which they measure the piece of timber as if it was square. But that this method is erroneous, the learner himself could easily prove. The universal practice, however, is to measure all rough round timber in the manner stated. If the tree be very irregular in thickness, it is usual to girth it in several places, and take the mean of those girths, which is considering the tree as a cylinder. Ex. 8. If a piece of timber be 96 inches in circumfer- ence (or girth) in the middle, and 18 feet long, how many feet are contained therein ? A fourth part of 96 is 24 : and 24 2 z=576 area of section. Hence =72 feet solid, Ans. 144 PEACTICAL QUESTIONS. 115 Ex. 9. What is the content of a timber tree whose length is 20 feet, and girth at the root end 92 inches, and the other end 60 inches ? Here — =76, mean girth; and —=19 side of the square ; then, — — = 50*1388 cubic feet, Ans. 144 N.B. The learner will understand that in the two last examples the reason of dividing by 144 is, because the area in square inches is multiplied by the length in feet ; but if the said area had been brought into feet and de- cimals the product alone would have been the answer. On the other hand, if the length had been brought into inches the division should have been by 1728. Ex. 10. A tree shaped as in Jig. 29. girths in four dif- ferent places, respectively ______ 100, 90, 60, and 32 inches, jllll \ and the length 35 feet : |||5_^ how many cubic feet does Fig- 29. it contain? tt 100 + 90 + 60 + 32 282 ,_- _ . . . Here =- — = 70-5 mean girth; and 4 4 & ' 70 ' 5 iT.fio* '*'e*\. i 17-625 1 2 x 35 =17*625= side or the square; also, ! = 4 * ' 144 75- cubic feet. Ex. 11. Suppose an oak tree is of the following growth and actual dimensions, and that the forester is required to find the solid contents of the stick, as receivable, 1st, into merchants' dockyards : 2dly, into Her Majesty's dockyards : 3dly, when sold by the quarter girth ; in order to ex- hibit in his books the actual dimensions of such a piece of " goods " having " stops," and in regard also to the relative proportions between the three practised modes of mensuration. (Sec CkatficloVs Measuring Companion, p. 10—15.) i 2 116 MENSURATION Fig. 29a. 3 I'S' s T ■ T ''««st)«-Sf section of a sqtmre of the Jog !"\— '»««" \ U feet £ The under figure represents a transverse section of a square of the timber. The figures in the diagrams should agree with the data in the calculation. The results of these measurements prove the correctness of the areas referred to in the diagrams, exclusive of the butt lengths, 5 feet, and 3 feet 6 inches, which are taken ; i. e. the 5 feet by a systematic rule, which we will presently explain, and the 3| feet consequent tkereon. The following calculation presents a full exposition of the diagrams, with the dimensions taken in conformity to the several systems as established for measuring. No. 1. Length, Squares, Contents, feet. inches. feet. 6iX 9\X 10 = 4 11 X 12|X 14|=14 3 X22 X 19i= 8J 6 X 8.VX 8i= 3" 3J-X 9|x 11^ = 2a 8|x26 X27 =41" 38i Total 73 No. 3. Lengtl feet. , Quarter girth in inches. 6* X 8 1 .- 11 X 1H 3 X 19* 6 X 7 3i X 9 8* X 2U 38i Contents, feet. = 3 = 10 = 5 1 = 2" = 11 = 27" Total 49 No. 2. Length, Squares, Contents, feet. inches. feet. _ 6i X 9 X 10 = 4 11 ! X 12i X 14^ =13i 3 X 181 X20 = 7± 6 X 8£ X 84 = 2-t 3.1 X 9i X 11 = 2 1 , 3i X24| X22' = 13 5 X28 T X29 =29 38.' Total 72 Hence we see that No. 1. as receivable in merchants' dockyards, and by the timber trade, contains - - - 73 feet. No. 3. ditto, by girth or string measure - 49 — No. 2. ditto, into Her Majesty's dockyards - 72 — Whence it is obvious, Nos. 1. and 3. coincide as nearly as possible for actual operations to the diagrams of the PRACTICAL QUESTIONS. 117 areas. And No. 2. also, deducting in the last two lengths, S~ and 5, with No. 1., and comparing the remainder of the contents with those of Nos. 1. and 3., there is a near ap- proximation of the several measures. To account for the rapid increase in the proportion of contents in No. 2., it will be seen that a 5 feet length is taken from the butt, which occasions an approximation of total contents to No. 1. ; the measurement of 5 feet from the butt has long CD been an established rule in the Royal dockyards ; and it results, that Nos. 1. and 2., upon the whole, do not vary in amount. This will be the case in any quantity of oak sticks tolerably well hewn, as described in the proportions of the diagrams of the areas In these calculations and remarks, a system is comprised for measuring round timber, the dimensions of which are resolvable by the quarter girth, as treated in the other examples of this work. If the butts of trees be shaky or foxy, determine the length of the injury likely to be sustained from the butt, and cube that length by the squares at the first measuring place. Thus will the allowance for defects bear an equit- able proportion to the contents. All timber requiring more than one third deduction is considered unmarketable. In general, to measure trees, Multiply the feet in the length by the square of the inches, and divide for cubic feet by 2304. Or tohen an 8th, or I0th,for bark is alloived, by 3009 or 2845. A standing tree is measured by squaring \th of the girth, and multiplying it by the height of the trunk, as in Example 10. The length of a tree into the square of its mean girth by 1807, is its cubic feet; or for ^th the bark, by 2360 will give its cubic feet. This log was selected from a large pile of timber, on account of the number of stops; for, by having many di- mensions, it was the more likely to prove, upon an aver- age, how far the general conclusion might be determined, in regard to the relative proportions between the three practised modes. i 3 118 MENSUUATION. To estimate the contents of Ricks. Ex. 12. Suppose a truss of hay weighing 56 lb., a yard square, and 9 inches r . „„ in thickness, be cut from the middle of a rick {Jig. 30.) ; how many loads, of 36 « trusses to the load, will the rick con- tain, the dimensions being ab = 16 feet, ab =20 feet, ce = 8 feet, cd=12 feet, the length = 30 feet. Now, the area of the section (or end) multiplied by the mean length solves this problem. Therefore the work will stand as follows : — 20 + 16 = 36x 8 = 288 20x12=240 528 double the area of the section. 264 the area of the end or section. 30 the length. 7920 the cube content in feet. Area of the truss =9 feet, the thickness in decimals '75 feet ; therefore '75 x 9 = 6*75, cubic content of the truss. Here 7920 Am 6-75 = 1173-33 trusses = 32 loads and 21| trusses, In calculations of this kind great exactness is not at- tainable (for reasons unnecessary to be explained) ; but a useful approximation may always be arrived at, and much nearer the truth than the most practised eye could come to by mere guess. Hay-ricks are not unfrequently built upon a circular base ; in which case they partake of the form of what is called the " parabolic conoid." And to find the solid PRACTICAL QUESTIONS. 119 content, the rule is, multiply the area of the base by half the height. Ex. 13. To find the cubic content of a rick of the form shown in Jig. 31. In this case first calculate for the parabolic conoid, and after deduct for the deficiency at the bottom. Let a B=10 = diam. of the base. C D=16 = the height. Ab = 2 c a = 4 Then 10 x 10 x -7854 = 78-54 the area of the base, and 16-=- 2 = 8 628-32 cubic content of the pa- rabolic conoid. Also, J- of 2 x 4 = 4, section of the skirting, and 10 x ■1416* = 31 -416, length of ditto. Again, 31-416x4=125-66. 628-32 125-66 502-66 the cubic content, as required. Ricks of corn may be estimated in the same manner, but not so satisfactorily ; as both the yield of the grain and the density of the mass of sheaves would have to be come at before an estimate, by measurement, could be made. To estimate Dung-heaps. Ex. 14. A heap of dung upon a rectangular base, and form of outline as in Jig. 32. It is required to know how many cart-loads it contains, of two cubic yards to the load, the dimensions being as follow : * The number 3'1416 is the circumference of a circle whose dia- meter is 1, as shown in Problem V. p. 104., and note, p. 122. i 4 120 MENSURATION. b c = 15 yards, a c = 10 yards, de=8 yards. Here the section A d C, in fig. 32., is in the form of a parabola ; a figure which is made by the section of a cone, and is two-thirds of its circumscribing parallelogram. Therefore, to find the area of this section, we have the fol- lowing Rule. Multiply the base by the perpendicular height, and multiply that product by 2, and divide the last product by 3 : the quotient will be the area of the parabola. Now, to apply this to the question, we have (acxed)2 f ac -ioxed=8 = 80 x 2 = 160 3 -h3 =53*33, area of the section; then, 53*33x15, the length, will give 800 cubic yards nearly, and consecpiently the Ans. will be 400 loads. To estimate Road Materials. Materials prepared for roads are piled up like truncated pyramids, and slope from the ground to the summit at an angle of about 35 degrees, which, for loose materials, is about the angle of repose. Hence, if a heap of broken granite be 24 feet in length, and 9 feet broad at the base, and its depth be 33 inches, find the solid content in cubic yards, by which the labourers are to be paid for their work ; the crown of the heap being such as a sloping side, at an angle of 35 degrees, will give, from such a pyramidal figure as with the com- passes may be constructed from the foregoing data. If the reader should have any difficulty here, let him carefully read the next chapter; for here, as in other things, we must sometimes anticipate steps of our progress. 121 CHAP. V. PRACTICAL TRIGONOMETRY, Section I. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. DEFINITIONS. 1. Plane Trigonometry treats of the relations and calculations of the sides and angles of plane triangles. 2. The circumference of every circle is supposed to be divided into 360 equal parts, called degrees, also each de- gree into 60 minutes, each minute into 60 seconds, and so on. Hence a semicircle contains 180 degrees, and a quadrant 90 degrees. 3. The measure of any angle is an arc of any circle con- tained between the two lines which form that angle, the angular point being the centre ; and it is estimated by the number of degrees contained in that arc. Hence a right-angle, being measured by a quadrant, or quarter of a circle, is an angle of 90 degrees ; and the sum of the three angles of every triangle, or two right-angles, is equal to 180 degrees. Therefoi'e, in a right-angled triangle, taking one of the acute angles from 90 degrees, leaves the other acute angle; and the sum of two angles in any triangle, taken from 180 degrees, leaves the third angle; or one angle being taken from 180 degrees leaves the sum of the other two angles. 122 PRACTICAL TRIGONOMETRY. 4. Degrees are marked at the top of the figure with a small °, minutes with', seconds with ", and so on. Thus, 57° 30' 12" denotes 57 degrees 30 minutes and 12 seconds. Note. — The sides of every triangle are proportional to the sines of the opposite angles. The tangent is a fourth proportional to the co-sine, sine, and radius. The secant is a third proportional to the co-sine and radius. The co-tangent is a fourth proportional to the sine, co-sine, and radius. The co-secant is a third proportional to the sine and radius. It is a property of the triangle, that if each of any two of its sides be X by the co-sine of the angle which the side makes with the third side, the sums of the products =r that of the third side. The intention here is to treat of Trigonometry geome- trically chiefly ; which is accomplished by a pair of com- passes, and a scale, with chords, &c., marked thereon. Fig. 33. will show the reader what is meant by chords, tangents, secants, &c. Fig. 33. Tangents, Note. — Suppose the diameter of this circle to be 1, its circumfer- ence is 3 - 1416 ; then, calling j> the diameter, c the circumference, A the area, and p = 3-1416, we have c 4a /a d = -, or — , or 2 a / — ; p c / v p 4a also c=pd, or — , or 2/y/rA ; And a= 4 ' C 2 DC , C 4 A c • -r-, or — ; also — , or — , or 4p 4a The length of an arc is 8 times the chord of half the arc less the chord of the whole, and divided by 3. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. 123 The periphery of an ellipse is \/ of 4 the sum of the squares of the 2 axes by 3-1416. The arc of a quadrant 1-578 is 10-9ths the chord 1-4142. The chord of i of a circle whose diameter is 1 is 1-732; of-*, 1-4142; of^is 1-1755; of i is 1; of£, 0-68404; of T \j, 0-5176. The length of any circular arc is the radius X by the degrees in the arc X by 0-017453. The decimal of a degree or 360th of the circle is 0-008726. The square of the circle is 9'8696 ; and the square root of the circle is 1-77245. Fi'. :i4. Ex. 1. In the plane triangle a b c, in Jiff. 34., "a b 345 yds. Given- a c 174 -07 yds. Z.A 37° 20' Required the other side, and the remaining angles. Draw A B = 345 from a scale of equal parts ; make the angle A = 37° 20', which is thus performed : — Take from the scale of chords in your compasses the extent of 60° as radius, then with one foot of your compasses on a describe the arc d e, upon which set off the given angle D E, and through the point E draw the line A e continued ; set off A C, and join c B, and it is done. Then the other parts being measured, they are found to be nearly as follows ; viz. the side B C = 232 yards, the angle b =27°, and the angle c l-', = 115° 30'. Ex. 2. In the right-angled tri- angle A B C, in Jig. 35., given the base ab 100 feet, the angle A 45°. — Required the perpen- dicular and hypotenuse, or longest side. Draw the line ab=100 feet; with the radius of 60° describe the arc D E, upon which set off the given angle 45°; through the point E draw the line A E continued ; upon 124 PRACTICAL TRIGONOMETRY* the point b erect the perpendicular, which will meet the line A E at C. Then the lines A C and B C, measured on the scale of equal parts, will be found to be 143 and 100 feet. Table of the Areas of Polygons whose sides are 1. Sides. Polygons. Areas. 3 Trigon - 0-4330127 4 Tetragon, or Square 1 -ooooooo 5 Pentagon 1-7204774 6 7 8 Hexagon - Heptagon Octagon - 2-5980762 3-6339124 4-8284271 9 Nonagon 6-1818242 10 Decagon - 7-6942088 11 12 Undecagon Dodecagon 9-3656389 11-1961524 All these figures can be inscribed within, and circum- scribed about, a circle. Section II. OF HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES. Angles of elevation or depression are usually taken either with a theodolite or Avith a quadrant, divided into degrees and minutes, and furnished with a plummet suspended from the centre, and two sights fixed on one of the radii. The latter instrument may be constructed by the learner him- self, accurately enough for ordinary purposes, thus. Pro- cure a nice piece of board about half an inch thick, and of a size sufficient to cut out an exact quadrant of a radius HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES. 125 of six or nine inches ; then divide the arc into 90 divisions, which will be degrees, which subdivide for half-degrees, &c. Suspend a plummet by a thread from the angular point, and fix two sights on one of the sides, which may be made of any thin piece of metal with small holes per- forated. For taking a steady observation the instrument may be attached to a pointed staff that may be fixed in the ground, but moveable to any elevation or depression. To take an Angle of Altitude and Depression ivith the Quadrant. Let A, in Jig. 36., be any object, as a tower, a hill, or other eminence ; and let it be required to find the measure of the angle abc, which a line drawn from the object makes with the horizontal line B C. Fix the centre of the qua- drant in the angular point, and move it round there as a cen- tre, till, with one eye at d, the other being shut, you perceive the object a through the sights ; then will the arc G H of the quadrant, cut off by the plumb-line b n, be the mea- sure of the angle abc, as re- quired. Fig. ?,6. N \ i V 126 PRACTICAL TRIGONOMETRY. The angle A b c of depression of any object, a vn Jig. 37., is taken in the same manner, except that here the eye is applied to the centre, and the measure of the angle is the arc G h, on the other side of the plumb-line. Ex. 1. Having mea- \ sured a distance of 200 \ feet, in a direct hori- \ zontal line, from the \ bottom of a steeple, A the angle elevation of its top, taken at that distance, was found to be 47° 30': from hence it is required to find the height of the steeple. Draw an indefinite line, as shown in^. 38., upon which set off a c = 200 equal parts for the measured distance ; erect the indefinite per- pendicular c b, and draw A B so as to make the angle A = 47° 30', the angle of elevation, and it is done. Then c b, measured on the scale of equal parts, is nearly 218^. Ex. 2. What was the perpendicular height of a cloud, or of a balloon, when its angles of elevation were 35° and 64°, as taken by two observers at the same time, both on the same side of it, and in the same vertical plane, their distance, as under, being half a mile, or 880 yards ; and what was its distance from the said two observers ? Draw an indefinite ground line, as shown in fig. 39., upon which set off the given distance A B = 880; then A and b are the places of the observers. Make the angle HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES. 127 a = 35°, and the -Vi\- angle B = 64° ; and the intersec- „. „„ / ■ ,*' N ^ Fig. 39. f . is' \ tion of the lines - y 4 \ /¥* \ at c will be the ■*' / \ \ place of the /' / J \. \ balloon ; from *' / f \ » whence the per- ;•' / ! \ \ pendicular C D, ^. /^° J being let fall, *" B D will be its perpendicular height. Then, by measurement, are found the distances and height nearly as follows, viz. AC 1631, bc 1041, dc 936. Ex. 3. Having to find the height of a tree standing on the top of a declivity, I first measured from its bottom a distance of 40 feet, and there found the angle, formed by the oblique plane, and a line imagined to go to the top of the tree, 41°; but after measuring on in the same direc- tion 60 feet further the angle at that point was only 23° 45'. What then was the height of the tree ? Draw an indefinite line for the sloping plane or declivity, as shown in Jig. 40., in which assume any point a for the bottom of the tree, from whence set off the distance a c Fie. 40 = 40, and again C d = 60 equal parts; then make the angle c = 41°, and the angle D = 23° 45'; and the point B where the two lines meet will be the top of the tree. Therefore a b, joined, will be its height, on the same scale. 128 PRACTICAL TRIGONOMETRY. Ex. 4. Wanting to know the distance between two in- accessible trees, or other objects, from the top of a tower, 120 feet high, which lay in the same right line with the two objects, I took the angles formed by the perpendicular wall and lines conceived to be drawn from the top of the tower to the bottom of each tree, and found them to be 33° for the nearer tree, and 64 1° for the more remote. What then may be the distance between the two objects ? Draw the indefinite ground line b d, in Jig. 41., and perpendicular to it b a = 120 parts; then draw the two lines Fig. 41. .*> C „ / Ans. 160 feet. A c, a d, making the two angles bac,bad equal to the given angles 33° and 64^°. So shall c and d be the places of the two objects. Ex. 5. Beino- on the side of a river, and wanting to know the distance to a house which was seen on the other side, I measured 200 yards in a straight line by the side of the river, and then at each end of this line of distance took the hori- zontal angle formed between the house and the other end of the line, which angles were, the one of them (a) = 68° 2', and the other (b) = 73° 15'. What then were the dis- tances from each station to the house ? Draw the line A b, in fig. 42., = 200 equal parts. Then draw a c so as to make the angle A = 68° 2'. & Fiff. 42. HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES. 129 and b c to make the angle b — 73° 15'. So shall the point C be the place of the house required. Ans -{BC = 29o} yards - If we trace on the ground a line a d, in fig. 43., as a continuation of C A, in Pi g . 43 . fig. 42., and a line B E a/\~~ 7\ B as a continuation of C B ; / \ / \ then it is possible to trace / \ / \ lines b a and A f re- / \/„ \ I ,\ H \ spectively parallel to A D / Q / \ p \ and b E, and the point H ' where these parallels intersect will indicate the position of the house c, in fig. 42., as if situate on this side of the stream: that is to say, ah = 310 yards; and bh = 290 yards. N. B. Horizontal angles cannot of course be taken with the quadrant. Therefore, the above example would require some other instrument for this purpose, as the theodolite, &c. &c. Horizontal angles or bearings may be taken in this manner. Let b and C, in fig. 44., be two objects or two Fig. 44. ^^i pickets set up perpendicularly, ^^^^ and let it be required to take \^^\^^ their bearings, or the angles -<^— \ — — formed between them at any station, A. Measure one chain length (or any other distance) along both directions, as to h and c. Then measure the distance b, c, and it is done. This is easily transferred to paper, by making a triangle A, b, c, with those three lengths, and then measuring the angle a. K 130 PRACTICAL TRIGONOMETRY. Section III. DIALLING. Dialling is founded on the first motion of the heavenly bodies — or the diurnal motion of the earth on its axis — and its theory depends on the elements of spherical tri- gonometry. But in an elementary work like this, we shall confine our instructions to what is practicable by a manual operation alone. The plane of every dial repre- sents the plane of some great circle on the earth, and the gnomon of the earth's axis ; the vertex of a right gnomon, the centre of the earth or visible heavens ; and the plane of the dial is just as far from this centre as from the vertex of this style. The earth itself, compared with its distance from the sun, is considered as a point ; and, therefore, if a small sphere of glass be placed upon any part of the earth's surface, so that its axis be parallel to the axis of the earth, and the sphere have such lines upon it, and such planes within it as are required, it will show the hours of the day as truly as if it were placed at the centre of the earth, and the shell of the earth were as transparent as glass. To construct a?i Equatorial Dial. Take a piece of oak plank a foot square, and 1 to 2 inches thick, with two sunk cross bars on the back to pre- vent warping in the sun. Divide it into a circle of 24 equal parts, beginning at 1 and going on to 12, and again repeated to complete the circle. The two lines of 6 and 1 2 must be at right angles ; the board painted white and the lines black. Set a wire pin in the centre of the circle of the same thickness as the black lines, quite perpendicular, and at right angles with the lines 6 and 12. Find the latitude of the place, say 53°; subtract from 90° = 37° or co-latitude ; make two boards to this angle ; place the dial DIALLING. 131 level on a post, and the face northwards, elevated by the angled board behind, and the hours will be pointed cor- rectly, by the shadow of the wire on the lines, for six months, Avhen the sun is north of the line. In places south of the line, the face of the dial will be reversed, and stand to the south. Table of the Angles which the Hour Lines form with the Meridian on a Horizontal Dial for every Half Degree of Latitude from 50° to 59° 30'. Latitude. A. I. M. XI. A. II. M. X. A. M. III. IX. A. IV. M. VIII. A. V. M. VII. A. VI. M. VI. O t o / o / o / O f O / o / 50 00 11 38 23 51 37 27 53 70 43 90 00 50 30 11 41 24 1 37 40 53 11 70 51 90 00 51 00 11 46 24 10 37 51 53 24 70 58 90 00 51 30 11 51 24 19 38 4 53 36 71 6 90 00 52 00 11 55 24 27 38 14 53 46 71 13 90 00 52 30 12 00 24 36 38 25 53 58 71 20 90 00 53 00 12 5 24 45 38 37 54 8 71 27 90 00 53 30 12 9 24 54 38 48 54 19 71 34 90 00 54 00 12 14 25 2 38 58 54 29 71 40 90 00 54 30 12 18 25 10 39 8 54 39 71 47 90 00 55 00 12 23 25 19 39 19 54 49 71 53 90 00 55 30 12 28 25 27 39 29 54 59 71 59 90 00 56 00 12 32 25 35 39 40 55 8 72 5 90 00. 56 30 12 36 25 45 39 50 55 18 72 12 90 00 57 00 12 40 25 51 39 59 55 27 72 17 90 00 57 30 12 44 25 58 40 9 55 37 72 22 90 00 58 00 12 48 26 5 40 18 55 45 72 27 90 00 58 30 12 52 26 13 40 27 55 54 72 33 90 00 59 00 12 56 26 20 40 36 56 2 72 39 90 00 59 30 13 00 26 27 40 45 56 10 72 44 90 00 In this table the angles formed by the lines for the hour of v. in the morning and that of vn. in the evening, — iv. in the morning and vin. in the evening, &c. are not marked because they are the same as those for vn. in the morning and v. in the evening, — vin. in the morning and iv. in the evening, only they lie on opposite sides of the VI. o'clock hour lines. For the edge of the plane, by which the time of day is marked, is the style of the dial, and it is parallel to the axis of the earth. Hence the line on which this K 2 132 PRACTICAL TRIGONOMETRY. plane is erected is the substyle ; and the angle included between the substyle and style is the elevation or height of the style or gnomon ; moreover this angle is always equal to the elevation of the pole, or latitude of the place. From this explanation it is clear that an erect south dial in 51|° north latitude would be a horizontal dial on the same meridian 90° southward, which falls in with 38|° south latitude. The use of the foregoing table may be easily compre- hended : thus, if the place for which a horizontal dial is to be made corresponds with any latitude in the table, the angles which the hour lines make with the meridian are found by inspection. For example, the hour lines of XI. and I. must, in the latitude of 56°, make angles of 12° 32' with the meridian. If the latitude be not contained in the table, propor- tional parts may be taken without any sensible error. Thus, if the latitude be 54° 15', which would agree with Milton in Westmoreland, or Kirby Wiske, and the angles made by the hour lines of XI. or I. be required, as it appears from the table that the increase of 30' in the latitude, namely, from 54° to 54° 30', corresponds to an increase of 4' in the hour angle at the centre of the dial, we may infer, that an increase of 15' will require an increase of 2' nearly, and therefore that the angle required will be 12° 16'. If these instructions be followed, we think every young o-ardener may be able to make a dial for the division of his own time, and the government of his duties at stated periods of the day. If by a good chronometer he could mark the shade of a tall tree at noon, by tracing a circle of some radius within the clear shadow of the stem, he might, on that circle, set off the angles corresponding to the hour lines in the foregoing table, and, by planting a flower or a shrub in the intersection of the hour line with the circle, exhibit the dial of paradise. 133 CHAP. VI. MECHANICS, Mechanics, in the enlarged sense of the word, includes the whole range of natural philosophy or physics, and developes innumerable principles of the pure and mixed mathematics. But in a limited senge we confine mechanics to those general principles that govern forces as combined with matter. Hence, the sciences of statics and dynamics; upon which, however, this work; cannot enter further than to explain a very small number of the principles, that may be serviceable to those for whom we write. Force either produces or destroys motion. The unit of force may be taken at lib. troy, equal to 22-815 cubic inches of distilled water*, which, divided into 5760 equal parts, the weight of each is a grain troy, and 7000 such grains make lib. avoirdupois. Hence 151b. avoirdupois represent a force of 15 units. When a body is held at rest by two forces, these are said to be equal to one another. Here the forces act in opposite directions, and in the same straight line. "VVe may multiply the forces, but that which counteracts its antagonists exercises double, treble, &c, their intensity if it preserve the equilibrium. Lines may represent forces in magnitude, and also in direction. When a third force is required to constitute an equilibrium, if lines be mea- sured from this point in the direction of the forces, so as to contain each a given unit of length as many times as there are units in each force, then these lines will form the * This standard is fixed by act of parliament dated June 24th, 1 < v -4 : temperature 62° Fahrenheit ; barometer to stand at 30 inches. k 3 134 MECHANICS. adjacent sides and diagonal of a parallelogram. Thus, if B A, C A, in fig. 45. be two forces acting upon the point A, we determine the magnitude and direction of the force which will hold them at rest by completing the parallelo- gram a b D C, and drawing the diagonal A d, which re- presents both the magnitude and direction of the force that will keep the others in equilibrium. Thus we see that equilibrium results from the simul- taneous action of several forces on a body, or a material point, when they reciprocally destroy each other's action, and the body, though free to move, remains at rest. Similar pressure, as noticed above, exhibits force counteracting force, and entire absence of motion. We thence infer that all bodies present themselves to us in a state of rest or of motion. But this last is the change of rectilinear distance between two points. • And as the force producing motion may act upwards or downwards, &c, we trace motion in a straight line, bent or curvilinear, accelerated or retarded. Hence inertia is a contingent condition of rest or motion, yet the earth, in her orbicular and annual motions, and all the rest of the planets, wheel round the sun without effort and in ceaseless motion ; so that upon her surface nothing is absolutely at rest. The listless savage at the equator is moving, when asleep, with a velocity of 1000 feet per second of time, or 60,000 feet an hour : and the trees there, sus- pended by their very roots, moving with this velocity, have not a leaf disturbed. Let but a hurricane sweep the same reo-ion with a force of 120 miles an hour, and all is desola- tion ! The two revolutions of the earth, on its axis daily, and round the sun in a year, are employed as the standards of motion. The equatorial diameter is seventeen miles longer than the polar, by which means a mass of 1000 lb. at the pole is but 995 lb. at the equator. Bodies near the surface of the earth fall through about sixteen feet in a second of time. Hence we discover that force and velocity, time and space, are quantities in a continual flux, passing through a series of proximate stages. Thus it is, that the velocity of falling bodies accumulates, MECHANICS. 135 and in the next second it measures 32 feet, which being doubled in the third second gives 64.* In ascending perpendicularly, the force of gravity, or weight, produces this effect : that a body shot upwards with double velocity rises four times as far as if shot with a single velocity : if with triple velocity, it rises nine times as far. The centre of gravity of a body, or system of bodies, is that point in the body or system, which if it be supported or fixed, the body or system will remain in equilibrio in every position about that centre. Hence the point on which the beam of a pair of scales is poised is its centre of gravity or inertia. And the centre of gravity of two bodies, connected by a bar passing through their centres, is determined by multi- plying either body by the whole distance between their centres, and dividing the product by the sum of the bodies, when the quotient will be the distance from the centre of gravity of that body opposite to the oneby whichthe whole distance is multiplied. Example. Let the weights A and B, in Jig. 46., be appended to the beam, 24 Fi„.. 46> feet long. Let A be 4 © { , ® cwt. and B 7 cwt. : then ~ c by the Rule 7 x 24 + 4 +7 = 168-=-ll = 15y\ feet, and 4 x 24+4 + 7 = 8 T ° T feet. But 15 T 3 T + 8 T 8 T = 24. Hence a and b are respectively 15 T 3 T feet and 8 T 8 T feet from the centre of gravity of the mass, or, which is the same thing, from the point of equilibrium. When the weight of the connecting bar is taken into account, and becomes an element of the united mass, Ave have this Rule. To twice the weight of either body add the whole weight of the lever or connecting bar, and multiply the sum by the central distance ; then divide the product by twice the mass compounded of the bodies and the bar, and the quo- tient ivill be the distance of the centre of gravity from that body opposite to the one whose double is employed in the first step of this process. * Newton, at the age of twenty-two years, in contemplating and reflecting on the fall of an apple from a tree, led mankind into the belief of the law of universal gravitation. k I 136 MECHANICS. Example. Thus, if the beam be 26 feet, and weigh 1 cwt. and the bodies be 4 and 7 cwt. respectively, the system will equilibrate if the point of suspension be 16{ feet from the 4 cwt. mass, and 9f from that of 7 cwt. Specific gravities are determined by dividing the weight of the body, of the same bulk, by the weight of air or water : air being 1 '0000, all the gases are referred to this standard, some being more, others less than unity. So also of vapours, air being 1, all the others are referred to this standard: of liquids, distilled water being 1, all other liquids are compared by it ; and the specific gravities of solids are estimated by that standard, the temperature being 64° V. The weight of the atmospheric air at 32° is to distilled water as 1 to 770, and of air to mercury as 1 to 10466. A cubic inch of zinc or of cast iron weighs 4*16 ounces : of steel and bar iron 4£ ; brass 4-858 ; copper 5 ; silver 6 ; lead 6 1 ; cast gold lOyth; pure platinum 11*285, and lami- nated 12| ounces. A cubic foot of paving stone weighs 151 lb. ; millstone 155 lb. ; granite 165-87 lb. ; slate 167 lb. ; marble 171| lb. ; chalk 1741b.; basalt 1791b.; limestone 198 fib. A cubic foot of oak is from 54 to 73 lb. ; of box 571b. ; yew 50| lb. ; ash 47|- lb. ; beech 43| lb. ; walnut 43 lb. ; elm 34f lb. ; larch 34 lb. ; poplar 24 lb. ; cork 15 lb. A cubic foot of rain-water weighs 62^ lb. ; of salt- water 64 \ lb. Cubic Inches in 1 cwt. cub. in. cub in. Cast iron - 43025 Cast copper 352-41 Bar iron - 397-60 Cast lead 272-8 Cast brass - 368-88 Cubic Feet in 1 ton. cub. ft. cub. ft. Paving stone - - 14-835 Honduras mahogany 64-00 Common stone - 14-222 Mar Forest fir - 51-65 Granite - - 13-505 Beech - 51-4 Marble - - 13-07 Riga fir - 47-762 Chalk - - 12-874 Ash and Dantzic oak 47-158 Limestone - 11-273 Spanish mahogany - 42 066 English oak 36205 Elm 64-46 MECHANICS. 137 In machinery, power is gained by increasing the velocity of the acting force, and, when speed is required in the work, by diminishing the velocity of that force. The con- trivances for conveying the power of a machine are wheels, and pinions on axles ; conical wheels ; rack- work ; belts, bands, and chains ; single and double cranks ; the universal joint ; the sun-and-planet wheel ; the ball and socket. Levers of particular construction convert circular into rec- tilinear motion. Spiral gearing is used when the teeth of Avheels are cut obliquely, to act with slight friction. Conical drums, inverted to each other, increase or decrease velocity, as desirable ; the same end is achieved by wheels of varied diameter on parallel axes, which can be put in or out of gear at pleasure. Excentric crown wheels vary velocity. Tilting hammers, fulling hammers, &c. are worked by cams or wipers, connected with the axis of motion. The toggle joint is a lever of oblique action. Machines direct and modify force transferred to them ; and their power is ascertained by dividing the velocity of the action by the velocity of the power. For the actual effect, multiply this by the force of the power, and deduct a fourth for friction. Fly-wheels equalise power : thus a force of 50 lb. per second, imparted to such a wheel, so accumulates as to enable to it overcome 500 lb. in ten seconds. The moving powers are water, air, steam, and animal labour. The mechanical powers are the lever, the wheel and axle, the pulley, the inclined plane, the screw, and the wedge. In levers, the power is reciprocally as the lengths on each side of the fulcrum of motion. The power gained in the wheel and axle, is as the radius of the wheel to the axle. In a single moveable pulley, the power gained is double : in a continued combination, it is twice the pulleys less one. On an inclined plane, the power gained is as the length of the plane to the length of the base. The velocity in descending to that falling perpendicularly is as the height to the length, and the force is the same. 138 MECHANICS. Hence a body moving down an inclined plane moves four times as far in two seconds as in one. The power of the screw is as the circumference to the distance of the threads, or 6 "2832 that distance. The power of the wedge is as the length of the two sides to the thickness. The diameter of the wheel of a pulley should be five times its thickness ; the pin one twelfth ; one twelfth allowed on each side for play. Horse power is reckoned as constant ; but the horse can with difficulty work eight hours a day for any length of time. Smeaton reckoned a horse's power equal to that of five men. Desaguliers says a horse can draw 200 lb. 2~ miles an hour for 8 hours a day, or 243 lb., 6 hours. Smeaton reckoned that a horse loaded with 224 lb. could travel 25 miles in 7 or 8 hours. In forming a comparison between the effects producible from different sources of motion, the common standard of reference is in this country the force of a horse which raises 33,000 lb. 1 foot high in a minute, abstracting every kind of resistance but the load itself. But the actual medium power of this useful animal does not exceed 22,000 lb. raised 1 foot high in a minute. Thus we see how the power of animals is to be estimated by time ; how resistance may be expressed by Aveight ; and the overcoming that resistance by raising the weight through a vertical space: it being always supposed that the weight will remain at the point to which it is raised. If a single cart-horse draw a ton on a common road at the rate of 2| miles an hour, the friction being T \ the load, the pressure is y 1 ^ of 2240 lb. ; and the labouring force 2,5X ff°* 2240 = 41>0661b. 60 x 12 The labouring force of man is about J- that of the horse ; though on the tread-mill, and in coal-whipping in the Thames, and that of labourers, &c. it has been estimated by Smeaton for 8 hours' work at If million of pounds ; by Desaguliers at 2 millions ; and by Coulomb in France still higher. Dr. Young makes it 3 1 millions of pounds one foot in one day of 10 hours. MECHANICS. 139 The horse draws with the greatest advantage when the line of draught is not level with his chest, but inclines up- wards. In working in a circle, as in a threshing machine, the diameter should not be less than 40 feet. In turning a winch a man exerts his strength in different proportions at different parts of the circle : but a fly-wheel equalises this. Most force is exerted in pulling the handle upwards, and least in thrusting it horizontally away. The handles of a winch should be put on at right angles to each other, and not opposite, as they often are. Wheel carriages are most advantageous when large ; and, if mounted on 4 wheels, those in front must be of such a diameter that they may revolve under the body of the waggon in turning it round : and broad wheels are pre- ferred to narrow-tired ones. In large waggons the wheels are made to dish, and thus become as it were voussoirs of an arch, possessing great strength, and pressing the road more equally, Water -mills are ancient and very efficient means of power. When the water running upon a small declivity drives the floats, the wheel is called an undershot, — when the water falls from above, it is named an overshot wheel. These wheels are frorn 20 to 40 feet diameter, and their circumfer- ence moves from 2 to 5 feet each second of time. The water falls about yth beyond the top of the overshot wheel. In the breast-wheel the fall of water seldom exceeds ^ the height of the wheel. With a small stream of water, engineers use the overshot, but with a large body of water the undershot wheel. Smeaton reckoned that the powers necessary to produce the same effect on an under- shot wheel, a breast wheel, and an overshot Avheel, must be to each other as the numbers 2*4, 1*75, and 1. Windmills are of very ancient construction, and of great poAver; and the velocity of the wind, per second, is to the turns of the sails, per minute, as 5 to 3. The effect is £th the force of the wind, or generally equal to 1 1 horses at a walking wheel. If the wind blows 10 miles an hour, its force is ^ lb. per square foot ; at 14 miles, 1 lb. ; at 20 140 MECHANICS. miles, 2 lb. ; at 25 miles, 3 lb. ; at 35 miles, 6 lb. ; at 45 miles, 10 lb. ; at 60 miles, 17flb. ; at 100 miles, 50 lb. nearly. To derive the greatest effect from this force, the sails are 'inclined to the axis from 72 to 75 de- grees ; and their tips, which trace in fact the circumference of a wheel, often move 30 miles an hour. The diameter of this circle is sometimes 70 feet ; the breadth of the sails from 5 to 6 feet. In the lever, we have to consider three circumstances : 1. The fulcrum or prop supporting the lever, as an axis of motion ; 2. The power employed to raise or support the weight ; and 3. The resistance, or weight to be raised. The power and the weight are supposed to act at right angles to the lever, unless otherwise expressed ; and, ac- cording to the position of the fulcrum or prop, and the power, with respect to each other, we may have — 1st. The prop between the power and the weight, as in the use of a crowbar ; 2dly. The weight may be situate between the prop and the power, as in the rudder of a ship or an oar of a boat ; 3dly. The prop may be at one end, and the weight afr the other, the power being applied between them ; as when a man raises a ladder, or the beautiful mechanism in a watch or a clock, where the power acts near the centre of motion by a pinion, and the resistance to be overcome lies at the circumference, upon the teeth. In the wheel and axle we have an example of a per- petual lever, as in a capstan. Indeed all windlasses, cranes, mills, windmills, and water-mills are framed on the principle of this machine. Pulleys are either fixed or moveable ; by the former we merely change the direction of a power, as when a man pulls up a stone to the top of a building, in which case, though the man does not move from his place, all his power is concentrated in the stone as it goes up. In the moveable pulley, we double the power, and see, in a stone lifted by this means, the strength of one man on the ground equivalent to that of two men applied in lifting MECHANICS. 141 the stone to the top of a building. A pair of blocks with a rope we call a tackle. Every one knows that he ascends a gentle slope easier than when there is much of acclivity. Inclined planes, as embankments of earth, should always be made a little below the angle of repose, or less than an angle of thirty- five degrees. In haw-haws of very stiff clay, the slope may be forty-five degrees. If the force of traction on a level road be one-twentieth, and the slope of a road one in ten feet, an additional force of one-tenth the load is requisite to draw the carriage up, besides what is required to overcome the friction. Hence the requisite force of traction is — + T T ^ = 2 3 o on the slope. In other words, if 1 horse would do the work on the level, 3 would be requisite to go over the hill. On the gradients or slopes of railways, with a fric- tion of only 2To^ n the load, and the incline 1 in 30, nine times the force required on the level is requisite to over- come the ascent. In great slopes, two engines are used ; and in very steep ascents, stationary engines are employed to raise the train. The screw is nothing more than an inclined plane rolled about a cylinder. If the distance of the centres of two threads of the screw be \ of an inch, and the radius of the lever by which it is turned round be 24 inches, the circumference of the screw will be nearly 150.8 inches ; therefore, if we apply a power of 150 lb. to this lever, the force of the screw will be expressed by this proportion : i : 150.8 x 150 : 1 : 90,480 lb. = 40^1 tons. We see the great power of the screw exemplified in stamping, in the smith's vice, coining-machinery, and in many domestic agents, as presses. The common corkscrew is merely a screw without a spindle or body. In the combination where the cork is drawn by a second screw or toothed rod and a wheel or pinion, we have an instrument that dis- penses with the human power of the deltoid muscle, which the common screw requires in drawing a cork. The wedge is a great mechanical power, used in splitting wood and rocks, which are rent asunder by the force of a 142 MECHANICS. blow that separates the compact body ; and, when the vertical angle of the wedge is small, it retains every new position between the resisting forces into which it is driven, and every yielding or separation of the mass is rendered permanent. All nails are wedges made with the greatest economy of their material. Steam. This power is applied in many ways : to give motion to machinery of all sorts; to move ponderous engines and trains on railways ; to navigate ships ; to discharge water from mines, &c. Wonderful are the revolu- tions this new power has created in mining, manufactures, locomotive intercourse by land, and connecting by short spaces of time the ends of the earth one with another. Some years ago the steam-engine was applied to plough land. The medium pressure of the atmosphere and of steam at the boiling heat of water is about equal to a column of 30 inches of quicksilver, or to 34 feet of water, or to 15 lb. on the square inch of surface pressed. But, allowing for friction, &c, the effective pressure may be taken at 12 lb. on the square inch ; the working pressure about 10 lb., but usually assumed at from 7 to 9 '42 lb. ; and this force, multiplied by the number of feet the piston moves in each minute, is the momentum or lifting power each minute. The piston works twice the length of the cylinder at each stroke, and at a maximum in a 9-feet stroke, 1.4 each minute, travels 252 feet, or with a 6-feet stroke, at 21 each minute, it travels 210 feet. And the lifting power per minute, divided by the power of one horse, determines the number of horses equal to the engine's duty. Steam-engines are divided into different classes, as the atmospheric, high-pressure, and condensing, of which our limits do not admit even short descriptions. Suf- fice it to say, the horse's power is reckoned as a motive force of 33,000 lb. (i. e. 528 cubic feet of water) raised to a height of one foot in a minute. In complicated machinery, friction is ^ or §- of the force, unless diminished by mechanical means. As a source of labouring power, water is one of the MECHANICS. 143 most beneficent gifts of the Creator, acting by its own weight only, by its momentum only, by both these com- bined, or by its pressure. In the former we see its power applied to wheels ; in the latter, by its action on a piston. If we have a stream of water 5 feet wide and 2 feet deep, flowing at the rate of 4 miles an hour, and can make it fall a height of 10 feet, its labouring force is 220,000 lb. a minute^ or 1 3,200,000 lbs. an hour. Here is a great force, easily formed in many places of this fair island. Rivers flow with velocities in proportion to the elevation of their sources and volumes of water ; but their velocity is retarded by constant obstructions and impediments, though not in- fluenced by friction like water in pipes. The Ganges has only a fall of 4 inches in a mile ; the Nile 6 inches in 1000 miles ; the bed of the Thames is actually lower at London than below Gravesend, nevertheless its waters all run into the German Ocean. In rivers water ordinarily runs 3 miles an hour ; their ordinary declivity is about 4 inches a mile: and this explains why the Rhone, drawing its waters from an elevation of 1000 feet above the level of the Mediterranean, does not pour them out with the ve- locity of water issuing from the bottom of a reservoir 1000 feet deep, or at the rate of 170 miles an hour. Many methods may be resorted to in order to make the me- chanical power of water of great utility, whether it runs only one way, or is subject to the action of tides. Lowell, near Boston, is the seat of very flourishing manufactories, wrought by the water power of a canal, which falls 30 feet in 2500 yards. It is 60 feet wide and 8 feet deep, and affords 1250 cubic feet of water per second, which drives wheels of 30 feet diameter. The mud of great rivers, where they unite with the sea, forms in time deltas, and these little islands in time unite with the mainland and form plains. Thus streams do more in one century than the united labour of millions of men could effect in many ases. 144 CHAP. VII. HYDROSTATICS AND HYDRAULICS. The concluding paragraph of the last chapter briefly introduces the subjects to be noticed in this. Section I. HYDROSTATICS. Hydrostatics treats of the equilibrium of fluids, or the principles of the equal distribution of fluid pressure. Hydraulics treats of fluids in motion. Taken conjointly, their theory is denominated Hydrodynamics — a branch of physical science and practical mechanics of the utmost utility. The general principle of hydrostatics is, that, when a fluid mass, in a state of equilibrium, is subjected to the action of any forces, every particle of the fluid is pressed in all directions ; and conversely, when every particle of a fluid is pressed equally in all directions, the whole mass is in a state of equilibrium. The surface of every fluid at rest, or in a state of equilibrium, is parallel to the horizon, or at right angles to the direction of gravity. The subject of levelling on a grand scale depends on this proposition ; for it is evident that two or more places are on a level when they are equally distant from the centre of the earth, and a line which is equally distant from the centre of the earth in all its parts is called the line of true level; therefore, because the earth is a sphere, that line must be an arc of the circumference. HYDROSTATICS AND HYDRAULICS. 145 If a fluid influenced by the force of gravity is enclosed in a bent tube, or siphon (Jig. 47.), or in any number of communicating vessels, ' Fio . 47 the fluid will not rest until its surface, in each branch be in the same horizontal plane, and the particles in a quiescent state, at equal perpendicular depths, are equally pressed. When a mass of fluid contained in a vessel is in a quiescent state, every particle is pressed in every direction with a force equal to the weight of a column of the fluid, whose base is the particle pressed, and whose altitude is equal to the depth of the particle below the surface ; hence the pressure on any particle varies directly as its perpendicular depth beneath the upper surface of the fluid. The lowest parts of a fluid, therefore, sustain the greatest pressure, and they exert perpendicularly a force equal to the intensity of the super- incumbent mass. Therefore, the lower parts of vessels containing large masses of water ought to be stronger than the upper. If we take a cistern whose sides are equal in area to the bottom, the pressure on the four upright sides is equal to twice the pressure on the bottom ; but the pressure on the bottom is equal to the weight of the fluid contained in the cistern (supposing it full) ; therefore, the pressure on the upright surface is equal to twice the weight of the contained fluid ; hence, in a cubical vessel, whose bottom is horizontal, the whole pressure on the bottom and the four sides is equal to three times the weight of the fluid which the vessel contains. Let the box be a cube of 1 foot; then, since a cubic foot of fresh water weighs 62 £ lb., the whole pressure on the bottom and three sides is equal to 62.5 x 3 — 187-5 lb. If the vessel be cylindrical, its base horizontal, and its upright surface perpendicular, the pressure on the base is 146 HYDROSTATICS AND HYDRAULICS. to the pressure on the upright surface as the radius of the base is to its altitude. Let the diameter of the base be 3 feet ; then, since the solidity of the vessel is 3- x -7954 x 6=42*9516 feet, the whole weight will be 42-9516 x 62-5 = 2684-475 lb., being exactly the fifth part of the weight which measures the entire pressure, which is therefore equal to 13422-375 lb., or to 5 -992 or nearly 6 tons. The pressure exerted by a fluid in a quiescent state on any portion of a vessel, is equal to the weight of a column of the fluid, having for its base the surface pressed, and for its altitude the mean depth of the incumbent fluid. Note. — This mean depth is the same as the distance of the centre of gravity of that portion below the surface of the fluid. But in vessels resembling truncated cones {figs. 48. and 49.), the pressure on the base may be greater or less Fig. 48. Fig. 49. than the weight of the contained fluid, in any proportion whatever, ac- cording as the sides of the vessel converge or diverge with respect to the bottom. Hence the pressure on the bottom depends solely upon its perpendicular altitude, and not on the quantity of the fluid; and on this principle any portion of a fluid, however small, balances any other portion, however great. Hence the construction of the hydrostatical belloivs and other mechanical instruments, which, by means of tubes, transmit pressure to the bottom of cylinders, &c. The absolute weights of different bodies possessing the same magnitude are called the specific gravities or den- sities of the bodies ; and any body that, under the same magnitude, is heavier than another, is said to be specifically heavier. Hence, if two fluids of different densities in a state of equilibrum are included in separate branches of a HYDROSTATICS. 147 bent tube, their perpendicular i^=p rt Fig. 50. altitudes above their common W\\ b junction vary inversely as their ^g^C £53 specific gravities. Thus, in the °^|l|^~ ^^^r annexed sketch (Jig. 50.), c a ^^^jgg^jjP^ and b a, are the respective alti- tudes of the fluids above their common junction, and these altitudes are inversely as their specific gravities. Mercury and water are to one another nearly as 1 to 13 *6 in weight; therefore to balance a column of water 35 35 feet high, we have -^ = 2*573 feet. Hence it appears that a column of water 35 feet high will be kept in equi- librium by a column of mercury 2*573 feet, or 30 876 inches in height. The converse of the above proposition is also true, that the pressures on the plane of their common junction are equal to one another, as the fluids are in a sta$e of equilibrium. We must ever recollect that the specific gravity of a body is the relation of its weight with respect to the weight of some other body of the same magnitude. And the me- dium employed is either air, or distilled water at a tem- perature of 39° of Fahrenheit's thermometer. The density of water at this temperature being once adopted, and the weight of a cubic foot of rain or distilled water being 62^ pounds avoirdupois, we have thus a standard of comparison for weighing, by means of the hydrostatic balance, all sub- stances which fall under the conditions of the following proposition. When the magnitude of a body is given, the density and specific gravity are directly as the quantity of matter it contains. Thus, if two globes M and m', whose diameters are as 4 to 7, and their specific gravities w, w' as 2 to 5, then their weights stand to each other in the following relation. We know from mensuration that the magnitudes of the globes are as the cubes of their diameters ; therefore, if j. 2 • 148 HYDROSTATICS AND HYDRAULICS. M and m' denote the magnitudes, and s and s' the specific gravities, we have m : m'::4 3 : 7 3 ::64 : 343 s : S' :: 2:5 But the weight varies as the magnitudes and specific gravity conjointly ; therefore, by compounding the above propor- tions, we obtain, w : w':: 64x2 : 345x5 : 128 : 1725, That is to say, the weight of the globe M, whose specific gravity w is 2, = 128; and the weight of the globe M.', whose specific gravity w' is 5, zrl725. In bodies of equal Aveights their specific gravities are inversely as their magnitudes. This is very evident, for the specific gravities are as the weights directly, and the magnitudes inversely ; consequently, If a cylinder a, in fig. 51., of a certain substance, 24 inches high, weighs 10 lb., and it were required to ascer- tain the height of another cylinder of the same base and weight, but of a different substance, the specific gravities of the materials being as 1 2 to 1 ; Since we know their gravities are inversely as their magnitudes, when the weights are given ; it follows, F - 51 that the magnitudes are inversely as the specific gravities, under the same circumstances. Hence putting h and h' for their respective heights, we have h : h' :: 1 : 12 ; or £' = 24 x 12 = 288 inches for the height of the cylinder b, in ^ Jig. 51. Where any body floats upon a fluid, as a ship, or a swan, or is wholly immersed in it, without sinking to the bottom, as a fish, it is pressed upward with a force equal to the weight of the quantity of the fluid displaced, and the direction of that force passes through the centre of gravity of the immersed portion of the floating body. If the body floating be at rest, the upward and down- ward pressures are equal one to the other ; that is to say, u HYDROSTATICS. 149 the weight of the body, and the weight of a quantity of fluid equal in magnitude to the immersed portion, are equal. A solid body immersed in a fluid of the same specific gravity with itself, remains at rest in all positions. But if the fluid be of greater or less specific gravity, the solid will ascend or descend with a force equal to the difference between the weight of the solid and an equal bulk of the fluid. * And wheh thus immersed, the weight which the solid loses is to its whole weight as the specific gravity of the fluid is to that of the solid. This weight is not annihilated, but counterbalanced by a force acting in a contrary direction ; hence, in drawing up a bucket of water from a well, we perceive not its weight while in the water, but are sensible of it when it clears the fluid ; hence also the strength of dogs in saving persons from drowning. We see floating bodies take different positions in water ; and if the reader experiment with one of those boxes of beautiful solids made by Larkins, he may learn more philosophy of hydrostratics than would fill a book. The surface of the fluid marks upon the floating body a line, called the water line, or the load line, or the line of flotation. The horizontal sur- .,. , a Fig. 52. face of the fluid a b, in Jig. 52., is g e h the plane of flotation ; and the I line c d, the line of flotation : ^L^^^i also e f, is the vertical passing ggfgjl^ through the centre of gravity of :'||g3§3§l^_ -. the body f g h, and the displaced " fluid space c f d. The portion c d h g, is the extant, and the portion c f d, the immersed part of the volume g f h. The quantity of fluid displaced by the body is indicated by c f d, as a physical line. Thus, if the an- * We see this exemplified in raising heavy bodies from the bottom of deep waters ; carrying ships of burden over shoals or bars by other floating machines called camels; in drawing piles that have been driven into the beds of rivers and the sea, &c. h 3 150 HYDROSTATICS AND HYDRAULICS. nexed sketch {Jig. 53.) represent a homogeneous body re- sembling a parallelopipedon, and c r, r v, be each 1 foot, b m and r k, 10 feet, then the immersed volume c r v s k d, is 10 solid or cubic feet of the body: but a cubic foot of fresh water weighs 62^ lb.; therefore, the volume of water displaced weighs 625 lb. ; and this is the weight of the whole body b r k m. Section II. HYDRAULICS. We proceed now to fluids in motion, or Hydraulics. If water flow in a canal or river, or through a pipe of variable diameter, always filling it, the velocity of the fluid in different parts of the canal, river, or pipe, will be re- ciprocally as the areas of the transverse sections in those parts. Thus, in a cast-iron pipe (a. b, in fig. 54.) 7 feet long tapering from 6 inches at one end to 3§ at the other, the velocity of discharge at the narrow end is thus found. Supposing it to enter at the wider end with a velocity of 2 feet per second, what will be its velocity at 3 and 6 feet respectively after enter- ing into the tube. Here the diameters, estimated in order at 0, 3, 6, and 9 feet, are respectively 6, 5*16, 4*3, and Fig. 54. 3| inches hence HYDRAULICS. 151 at 3 feet 9 -§± : 2 :: 36 : 2fg inches ; at 6 feet 'f : 2 :: 36 : 3g£ inches; at 9 feet £ : 2 :: 36 : 5£ inches; therefore the series of velocities with which the water enters, moves in at fixed points, and leaves the pipe are 2, 2~, 3^, 5% inches respectively. When vessels are filled with water, and apertures are made in their bottoms or sides, the fluid issues with a velocity equal to that due to the depth of the orifice beneath the surface of the fluid, or that which a heavy body would acquire by falling from the level of the surface to the level of the orifice. If the vessel be kept constantly full, the quantity of water that issues in one second is equivalent to a column whose base is the area of the orifice, and whose altitude is expressed by the velocity with which the fluid issues. Many curious problems might be related here about the spouting of fluids, but we must omit these, to notice the phenomena exhibited by the motion of water in pipes, open canals, and rivers. Now for measuring the velocity of rivers, — Multiply the mean depth of the stream in inches by the declivity in 2 miles in inches ; then multiply the square root of the product by 10, and divide by 11 for the velocity in inches per second ; or, Multiply the mean depth of the river in feet by the declivity in one mile in inches ; then multiply the square root of the product by the constant number 11*268, and the result will give the velocity in feet per minute. When the transverse section is rectangular, multiply the breadth of the section by its depth ; then divide the pro- duct by the breadth plus twice the depth. Thus, if the breadth be 100 feet, the depth 8 feet, the declivity 3 inches a mile, the velocity will be determined thus : — 800 _ 800 . • , — rr — VTg = 6.8965 fect = 82.758 inches; there- in 4 152 HYDROSTATICS AND HYDRAULICS. fore by the foregoing rule the velocity is 10 _ * ^^82-758x6 = 20-25 inches per second, or to 101*25 feet a minute, = 20*25 x 5, where 5 r= 60" -■- 12 inches. In considering the velocity of water flowing through close pipes, of a given diameter and length, with a given head of water, Eytelwein conceives the whole head of water above the point of discharge to be separated into two portions, one of which he supposes to be employed in overcoming the friction and other resistances in the pipe ; and the other portion employed in producing the velocity, and forcing the water through the orifice. The height which is employed in counterbalancing the resistances he considers to be directly proportional to the diameter of the pipe compounded with its length, and in- versely as the area of the transverse section, or the square of the diameter, and consequently, on the whole, it varies inversely as the diameter. But the friction varies as the square of the velocity, hence the height equivalent to the friction must vary also as the square of the velocity. The effect of atmospheric pressure on running liquids is, that, in a tube of considerable length, descending from a reservoir, it quickens greatly the discharge ; in fact, it much resembles the operation of a piston. Hence we see in a vessel of water discharging itself by means of a tube in its bottom, a depression of the water surface in the vessel, over the tube ; and as the volume of water lessens, this hollow extends itself like a large funnel. In fact, the force of the effluent water diminishes the pressure beneath ; on which account the incumbent air, following the stream, finds, as it were, an easier passage, the velocity of the effluent water being always greater in the middle than towards the sides of the aperture, where it is retarded by tenacity and friction. As regards the friction or resistance of fluids in pipes, an inch tube 200 feet long, placed horizontally, discharges only one-fourth part of the water which escapes by a simple aperture of the same diameter. HYDRAULICS. 153 The cohesion of the fluid particles is diminished by heat, which, when increased 100 degrees, nearly doubles in certain cases the discharge. Pumps raise water by the pressure of the atmosphere, and not by suction, as some suppose : they combine both pneumatic and hydraulic principles. By the common pump, water is raised 33 feet above its surface; but practically, we should limit the ascent to 28 feet, at which height the pump will freely act. In the lifting pump a column of water is raised whose base is always equal to the top of the piston, and its height equal to the distance from the piston to the head. The forcing -pump is used to convey water further from its bed than either of the other two, which it does by means of a lateral pipe and valve. Fire- engines are two of these pumps in action, to produce a continued stream. The chain-pump consists of two square or cylindrical barrels, through which a chain passes, having a great many flat pistons or valves fixed, but moving free of the barrel. There are many forms of pumps, of which a large volume would scarcely suffice to contain the neces- sary descriptions. We might have noticed fire-engines, garden-engines, and some other hydraulic machines, but their introduction would swell this article beyond the space it should occupy in this volume. The ancient water clock of the famous Ctesibius mea- sured time by reason of the uniform discharge of the fluid, in the form of tears, from the eyes of a figure deploring the rapid speed of time ; and these tears being received into a suitable vessel, gradually filled it up, and thereby floated another figure that pointed to the hours sketched on a perpendicular scale. This ves sel was daily emptied by a siphon, when filled to a certain height, and its discharge, worked by machinery, told the month and the day. In the sand hour glass, the depth of the volume of this dry fluid does^not accelerate the discharge — a remarkable difference — in a simple modification of the same law. 164 CHAP. VIII. LAND-SURVEYING. Section I. DESCRIPTION AND USE OF THE INSTRU- MENTS. Subsect. I. — Or the Chain. Land is measured with a chain, called Gunter's chain, from its inventor, of 4 poles or 22 yards or 66 feet in length. It consists of 100 equal links ; and the length of each link is, therefore, y%% of a yard, or T % of a foot, or 7*92 inches. Land is estimated in acres, roods, and perches. An acre is equal to 10 square chains, that is, 10 chains in leno-th, and 1 chain in breadth. Or, it is 220 x 22=4840 square yards. Or, it is 40 x 4 = 160 square poles. Or, it is 1000x100 = 100,000 square links; these being all the same quantity. Also, an acre is divided into 4 parts, called roods, and a rood into 40 parts, called perches, which are square poles, or the square of a pole of 5^ yards long, or the square of a quarter of a chain, or of 25 links, which is 625 square links. So that the divisions of land measure will be thus : — 625 square links = 1 pole or perch. 40 perches = 1 rood. 4 roods = 1 acre. The length of lines, measured with a chain, are best set down in links as integers, every chain in length being 100 INSTRUMENTS. 155 links ; and not in chains and decimals. Therefore, after the content is found it will be in square links ; then cut off five of the figures on the right hand for decimals, and the rest will be acres. These decimals are then multiplied by 4 for roods, and the decimals of these again by 40 for perches. Example. Suppose the length of a rectangular piece of ground be 792 links, and its breadth 385 ; to find the area in acres, roods, and perches : — 792 385 Ans. 3 3-04920 4 3960 6336 2376 •19680 40 7-87200 3-04920 acres, roods, 7 perches. Subsect. II. — Of the Ceoss. The cross consists of two pair of sights set at right angles to each other, upon a staff having a sharp point at the bottom to stick in the ground. The cross is very useful to measure small and crooked pieces of ground. The method is to measure a base or chief line, usually in the longest direction of the piece, from corner to corner ; and while measuring it, finding the places where perpendiculars would fall on this line, from the several corners and bends in the boundary of the piece, with the cross, by fixing it, by trials, on such parts of the line, so that through one pair of the sights both ends of the line may appear, and through the other pair you can per- ceive the corresponding bends or corners ; and then measur- ing the lengths of the said perpendiculars. 156 LAND-SUE VEYING. Section II. THE PRACTICE OF SURVEYING. Problem I. To measure a Line or Distance. To measure a line on the ground with the chain : Having provided a chain, with ten small arrows, or rods, to stick one into the ground, as a mark, at the end of every chain ; two persons take hold of the chain, one at each end of it ; and all the ten arrows are taken by one of them, who goes foremost, and is called the leader; the other being called the follower, for distinction's sake. A picket, or station staff, being set up in the direction of the line to be measured, if there do not appear some marks naturally in that direction, they measure straight towards it, the leader fixing down an arrow at the end of every chain, which the follower always takes up, till all the ten arrows are used. They are then all returned to the leader, to use over again. And thus the arrows are changed from the one to the other at every ten chains length, till the whole line is finished ; then the number of changes of the arrows shows the number of tens, to which the follower adds the arrows he holds in his hand, and the number of links of another chain over to the mark or end of the line. So, if there have been three changes of the arrows, and the follower holds six arrows, and the end of the line cut off forty-five links more ; the whole length of the line is set down in links thus, 3645. Problem II. To survey a Triangular Field, A b c. a P= 794 a B=1321 r c= 826 Having set up marks at the corners, which is to be done in all cases where there are not marks naturally ; measure with the chain from A to P, where a perpendicular would PRACTICE OP SURVEYING. 157 fall from the angle C, and set up a mark at p, noting down the distance a p. Then complete the distance A b by measuring from p to b. Having set down this measure, return to P, and measure the perpendicular P C. And thus having the base and perpendicular, the area from them is easily found. Or, having the place P of the perpendicular, the triangle is easily constructed. Or measure all the three sides with the chain, and note them down. From which the content is easily found, or the figure constructed. Problem III. To measure a Four-sided Field. AE = 214 DE = 210 af = 362 bf = 306 a c = 592 Measure along either of the diagonals, as AC; and either of the two perpendiculars D E, B f, as in the last problem; or else the sides A B, b c, CD, da. From either of which the figure may be planned and computed as before directed. Problem IV. To survey any Field of an Irregular Form. Having set up marks at the corners, where necessary, of the proposed field abcdefg {Jig. 55.), walk over the ground, and con- sider how it can best be divided into triangles and trapeziums ; and measure them separately as in the last two pro- blems. Thus fig. 55., is divided into the two tra- peziums A B C G, G D E F, and the triangle G C d. Then, in the first tra- pezium, beginning at a, measure the diagonal 158 LAND-SURVEYING. A c, and the two perpendiculars G m, b n. Then the base G C, and the perpendicular d q. Lastly, the diagonal D F, and the two perpendiculars p e, o g. All which measures write against the corresponding parts of a rough figure drawn to resemble the figure to be surveyed, or set them down in any other form you choose. Thus Thus A m 135 130 tnG An 410 180 n b a c 550 c q 152 230 q D CG 440 GF 210 120 o G f o 175 80 p e Fp 288 fd 520 The calculation. 550 Xl80: = 99000 550 X130: = 71500 440 X152: = 66880 520 Xl20: = 62400 520 X 80: = 41600 2)341380 • 1-70690 4 2-82760 40 33-10400 Ans. 1a. 2r. 33p. Problem V. To measure the Offsets. Ah i hi m n, in Jig. 56., being a crooked hedge, or river, &c., from A measure in a straight direction along the side of it to B. And in measuring along this line A b, observe when you are directly opposite any bends or corners of the hedge, as at c, d, e, &c. ; and from thence measure the perpendicular offsets ch, di, &c, with the offset-staff, if they are not very long, otherwise with the chain itself, and the work is done. The register may be as follows : — PRACTICE OF SURVEYING. 159 Offs. left. Base line A B, o O A c h 100 80 Ac d i 50 240 Ad e k 150 370 Ae fl 160 420 a/ 9 m 90 700 xg B n 100 890 ab The spaces included between offsets are calculated as parallelograms : viz., by adding the two perpendiculars together and multiplying this sum by the base ; then take the half of the whole when added together for the area ; and the work will stand as below : — 80 x (0 + 100)= 8000 160 x (100+ 50)= 24000 130 x (50+150)= 26000 50 x (150+ 160)= 15500 280x(160+ 90)= 70000 190 x (90+100)= 36100 2)179600 89800 4 3-59200 40 23-68000 Ans. 3r. 23r. When the offsets are long the chain may be used ; but short distances are measured with the offset-staff, viz., a pole of ten links in length, and each link marked upon it. Problem VI. To survey an Estate. If the estate be large, and contain a number of fields, it cannot well be done by surveying all the fields singly, and then putting them together. 1. Walk over the estate two or three times, in order to get a perfect idea of it, until you can carry the map of it 160 LAND-SURVEYING. tolerably well in your head ; and to help your memory, draw an eye -draught of it on paper, or at least the prin- cipal parts of it, to guide you. 2. Choose two or more eminent places on the estate, for stations from which all the principal parts of it can be seen ; and let these stations be as far distant from one another as possible. 3. Measure the distances from station to station always in a right line : and in measuring any of these station distances, mark accurately where these lines meet with any hedges, ditches, roads, lanes, paths, &c, &c. ; and where any remarkable object is placed, by measuring its distance from the station line, and where a perpendicular from it cuts that line. And thus, as you go along any main station line, take offsets to the ends of all hedges and so on, and noting every thing down. 4. As to the inner parts of the estate, they must be determined in like manner, by new station lines; for, after the main stations are determined and every thing adjoining to them, then the estate must be subdivided into two or three parts by new station lines ; taking inner stations at proper places where you can have the best view. And go on thus till you come to single fields. 5. As it is necessary to protract or lay down the work as you proceed in it, you must have a scale of a due length to do it by. To get such a scale, measure the whole length of the estate in chains ; then consider how many inches long the map is to be ; and from these will be known how many chains you must have in an inch ; then make the scale accordingly, or choose one already made. 6. The Field-book is ruled into three columns, as shown in figs. 57. and 58. In the middle one are set down the distances on the chain-line at which any mark, offset, or other observation is made; and in the right and left hand columns are entered the offsets, and observations made on the right and left hand respectively of the chain- line. It is of great advantage, both for brevity and per- PRACTICE OF SURVEYING. 161 spicuity, to begin at the bottom of the leaf and write upwards; denoting the crossing of fences by lines drawn across the middle column, or only a part of such a line on the right and left opposite the figures, to avoid confusion ; and the corners of fields, and other remarkable turns in the fences where offsets are taken to, by lines joining in the manner the fences do, as will be best seen by referring to the Field-book, and comjjaring it with the plan {Jig. 59.). The letter at the beginning of every line is the mark or place measured from ; and that at the top the place mea- sured to. Here look at the Field-book with the plan {Jig. 59.), and you will perceive the first measured line is from O A to B, along a hedge to which offsets are taken at remarkable bends. The 30 links at the beoinuin 1770 ©E. 1630 <160 1490 1360 1330 50> 1270 V260 890 ©F. 660 400 ©B. \ 1 Road. 0— 40 + ©B. / 1920 20 1650 1590 30 1500 I 80 1090 \ 90 940 770 320 \ \ 750 / r \ 85 740 \ 30 450 \ 250 150 * ,-J 40 ©A. Brook. 30 Fig. 51. Field- Book. PRACTICE OF SURVEYING. 163 c. 1050 750 <70 640 590 N/140 530 100 > 390 300 > ©F. B. 1240 / 1100 50 940 40 o 600 d -V 520 290 ©c. 20 \ 70 I + 1 C. 1 2170 70 I 1990 —20-/ 1780 1530 1190 —35 — \ 70 1 I 1070 100 \ 990 980 700 110—/ 90 ' 530 300 ©D. 60 . —30- { 93 * E. 990 480 ©A. Fig. 58. Field- Book. M 2 164 LAND-SURVEYING. 1 2 3 rr\ ' * 4__J__J __ \ f 4 -r— I'' Statute chains PRACTICE OF SURVEYING. 165 Fig. 60. which fields the fences belong : and, uni- versally, where there is a ditch, that cir- cumstance is defined ; the ditch being on the outside of the hedge which bounds the enclosure. Thus, the hedge and ditch A b, in Jig. 60., belong to the enclosure x ; but on the other three sides to adjacent grounds. Problem VII. To set out small Allotments of Land. The gardener or bailiff may occasionally be called upon to divide and set out small allotments of land for cottagers to cultivate ; and, although sufficient has already been taught to enable the student to accomplish such operations, yet an example or two may help him to manage these matters more readily. Ex. 1. Suppose a rectangular piece of ground {Jig. 61.), whose length A b is 800 links, and breadth A C 500 links Fig. 61. Scale of chains. [4 hT TT-j-n JD (4 acres), is to be divided into sixteen allotments, four of which shall contain one rood and ten poles each ; four M 3 166 LAND-SURVEYING. more, one rood each ; and the remaining eight plots, thirty-five poles each ; what will be the dimensions and proportions as laid down to a scale ? Here the first four divisions will be found to contain - - 125,000 square links. The second four divisions contain 100,000 — And the remaining eight divisions 175,000 — These numbers being divided respectively by the num {250 200 350 to be set off on the line a b ; as a 6 = 250, b c = 200, c b = 350. And these spaces again subdivided will show the proportions of each allotment, which will stand thus : — ) A 4 at 4 at 8 at R. P. A. R. P. 1 10=1 1 0"| 1 0=1 1 = 35 = 1 3 oj = 4 acres. Ex. 2. Let it be proposed to divide into ten equal por- tions an irregular plot of ground, of the shape of Jig. 62., Fig. 62. and the dimensions as follows {A B= 1130 links'! A D= 1150 — V C D= 940 — J B= 1130 links = 1150 = 940 the perpendiculars to the three angular points b, c, e, are 250, 190, and 80. Now, in cases like this, the proper way is to make an accurate plan of the ground to be divided, to any scale you please, the larger the better, and from the same scale plot in each allotment (found as below), which will then be easily transferred from the paper to the ground itself. PRACTICE OF SURVEYING. 167 Here, from the above dimensions, the area will be found to be 291,000 square links, which being divided by 10, will give the area of each division equal to 29,100 square links. Let the several allotments run at right angles with the line A b : then, by the application of the scale, C b will be found to measure 300 ; therefore the half of this, to divide 29,100 by, will produce 194, the distance A b, consequently the triangle A b C is one allotment sought. Now for the next, the average height will be found to be 310; conse- quently, dividing by this number the area as before, the distance b c will be found to be 97 nearly. Proceeding as before, the average height will by the scale be found to be 330, therefore c e will be found (as near as can be laid down) 88, for the third allotment. And for all the rest, the process is the same. Also, the quantities, reduced from square links, will each be 1 rood 6 '56 poles. In cases where the land varies in quality, and it is de- sired at the same time that the cottagers should one with another have an allotment of equal value, the intelligent gardener or bailiff will of course give an additional quantity where there is a defect in value. An allowance too should be made for paths which may be common to two or more allotments in setting out, all of which should be properly considered. Fig. 63. Ex. 3. F'uj. 63. represents an unequal-sided piece of M 4 168 LAND-SURVEYING. ground, measuring 1*882 acre, which it is required to lay off in five allotments. The first thing to be done is to ascertain the area of the piece. In doing this, let the measurer holding the back end of the chain start from a, noting the offsets on that line in his field-book as nearly as he can to the lines in the figure. When he has marked all the offsets on that line to B, with his cross staff let him set off the line b c, marking the offsets in the same manner. Then set off the line c d, also at right angles. If this has been correctly done, the line d a will also be found to be at right angles with the other lines. The offsets, being all either triangles or trapezoids, must be calculated by the rules applicable to such figures (as in page 102.): and these, added to the area of the interior rectangle or parallelogram, will be found to amount to 1 acre 88,200 links, which, divided by 5, gives 37,640 square links to each allotment, or 1 rood, 20 poles, 7 yards. Supposing the lines of division to run in the direction of and parallel to the line A D, we find the offsets on that line to measure - links 5600 To the first offset 1500 on the line a b - 1500 With ten times ten links at the corner - 100 And 100 links added to 250 in the line c d - 350 7550 From which deduct 1000 links, taking the half 500 "7050 Which deduct from the square links in one allotment - - - - - 37640 30590 and divide by 300, which gives within a small fraction of 102 links from the line A D for that division. On the same principle proceed with the rest of the four divisions, first finding the offsets in square links, and setting off from the last line accordingly. A rectangular piece of ground or parallelogram will be easily set off in the same manner, without any reference to offsets. 169 CHAP. IX. LEVELLING. Levelling is the art of finding a line parallel to the horizon at one or more stations, in order to determine the height of one place with regard to another. A truly level surface is a segment of a spherical surface, which is concentric with the globe of the earth. A true line of level is an arc of a great circle concentric with the globe of the earth. Hence, two or more places are on a true level, when they are equally distant from the centre of the earth. Also, one place is higher than another, or out of level with it, when it is further from the centre of the earth ; thus, taking the surface of the ocean as an elastic band covering the lower part of the shell of the earth, and yielding to the lunar attraction, we should esti- mate all heights in reference to this datum. The apparent level is a straight line drawn tangent to an arc or line of true level. Every point of the apparent level, except the point of contact, is higher than the true level. Thus, let e a g, in Jig. 64., be an arc of a great circle drawn upon the Fi g- 64 earth. To a person v, a who stands upon the earth at a, the line n D is the apparent level to his rational horizon ; but this line, the farther it is extended from his station a, the farther it recedes from the centre ; for B C is longer than a C, mid d c is longer than b c. Hence, we discover that the line of sight given by the operations of levels, is a tangent, or a right line perpendicular to the semi-diameter of the earth \ A^ \ K / \\ «( ^a c Jr 170 LEVELLING. at the point of contact, and rising always higher above the true line of level the further the distance is; this line of sight is very properly called the apparent line of level. The difference, it is evident, is always equal to the excess of the secant of the arc of distance above the radius of the earth. The common methods of levelling are sufficient for landscape gardening or building, and for conveying water to small distances ; but in levelling the bottoms of canals which are to convey water to the distance of many miles, the difference between the apparent and true level must be taken into account. Thus, let I A L, in^. 65., be an arc of a great circle upon the earth. Let it be required to cut a canal whose bottom shall be a true level from A to b of the length of 5078 feet. The most obvious method is to place the levelling ( instrument in the bottom of the canal at A, and looking through £" the telescope sights at a staff set up perpendicularly at B, to make a mark where the visual ray or point of the ap- parent level cuts the staff at e ; and then to sink the bottom of the canal at B as much below e as a is below d. But this will not give the true level, for it is calculated that at the distance of 5078 feet the apparent level is 7 inches above the true level, and therefore, to make a true level, B must be sunk 7 inches lower than the apparent level directs ; so that if a be 4 feet below d, b must be 4 feet 7 inches below E. In practice it is better to take a station in the middle of the line to be levelled, which should be limited to a length of 200 or 300 yards, and then the difference be- tween the true and apparent level need not be attended to, except in cases where the greatest accuracy is required. Hence, we infer that the difference between the true and apparent level, at any distance, may be found, by the well- known property of the circle, to be equal to the square of the distance between the places, divided by the diameter LEVELLING. 171 of the earth ; and consequently it is always proportional to the square of the distance. Now the diameter of the earth being nearly 7958 miles, if we first take the distance = 1 mile, then the excess becomes 7*962 inches, or nearly 8 inches, which may be assumed as the height of the ap- parent above the true level at the distance of one mile, as referred to in figure 65.* There is sometimes a difference between the true and apparent level as seen through the instrument, caused by the humidity of the atmosphere, which occurs in moist valleys and early in the morning ; but this need not be generally attended to. The instruments used in levelling are, a spirit level, a measuring chain, and a pair of staves. A spirit level is an instrument which shows the line of level by means of a bubble of air enclosed with some liquor (spirit, or oil of tartar) in a glass tube of an indeterminate length and thickness, whose two ends are hermetically sealed. When the bubble rests at a certain mark made exactly in the middle of the tube, the instrument is level. When it is not level, the bubble will rise to one end. This glass tube is surmounted by a chromatic telescope from 12 to 20 inches long, through which distant objects can be seen. At one end of the telescope is a little tube, containing the eye-glass and a hair horizontally placed in the focus of the object glass. This tube may be drawn out or pushed farther in by a screw for adjusting the telescope to different sights. At the other end of the telescope is placed the object glass. There is a screw for raising or lowering the horizontal hair, and making the line of vision exactly parallel with the glass tube. The spirit level is usually mounted on a tripod stand, having on the top a ball-and-socket joint, with plates and screws to adjust the instrument to a perfect level. The * Two thirds of the square of the distance in miles will give in feet the difference between the real and the apparent level. For refraction deduct one seventh. 172 LEVELLING. 2£ inches Fig. 66. telescope should turn on this stand to any point of the compass, and still retain its horizontal position. For engineering works the durapty and the 20-inch levels are the best, on account of the great power of the tele- scopes ; but for buildings and landscape-gardening smaller instruments will suffice. The measuring chain is the same as that used for surveying, and has been already described. Levelling-staves are to measure the distance from the ground to the level of the instrument, and are from 10 to 15 feet long, made in 4-feet or 5-feet lengths to render them portable. They vary in form and in the method of joining. The most simple are semicircular, broad, with the face sunk to protect it from injury, as shown in fig. 66., and the pieces put together with a common ferule joint, like a fishing-rod. They are marked on the face with feet and decimals in so distinct a manner as to be read- able by means of the telescope at a distance of 200 yards. Printed papers for the purpose can be purchased ready for pasting or glueing on the staves ; after which they must be coated with varnish to protect them from rain or dirt. Formerly, when the telescopes attached to spirit levels were so very imperfect that figures on the rods could not be read through them, a sliding vane was attached to the staff to be raised or lowered by the staff-holder at a signal from the operator. This practice was more tedious and liable to error than the present, and is now discontinued. Two staves are generally employed in taking an exten- sive line of section. The operation of levelling is as follows : — Fig. 67. Suppose the height of the point of ground a, in fig. 67., above that of the point b, be required. Place the levelling instrument about the middle distance between the two, as at c, and staves at a and b. Set the instrument perfectly LEVELLING. 173 level ; look through the telescope towards a, when the horizontal hair of your telescope will indicate the point of the staff that is exactly level with the instrument, and the figures the height of that point from the ground ; in this case suppose 1 foot. Then turn the levelling instrument horizontally about, that the eye-glass of the telescope may be still next the eye when you look the other way. Ascer- tain the point of the staff b cut by the horizontal hair, and book the height that point is from the ground, say 9 feet ; deduct the former height of 1 foot from it, and the differ- ence, 8 feet, is the true fall of ground from a to b. The horizontal distance between a and b must also be entered in the book, for the purpose of making a drawing of the surface of the ground, which is called a section, and is done by a scale of feet. The same scale may be used for both the horizontal and vertical measurements ; or a larger scale for the vertical, according to circumstances. For the purposes of building, or landscape gardening, where the object is to judge of effect, the scales should be alike ; but for engineering works, when the quantity of earth which has to be cut or filled in is required to be calculated, the vertical scale is usually made 10 or 12 times larger than the horizontal. Having thus completed the first set of observations, send the staff a onward to d ; set the level at e, and have the staff b kept upon its original site, but turned with its face towards e. Repeat the observations through the tele- scope ; book the height cut on the staves by the horizontal hair, and the distance from staff to staff as before. This will complete the second set of observations ; and proceed in like manner, till the whole of the required line of country is passed over. For the manner of entering observations in your book, write down the heights observed from the level -stations in two different columns, viz. in the first column all those observed in looking towards the starting point a, which are called back sights; and in the second column all those observed when looking in the contrary direction, called fore .sights. Sum up the heights of each column Bepa- 174 LEVELLING. rately ; subtract the less from the greater, and the re- mainder will be the gross difference of level. In addition to these, other columns, in which are set down the rise or fall of each observation, are desirable. This is the difference of the height of the back or fore set. If the back set is the greater, it is a rise ; and if the fore set, it is a fall; and must be entered accordingly. The difference of the totals of these columns must, if the figuring be done correctly, agree with the difference of the back and fore set columns. Another column for reduced levels is also to be kept. This is simply adding or deducting the rise or fall of each observation from the known height of the preceding station. The difference between the first and last reduced level of each page must accord with the dif- ferences of the other columns. A column for lengths, and one for descriptions or loca- tions, is also requisite. This is the operation of levelling in its most simple form; but as it is generally requisite that every irregu- larity of surface of the ground should be measured, and as these frequently occur within short distances of each other, much time would be needlessly consumed in setting the instrument afresh for each; and, therefore, several measurements are taken from the same level-station, which are called intermediate sets, the process of which is as fol- lows : — The instrument is placed as usual, say at F, in fig. 67. ; the back set D, and fore set G, booked as in the previous example. Now G is to be an intermediate set ; so, after having booked it as a fore set, put it down again in the next line as a back set ; then send a staff on to h, and book that as the fore set, which completes this double observation, the result of which is precisely the same as if the instrument had been twice placed, once at r, and once between G and h. Any number of intermediate sets may be taken from the same level-station ; but they must in- variably be booked both as fore and back sets. They will be found particularly useful in crossing water, roads, &c, &c, and may be taken with great rapidity, as extreme ac- curacy in them is not required, it being obvious from their LEVELLING. 175 being entered in both columns that the general levels will not be affected thereby ; but the error will be confined to a misrepresentation of that particular station. Another species of intermediate set is to book the known height of the instrument (generally 4t? feet) as a station. Thus, place it at I, as shown in Jig. 67. ; book H, as usual ; then 4^ feet both as a fore and back set, and J as a fore set. In such a case as this, had the staves been placed at H and J, and I not made a station, the rise of ground at that point would not have been represented, but the ground would appear in the section as straight from h to J. In practice there is no necessity for placing the instrument midway between the staves ; but it is desirable, as, should the instrument be out of adjustment, it will not affect the work, for the error will be equal in the back and fore set, and, therefore, the difference will remain the same. Neither is it essential that the instrument should be placed on the line of section ; but it may be either to the right or left, as is most convenient for obtaining a view of the staves. Of course the height of the instrument can only be booked as a station when the instrument is on the line of section. As an example of the real practice of levelling, we give the first portion of the section of the country between Salisbury and Southampton, which was levelled in 1836, for the railway proposed between those places. The back and fore sets, the lengths and the locations, or descriptions, were entered in the field; the rest of the calculations were made in the evening in-doors. All the columns proved to be correct by the differences balancing, and the work plotted. This will perhaps be better under- stood by the acv >mpanying page (p. 176.) from the Field- Book. It will be observed that in the second observation the instrument itself was used as an intermediate station, and is booked in both columns as 4 feet 50. At the 4th line, 8 feet is booked in both columns as an intermediate station. The same thing occurs in the 6th, 8th, 12th, 13th, 15th, and 16th lines. 176 LEVELLING. s T3 1 o> pi T3 'O c3 c3 tc i-l P £ «(H «« o a s fcfl be 3 a WW WW tf OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOV5 CONW>Oa(Nfflffi(M^tO(OOOOtOOOiO'# OOi-iiiaiO(OSOOOlH(NTtiOffltOOO(MtO 5 £ N.?3 OiONiOOrtOiOOONOOOOOtO^OOOffiO C? £ rt •N-*OSrHNJ0cp-fcpipj|O3OJrHp=0(CC6CT>p « u .S I -f OO >— I r-t r-l i-H i— ll— 11— " ' — 1 ■ — 1 ■ — It- Ir-HrtrHi-Hi— li-Hi— IrHi— I t^>OCOOOOOOOO rf Qrt con t^. © © 50 w rf 6 -* OOoOOV50HOHffiHioiontDOO-*OONIN O^OlO^rMOOC^OO-^-^OiOiOOOi'TH'TH'p^r-l (Stoo»OHOH(o»atoii5«3ffi(oaoon LEVELLING. 177 The accompanying diagram {fig. 68.) represents this in section plotted to a horizontal scale of ten chains to an The known height of the starting point. " ' Middle of T. P. Road to Southampton. Fiar. 68. Farm road. Farm yard — Jones. - - — g£ Edge of stream 4 feet deep (Gen. Wyndham). — jAEdge of mill- stream, 3ft. Gin. deep. Milford Road. -^Foot-path. Section of Ground near Salisbury. Horizontal scale 10 chains to an inch. Vertical scale 100 feet to an inch. inch, which is equal to 8 inches to a mile ; and a vertical scale of 100 feet to an inch. It is requisite, in making an extensive section, occasionally to take the height of im- N 178 LEVELLING. movable objects on or near your line of operations, that in case of being compelled to leave your stations, or losing them by accident, you may resume your work from that point, and not have to repeat your measurements from the starting place. They are also convenient to start fresh levels from, or to identify exact points on your section. These known points are called bench marks. The first line of figures in the column of reduced levels, is the known height of the starting point above some real or imaginary line, called the datum. This datum is some- times made level with the starting point ; but more fre- quently the height of the sea, or a canal or road in the neighbourhood is preferred. The sea is decidedly the best, as being most in use, and, therefore, presenting means of forming more readily a comparison between sections pre- pared for different purposes. It also shows more readily the comparative height of rivers. Formerly, the low-water level of the sea was mostly used as the datum of engineering sections ; but as that varied greatly at different parts of the coast, Liverpool was se- lected as a central point to reckon from ; but even then the low- water level was never the same two days in succession, for it varied in height every tide between the spring and neap. Since the important discovery by Captain Denham, the celebrated marine engineer, that the half-tide level of the sea is always the same at any given place, the mean, which is, indeed, the true level of the sea, can readily be obtained at the coast three hours before, or three hours after, high water. This will be the same at neap and spring tides. The exact time of high or low water can always be ascer- tained by marking the height of the sea at a particular time, and waiting till it again reaches that level. The time of high or low water was exactly between the period of the two observations. For example, the time when you mark the level of the sea we will suppose to be three o'clock; the water reaches that level again at five; then LEVELLING. 179 we know the time of the tide happened at the interval exactly between the two ; viz. 4 o'clock. There is every probability that, in future, all engineering sections and calculations will be reckoned from the mean level of the sea. The method of adjusting the spirit level when out of order is simple, and such as will readily occur to the operator, and need not be described here ; especially as it may be done by the instrument-maker at a very small cost. Still, it is a commendable caution to prove the accuracy of the instrument every morning before beginning work. It is done in the following manner : — Place the two staves as far apart as the telescope will enable you distinctly to read the figures, and the instrument exactly half way between them, as shown in fig. 69. In this position you will be able to ascertain the exact differ- ence of level of the points on which the staves rest ; for, should the instrument be incorrect, the inaccuracy will be equally great on both sides, and, therefore, will still pro- duce the true result. true level 50 yards. 50 yards. Suppose the telescope to point upwards, say 5 degrees, it will, when directed to the staff a, in fig. 69., cut at C, instead of d ; and, when turned to the staff b, it will also cut at a similar point C, equally as much above the true level r>, as before : the perpendicular in each case bein«" the third side of a triangle, whose two sides and the con- tained angle, are similar. Having ascertained the exact difference of level between the two points on which the staves rest, shift the instru- ment as near to one of them as will allow of your reading the figures. Eepcat your observation, and, if the difference between the two staves is the snmeas the difference in the former instance, the instrument is correct. 180 LEVELLING. As some gardeners may not have a theodolite with a spirit level attached to the telescope, the quadrant described in pages 124, 125, and 204., if carefully constructed, would answer very well for the purposes of the gardener and the farmer. The latter could use it for the construc- tion of Avater cuts to irrigate his meadows, and for deter- mining the range of his drains, &c. The gardener would find it useful in the formation of terraces, in making ornamental pieces of water, &c, &c. Ex. 1. Suppose it were required to run a level through the ground indicated by the line A b, in Jig. 70., from the point A. 1 f Fig. 70 IJ' . , _ i L-^-~"~' 1 ■ ~7T7. ? r. . ._7??^^ ^^rrr^TTT. 7?. j^ " 4~~— — . 1 v zzq Provide a few staves proportioned in length to the work in hand, and let them have cross pieces to slide up and down. Then having firmly fixed the staff in the ground to which the quadrant is attached, at the point A set the instrument in such a position as the plumb-line shall hang exactly parallel to the perpendicular limb of the quadrant : the upper limb will then be horizontal. This done, direct the eye through the sights, and, at the same time, let an assistant adjust the slides on each staff so as exactly to range with the line of vision. Then suppose the height a c to be five feet ; measure five feet downwards from the upper side of the slide upon each staff; so shall the dotted line a b represent the level line required. Ex. 2. Suppose the operation had been to determine a cut for a drain, to have a fall of 3 inches in every 20 feet. The distance between each staff in the above figure may be supposed to be 20 feet: then, 5 feet 3 inches LEVELLING. 181 would have to be measured down the first staff, 5 feet 6 inches down the second, 5 feet 9 inches down the third, &c, &c, The dotted line a h, in Jig. 70., would then re- present the line parallel to the bottom of the intended drain. Ex. 3. If a gardener had to form an ornamental piece of water, the process of finding the level for its bed would be exactly the same as the first example. And if he is pretty well master of what has been taught in the preceding pages, he would have no difficulty in determining to a great nicety the quantity of earth to be excavated, and consequently the cost of the job ; for, referring to the figure illustrating these examples, he would only have to calculate with exactness the area of the section marked 1, 2, 3, and 4, and multiply this area by the width of the proposed cut for the cubic content to be excavated. It was shown in page 171. that the height of the appa- rent above the true level is (at the distance of one mile) eight inches. Hence the distance or extent of the visible horizon is proportional in leagues to the square root of the observer's height in fathoms ; that is, if the heights be 1, 4, 9, 16, &c. fathoms, the distances will be 1, 2, 3, 4, &c. leagues, or 3, 6, 9, 12, &c. miles ; or, multiply the height in feet by the constant number 1*5, and extract the square root of the product for the distance in miles. Thus, if the height of the observer be 3262 feet, then V(3262x 1-5) =69-95 milcs = the distance at which an object can be seen on the horizon. Hence we learn that if a spring be on one side of a hill, and a house on a hill opposite, with a valley between them, and that the spring, seen from the house, appears by a levelling instrument to be on a level with the foundation of the house, at a mile distant, then is the spring eight inches above the true level of the house ; and this difference would be barely sufficient for the water to be brought in pipes from the spring to the house, the pipes being laid all the way in the ground. n 3 182 CHAR X. PLANNING AND MAPPING. Planning. — By a ground-plan is to be understood lines representing nothing more than the bases of objects ; such as the space and direction occupied by the foundations of the walls of a house, the fences of a field, &c. The ground-plan of a single tree would be nothing more than a dot, or, if it was a large tree, a small circle. The ground-plan of a box edging is nothing more than a line ; and the ground-plan of a gravel or grass walk is merely a space included between two lines. Fig. 71., drawn after the conventional mode, is the ground-plan of an es- tate, in which merely the fences, roads, watercourses, &c, are indicated. Mapping. — By a map of an estate is to be understood a drawing or delineation, in which is inserted, not merely the ground-plan of the lines and other objects, but a picture more or less perfect of the superstructure or elevation of these objects. The first person, as far as we are aware, that made any great improvement on this mode was Mr. Horner, the author of An improved Method of delineating Estates, published in 1813, and illustrated by pictorial drawings, partly sold with the work, and partly sold separately, one of the latter being the parish of Clerkenwell. Mr. Horner was a land-surveyor in very considerable practice, but, being a man of genius and of great energy, he occupied himself with a panoramic view of London, and was ultimately brought to ruin, along with a number of other persons, by the erection of the Colosseum for the 184 PLANNING AND MAPPING. exhibition of that panoramic view, and for other extra- vagant objects. He died about eighteen months since at New York, U. S. " That the art of land-surveying should have remained almost stationary since the rudest period," Mr. Horner observes, " is a fact which must excite our surprise, when we consider the advances which other arts analogous to it have made. In comparing some of the earliest delinea- tions with those of the present day, we find that, in the former, a rude attempt has been made to give a character of perspective to what was called the map ; trees, water, and houses, are delineated in them with some faint resem- blance to nature ; while, in the latter, those objects, as well as all others, are represented by mere emblems or signs of convention, quite as arbitrary as those of heraldry. The arts of surveying and of landscape-painting, which seem to have been united in former ages, are now distinct ; and, as modern surveyors seldom study the principles of design, they content themselves with a strict adherence to precedent, and consider the embellishments of land- scape, which they deem extrinsic, as exclusively belonging to the province of the painter. Hence, an estate sur- veyed in the days of Elizabeth, the Avhole surface of which has been materially altered by the renewed growth "of timber, and by the general progress of vegetation, as well as by the hand of improvement, will, under the scale and pen of a modern surveyor, present a more formal, naked, dead appearance than it did in the plan drawn by his predecessor 200 years ago. Though it abounded with the most attractive natural beauties, it would be reduced to a skeleton formed by outlines of the fences and build- ings, with a few indistinct though elaborate scratchings to signify the trees, and a number of parallel waving hair- strokes of a pen to represent water. So utterly do the instruments of a surveyor, like those of time, level all distinctions, that an estate consisting of one unvaried tract of enclosures fares as well under them as one en- riched with every variety of picturesque and romantic PLANNING AND MAPPING. 185 scenery ; nay, it fares better, for the delineation of it is not deformed by the rows and patches of stubs and dots intro- duced into that of its rival, to represent the shady woods and groups of trees which adorn it. The value of such a production must fall greatly short of the time and toil be- stowed upon it, since accuracy is the only criterion for estimating it. " That a plan may be drawn with the same mathema- tical precision, and afterwards so finished as to form a faithful and interesting picture of the various features of the property, comprehending the prospects which it com- mands, as if beheld in a camera-obscura, or from a lofty eminence, has been proved by the enlarged specimens which the author has recently submitted to public inspec- tion. In these, the whole subject country is represented in the colours of nature, and all its parts are draAvn in a correct and faithful manner. To that portion which re- presents the estate itself, the scale is universally appli- cable, while the delineation of the country bordering on it gives a lively idea of the relative bearings of the different parts on each other." (p. 9.) Notwithstanding " the superior advantages," which Mr. Horner says attend " this style of delineation," we can by no means approve of it, either in point of utility or taste. In the first place, it cannot be carried into exe- cution by any person who is not, as Mr. Horner himself was, a proficient in drawing landscape — in fact, a draw- ing-master. 2d. The map of an estate so delineated does not readily admit of marking on it alterations in the fences, roads, or other features, or even of taking dimen- sions. 3d. In point of taste, the effect is bad of placing the compass, scales, &c, as part of the scenery of the foreground. On the whole, it seems to us an attempt to join together two things which arc incompatible. A better mode would be, to show the estate in geometrical profile in the centre of the map, and to surround it by a panor- amic bird's-eye view of the scenery as far as the horizon on every side. Such a map we have shown in the En- 188 PLANNLNG AND MAPPING. cyclopaedia of Gardening, edit. 1835, fig. 639. p. 631, and which we here repeat (,fig. 72.). Fig. 72. After maturely considering all the various modes in which estates have been delineated, we are convinced that, in the present state of our knowledge, the three following modes are those alone which deserve to be adopted. The Conventional Mode. The most common is the conventional mode ; in which the situation of a wood is indicated by a few scattered trees ; a coppice, by a few bushes ; hedges, by a simple line or a slight fringe to give an idea of vegetation ; and buildings, sometimes by a plan only, and at others by an attempt at an elevation. This mode of delineating an estate is represented mjig. 7 1 . PLANNING AND MAPPING. 187 The Vertical Profile. This mode consists in represent- ing every object on an estate as it would be seen by the eye placed immediately over it. It differs from a bird's- eye view, inasmuch as, in the latter case, the eye is supposed to be placed directly over the centre of the map, in consequence of which all the objects will diminish as they approach towards its extremities. This mode, it is obvious, could never be adopted in a plan or map that was to become a subject of reference for dimensions or superficial contents. The vertical, or geometrical profile, therefore, is the mode decidedly to be preferred. It does not give a picture of the elevations or sides of objects ; but if we furnish all these objects with shadows, and sup- pose the position of the sun in the firmament to be at an angle of 45°, then the shadows, measuring from the centre of every object, will give its exact height, and as far as that shadow extends its equally exact shape. Fig. 73. is a specimen of this mode of mapping. The Isometrical View. By this mode as accurate a ground-plan is obtained as by any of the preceding modes, while at the same time an equally accurate representation of two sides of every object is obtained, the whole being strictly geometrical.* If two isometrical views of an object or an estate are taken from opposite points, for example, from the two ex- tremities of the diagonal of a square house, then the eleva- tion of all the four sides of that house will be obtained with perfect accuracy. The isometrical delineation, therefore, we consider as by far the most perfect mode of representing an estate for purposes of utility, as well as with reference to landscape improvement. It therefore deserves the particular study of the gardener ; and we would strongly recommend him to read very attentively the Chapter on Isometrical Pro- jection and Perspective, to be found at p. 207. * Isostates, G-r. a surveyor ; Isometrical, that which hath limits of exact measure. PLANNING AND MAPPING. 189 Hints applicable to each of these three Modes. Take care to be particular in placing the ditches of the outside fences with accuracy (see fig. 60. p. 165.), because the proprietor on whose side the hedge is placed is considered as its owner, and bound to keep it up as a fence. Indicate the direction of running water, whether in ditches or brooks, by arrows placed in the bed of the brook, or alongside the ditch. Exterior to the plan insert a scale of chains and links, and another of feet and yards, but take care to have these scales quite plain, and not, as they frequently are, made more conspicuous than the lines of the plan. Do not forget to place the north and south point in some spare place outside the plan, with perfect accuracy, and with the north and south line of sufficient length to admit of paral- lels being taken from it all through the plan. In general, follow the practice of map-engravers, and have the north at the top of the sheet ; but deviate from this arrangement when, owing to the shape of the ground mapped, it will be found inconvenient. Place the name of the estate, its proprietor, and the parish and county in which it is situ- ated, with the date of the survey, the purpose for which it was made, and the name of the person who made it, over the centre of the map, at the Upper end of the paper ; or, if there is not room in the centre, place it at either of the sides. Above all things, let the writing or printing be quite plain, and not overwhelmed with ornamental pen- manship, which is to render the means more conspicuous than the end. In the right-hand corner, at the bottom of the sheet, and immediately within the boundary-line, let the party who is responsible for the accuracy of the map, or who has had indicated on it the alterations or improve- ments which he proposes, sign his name, adding his address and the date. The map, whether a mere survey to show the form and extent of the property, or a plan made to indicate proposed improvements, is now complete. Sliading and colouring Maps. Till within the last fif- teen or twenty years, all maps were drawn and shaded with Indian ink or sepia, except such as were executed 190 PLANNING AND MAPP1N& on parchment for legal purposes, to accompany title- deeds, &c. ; these were drawn and shaded with fluid inks of different colours, which, being stains, sunk into the parchment, and therefore could not readily be erased like Indian ink or sepia, which adhere to the surface. Common writing ink is a very good substitute for these stains where the maps are not to be coloured. At present, Indian ink and sepia are only used in plans and maps which are not coloured, or in making the plan-lines of coloured maps. The trees, hedges, and other raised objects are outlined with the black-lead pencil ; the colours are applied of the same shade of depth which it is wished they should pre- sent when finished, and the shadows are added by the an- tagonist or complementary colour, with a little grey added, especially round the edges of the shadow. For further details we must refer the reader to what, is said on the shading and colouring of plans in the Chapter on Archi- tectural Draiving, p. 204. The splendid lines of railway in Great Britain, Ireland, and elsewhere, afford many fine points of view from which may be collected rich and varied ideas on this novel and interesting matter. These instructions, so far as they go, are sufficient in ordinary cases ; but surveying, levelling, and planning and mapping, sometimes require the com- bination of geological data with that which is merely topo- graphical ; and when this is the case, sections of the strata composing the estate must be exhibited in profile, and the surface of the plan must be marked with the character of the strata underneath as far as known by mining or boring. Hence, as it may be sometimes required to indicate the mineral qualities of an estate, the young gardener should labour to gain some knowledge of the stony masses of the earth ; for rocks, marl, and clay follow one another in such order, that the rich soil which bears luxuriant corn is sometimes but a small height above the rock out of which the action of the atmosphere, during successive a''es, may have contributed to effect the wonderful changes we behold of organised matters covering the surface. 191 4 CHAP. XL ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING, Remarks. — There is, perhaps, no greater gratification which the mind is capable of receiving through the senses than that which is derived from practising the art of drawing ; and while the exercise of the art of ornamental representation is at once innocent and amusing, and a mark of refined taste and education, it is to architectural and mechanical drawing that we are indebted for that perfec- tion in arts, manufactures, &c, that have contributed to our comfort and luxury, and have rendered mankind more wise and more happy. Indeed, in the present state of society, we could not convey our ideas of those things which have become necessary to our habits and comfort without a knowledge of the art of drawing. Agents who can make plans of estates, and understand the surveys of others ; gardeners who can draw horticul- tural structures and their details; and bailiffs who can show by a drawing how to improve or enlarge a farmery, are much preferred by employers to those who do not possess this knowledge ; and every . man, whatever his profession may be, should be able to give some idea, by drawings, of the house he should like to inhabit or wish to build. These considerations should lead every young man to acquire some knowledge of the art of drawing. Geometrical plans and elevations may at first sight ap- pear difficult, and isometrical projections and perspective still more so ; but the learner has only to make a fair trial, and he will find the difficulties to be overcome fewer than he imagined, and ere long he will perceive the compre- hensiveness and utility of geometrical drawing, and delight in. the beauty and truth of his radial representations, where — "Miles are measured in an inch of space." 192 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. As a means to this end, the following instructions are given, divested of every technicality, as far as the subject will permit. Drawing Materials. — The learner must first of all be provided with a drawing board, say about 2 feet 6 inches by 2 feet, perfectly square at the angles, and a T square the length of the board. Observe that, if the board is per- fectly square, the drawing will be so likewise ; but if not, the drawing will be out of square, however correct the T square may be ; therefore the truth of the board is far more essential than the truth of the square. Let even small drawings be made with a large square on a large board, for the sake of firmness. The drawing paper is fixed on the board with flat-headed brass pins made for the purpose ; but for fine drawings the paper is stretched on the board as follows : damp it on the back with a sponge and clean water ; and after a few minutes, when the wet has distended it, lay it on the board with the damp side down. Turn up about half an inch of the edge of the paper against a flat ruler, then wet the edge of a piece of glue and rub it very hard upon the board along the ruler ; press down the edge of the paper upon the glued part, and, with a slip of waste paper over it, rub it down with any smooth hard substance. Fix the ends first and then the sides, and when dry the paper will contract and be perfectly flat on the board. The paper is, of course, cut within the glued part when taken off. Now, as it is inconvenient to change the square every time a line at right angles is to be drawn, we must have small mahogany set squares or tri- angles, from 4 to 7 inches long, to place on the drawing square for that purpose ; but they serve also for other purposes. Certain angles are frequently required in archi- tectural drawing, and those tri- angles are made to suit the angles most Avanted. Fig. 74. is an angle of 45° for drawing all MATERIALS AND INSTRUMENTS. 193 right-angled mitres, the sides of an octagon, &c. Fig. 75. is an angle of 22|°, which divides the angle of 45° in two, and, when laid Avith the back against the square, draws the ^^~- pitch of low Italian roofs ; it also gives the bevel of window shutters, &c. Fig. 76. is an angle of 30°, which, when placed with the back against the square, draws the pitch of low roofs, and in its up- right position it is an angle of 60°, and draws the pitch of Gothic gables, &c. ; it also draws the sides of an equi- lateral triangle, the lines of a hexagon, &c. ; but we shall have more to say of this triangle when we come to isome- trical projection. Now a perpendicular line can be drawn by the right angle of any of these set squares (which are here about one third the full size), when placed upright on the drawing square. Professional persons have various other wooden triangles, but we have enough for our purpose. An H pencil, which must be cut with a thin edge, a piece of Indian rubber, and a stick of China ink, complete this part of the materials. Instruments. — A case of instruments contains a pair of small dividers (compasses) for general purposes, and a pair of large dividers, which is provided with shifting legs for taking large dimensions, and for describing large circles and arcs in pencil or ink ; a drawing-pen for drawing straight lines (the curved lines being made with a crow- quill) ; a pair of small bows with pencil foot, and a pair of small bows with ink foot, for describing pencil and ink circles, ai'cs, and arches. The case likewise contains a scale of equal parts, on which various scales are laid down. (See Jig. 2. in p. 95.) This instrument has generally the figures 55, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, at the left hand ; <> 194 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. which means that 1 inch makes 55 feet on the first scale, 45 feet on the second, 40 feet on the third, and so on. Observe, if we call the larger divisions 10s, then the smaller divisions on the lower lines are each a foot ; but if we call the larger division^inits or Is, then the small divisions on the upper line of the same scale are each an inch ; and in the latter case 40 is a scale of \ of an inch to a foot, 30 is ^ of an inch to a foot, and 20 is £ an inch to a foot, and so on of the others. There is also a scale of chords on this instrument for finding the value of angles, by taking 60° from this scale as a radius, and de- scribing an arc ; then the chord of this arc, measured on the same scale, is the value of the angle. There are also two instruments for the same purpose, called protractors, on which the degrees are marked, one a brass semicircle, and the other a piece of ivory, like the scale of equal parts, having the degrees -radiating to the centre of one side of the instrument ; one only of these is necessary. The last instrument to be named (for we think we can easily dispense with all the others) is the sector (see Jig. 33. in p. 122.), on which are the lines of sines, chords, tangents, secants, &c, &c, which have been explained under the head of Trigonometry ; its use in drawing is simply a bevel : having a rule joint, it may be set to any angle, and parallel lines in any direction may be drawn by it, which enables us to dispense with the shifting-headed T-square and parallel ruler, the latter being an awkward instrument for a beginner. Before beginning to draw, a few ideas of the Orders of Architecture and their mouldings may be necessary. Orders. — The five Orders of Architecture, the Tuscan, Doric, Ionic, Corinthian, and Composite, are the basis on which all classic architecture is founded. Every door, window, arch, moulding, &c. of a structure, bears a cer- tain proportion to the lower diameter of the column of the Order to which the building belongs. Hence the diameter of a column is divided into modules and minutes ; there are two modules in a diameter, and the module used for FIVE ORDERS. — MOULDINGS. 195 measuring the Tuscan and Doric Orders may be divided into 12 minutes; while, for the Ionic, Corinthian, and Composite, it may be divided into 18 minutes. Each Order has three principal parts : the column, the pedestal on which it stands, and the entablature wJiich it supports ; and each part is composed of three divisions ; namely, the pedestal has a plinth, dado, and cornice ; the column, a base, shaft, and capital ; and the entablature, an architrave, frieze, and cornice. In each Order, the height of the pedestal is exactly one third, and the height of the entab- lature one fourth of the column. The height of the column of the Tuscan Order is 7 diameters of the shaft at its lower part (for columns diminish) ; the Doric, 8 diameters ; the Ionic, 9 diameters ; and the Corinthian and Composite, 10 diameters each: consequently, the proportions of the respective principal parts of each order are as follows : — Tuscan Order — pedestals 4 modules 8 min., column 14 modules, entablature 3 modules 6 min. ; Doric — pedestal 5 modules 4 min., column 16 modules, entablature 4 modules; Ionic — pedestal 6 modules, column 18 modules, entablature 4 modules 9 min. ; Corinthian and Composite each — pe- destal 6 modules 12 min., column 20 modules, entablature 5 modules. With this brief notice of the component parts of the Orders, we shall pass on to the mouldings used in their com- position, which must be thoroughly understood, as the mouldings in every building of stone or wood, and in every article of furniture or ornament, have their origin in them. Mouldings. — The first and simplest is the fillet, a squai'e list {fig. 77.) which is the smallest member in proportion to the others. Its use is to separate superior members, and to prevent the unharmonious effect that two mouldings composed of portions of circles or ellipses would occasion, when joined together. The astragal {fig. 78.) is used as a bead or fillet with a rounded edge, in various compositions, and it is frequently ornamented as at a. It is chiefly employed in the Orders* 196 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. Fig. 77. € Fig. (TZUK \ Fig. 80, Fig. 82, Fig. S3 I' iff. 85. ----§■ jJlU. l\° P t--. 1 - i \ 'in big. 84. I "*^* \ A Fig. V6. // \ (/ F 2. 8*, MOULDINGS. 197 conjoined with a fillet, in dividing the capital from the shaft of a column ; and it is drawn by making the profile, or rounded edge, a semi-circle. The torus {fig. 79.) is like the astragal, but of much larger proportion ; and, from its rope-like appearance, it seems to bind and strengthen the parts where it is used. Its profile is a semi-circle described from the centre b, which projects exactly to a line with the vertical face of the plinth on which the torus rests. The ovolo, or quarter round {fig. 80.), is described from the centre c. This moulding, from being strong at the extreme parts, is chiefly employed either plain or orna- mented, to support other mouldings and members. The cavetto {fig. 81.) is described from the centre d. It is generally employed in covering and sheltering other members and mouldings, as it is weak in the extreme part, which terminates in a point. The cyma recta, or cymatium {fig. 82.), is, from its con- tour, well adapted for covering other mouldings. It is described in the following manner : — When the projection is ascertained by a scale of modules and minutes, draw the line f g, and divide it into two equal parts, as at e, which parts will form bases to two equilateral triangles ; when their summits, h and i, will be centres from which to describe the two arcs that join at e, and form the cyma- tium. Ornamented it is very elegant. The cyma talon, or ogee {fig. 83.), is drawn much in the same manner as the cyma recta. It is well calculated for giving support, being strong at the extreme parts. The scotia {fig. 84.) is employed to strengthen and con- trast the effect of other mouldings, and to give a graceful winding to the profile. It is traced in the following man- ner : — After the points k and / are ascertained, draw the vertical line k m, which line must be divided into three equal parts ; then from the point n, with the radius n k, describe the arc k o ; next divide the line o p into five parts, which will of course make four from o to //, and one from n to p ; then from p draw the arc o q, and o 3 198 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. from o describe a segment having for its radius two parts, which will determine the line that passes through the points q and p. From the point of the plinth, at 7, raise the per- pendicular 7 r ; now, from p describe another arc having for its radius two parts, this fixes the extremity of the line q s ; then from s describe the arc q t, and through the points t s draw the line t r, making I u equal to t s ; and from the points s u raise a perpendicular line until it inter- sect at r, which will be the centre from which to describe the rest of the curve from t to I. There are other mouldings, such as the echinus {Jig. 85.), which is frequently ornamented with the egg and spear, but is employed plain in the capital of the Grecian Doric column, between the annulets, v, and abacus, iv ; the cyma reversa {Jig. 86.), which is generally used below the eye in forming one of the mouldings in the bases of pedestals, &c. ; and the congee {Jig. 87.), on the shaft of columns. These mouldings should be drawn on three or four dif- ferent scales, in order that they may be well impressed on the mind, because a perfect knowledge of their form enables a person to understand the detail of any combination of mouldings. To draw a Plan. — The disposition of the rooms and their dimensions must first be considered, and a slight pencil sketch by the hand made of them, marking the sizes. This being done, let the labourer's cottage {Jig. 88.) be the ground plan, which we commence by drawing the front line ; then set off 18 in. from the scale for the thick- ness of the front wall, and 13 ft. for the inside width of the building, with 18 in. for the back wall. "We then take 20 ft. for the inside length, and 18 in. for the thickness of the end walls, which are drawn at right angles to the front and back walls. Make the larger room 1 1 ft. 7 in., and draw the brick division from front to back, then the shorter division 4 ft. from the front wall. Draw the front door, 2 ft. 10 in. wide, in the centre of the building. Next make the porch, 4 ft. wide, and 2 ft. 4 in. deep, with a small win- dow, 18 in. wide, on either side. Draw the stairs in the PLAN-DRAWING. 199 ^m^m mmm mm^m^ Fig. 8 ;, -) — I- ># larger room, with a closet under them, and make the fire- place, 3 ft. wide, in the middle of the*space in the back wall. Draw the bevel of the bay-window by the triangle of 45°, and make the middle window 3 ft. wide. Make a 3 ft. wide window, and a 2 ft. 10 in. door, in the back room, also a small fire-place and boiler in the angle as shown : the outbuildings are laid down from the scale in the same manner. The chamber plan {fig. 89.) is drawn in the same manner by the scale. The bevels of the end windows in this plan are drawn by the triangle (fig. 75.), placed with its back against the square ; and the bevels of the two small windows in front of the ground plan are drawn by the o 4 200 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. same triangle standing upright on the square. Here we have the ground and chamber plans of a complete labourer's cottage. No labourer should have less accommodation than is here shown, and few labourers can afford to pay- rent for a house much larger. Then fig. 88. is the ground- plan, in which there is a porch (a) ; living room (b), 13 ft. by 1 1 ft. 7 in., with a closet under the stairs (c) ; back kitchen (d), 8 ft. 7 in. by 8 ft. ; pantry (e), 8 ft. by 4 ft. ; coal and wood-house (/) ; ash place (g); privy (A); pig- gery (i) ; and yard with a hedge behind (k). Fig. 89., the Fig. 89. chamber plan, contains the best bedroom with a fire- place (Z), 13 ft. by 8 ft. lOin.; the bedroom for children (m), 13 ft. by 8 ft. ; a linen closet at the top of the stairs (n); and a closet for dresses, &c, over the headway of the stairs (o). Fig. 90. is the elevation of the front, which is rather ornamental, but not more so than labourers' cottages should be, for the effect is produced by very simple means. In drawing this elevation, we get the horizontal dimensions from the plans ; but for the heights of the easings and roof, we must make a section, or imagine one, and, by knowing the heights of the ceilings and jiitch of the roof, we determine the heights of the easings and ridge. The heights of the porch and windows, &c, are guided by ROOFS. 201 what is considered just proportion. We shall have some- thing to say of shading and colouring by and by. Fig. 91 Section of a Roof. — A knowledge of the general con- struction of roofs is highly essential, to show the manner in which the timbers are disposed and framed, to give the best bearing. Fig. 91. is a section of part of the roof of a building with a para- pet in which a is the principal rafter ; b, the tie-beam ; c, the king-post ; d, strutt ; e, com- mon rafter or spar ; /, wall-plate ; y, poll-plate ; //, purlinc ; and i. 202 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. ridge-board. The foot of the principal rafter and the king- post are mortised in the tie-beam, and for strong roofs they are fixed with straps of iron. Drawings for a Vinery. — The next nine figures are in- tended to illustrate the manner of drawing a vinery, roofed on the ridge and furrow principle. The advantage of this mode of roofing is, that the rays from the sun are presented more perpendicularly to the glass in the morning and afternoon, when they are weakest, and more obliquely to the glass at noon, when they are strongest. The dimen- sions of the vinery must first be well considered, and then the different sizes set off from the scale in the manner in which the ground-plan of the cottage was done. In the present case the length of the range is 80 feet, and the clear width inside 15 feet ; the scale will show what the other dimensions are. Fig. 92. is the plan of a late and early vinery, in which a a is the trellis path ; b b, narrow front path ; c c, end paths ; d d, shelves for holding pots containing strawberries, flowers, and other things requiring to be forced, under which are the hot-water pipes ; e e, pit for general purposes ; ff, furnaces ; and, g g, potting sheds. Fiff. 92. wjfimzzs:^: zz. A ■Z32ZZZZZZZniZ7-±V*z:-,£'Sl ZL.^J^^Z ^ZZZZ£Z~-Z ^ Z ^ ^j^& h=at J Fig. 93. is a part of the front elevation to double the scale of the plan, showing the ridge and furrow roof. The brick-work, which will of course be covered with the front border, is 2 ft. 6 in. high, and the front lights also 2 ft. 6 in. to the plating. The pediments rise at an angle of 22|°, and the rafters at an angle of 25°. 203 '■ ~~ T ~T~'"^";.~™ -T^trr^T—.rT-p.^ /,:,-^/ : sJ^Ws// ■,-.*>."'./>.' -sss 's'Sssx/J~s/ss,s/y'>'y/S/s'S'sSS''''S//» 10 £ 10 20 I—;— i | i |_ 4- i ; i -I- I . I Fig. 94. is the section in which the same letters of reference used for the plan, indicate the same parts. Fig. 95. is the end elevation. Fig. 96. shows the angle of the bars of the glass between each bar being in one long sheet. Fig. 97. shows the ridge rafter with the mortised, \ the full size. Fig. 96. Fig. 97. roof, sash -bar "vj 204 ARCHITECTURAL, DRAWING. Fig. 98. shows the valley rafter, £ the full size. Fig. 99. Fig. 99. is a section of the bar, -| the full size. Fig. 100. is the instrument used by gardeners for taking the angles of roofs ; it is a mahogany quadrant of about 6 in. radius, with a line and plummet, the quadrant being applied as in the figure. " Gardeners generally take the angle formed by the rafter and plumb-line, and call that the angle of the roof ; but the true angle is that formed by the rafter and a horizontal line. If the quadrant is numbered both ways, the proper angle is immediately obtained. It may be only necessary to add, that these houses may be heated either by hot air or hot water, or by both, by having flues from the furnaces, as well as boilers over them. Shadows, Shading, and Colouring. — The primary colours are red, yellow, and blue ; the colours of simple light are violet, indigo, blue, green, yellow, orange, and red, together with an indefinite variety of intermediate gradations. The artificial colours employed by artists, architects, and others, are made from organic and inorganic matters. The ma- terials necessary for our purpose will be Indian ink, hair pencils, colour saucers, and the following colours : carmine, cobalt, Prussian blue, sepia, burnt sienna, and gamboge. These are all the colours absolutely necessary for practical drawings ; for, by mixing them, various other colours are SHADING AND COLOURING. 205 produced : for example, carmine and cobalt make a smalt, a neutral tint, a colour for iron, and with Indian ink, an earth colour ; carmine and gamboge make a wood colour for sections ; Prussian blue and gamboge make an endless variety of greens ; and carmine and burnt sienna a maho- gany colour, &c. &c. Shadoics. — All shadows in architectural drawings should be thrown at an angle of 45° both horizontally and vertically ; that is, the shadow of the head and jambs of a blank window would be of the same breadth, and that breadth would be exactly the depth of the recess. This must be perfectly understood : for instance, a roof projecting 2 ft., and a porch projecting 2 ft. would throw the same breadth of shadow, which would also be 2 ft. ; consequently, all shadows thrown on a surface at right angles to the objects throwing them are equal in breadth to the projection ; but shadows thrown on oblique surfaces terminate where the angle of 45° from the pro- jection would meet the oblique surface, such as the shadow on a roof from a chimney shaft, &c. Shadows thrown on surfaces parallel to the projection also ter- minate where the angle of 45° would meet the surface ; and all shadows become gradually lighter towards their outer edge. Surfaces may be in shade when no shadow is thrown on them ; for instance, one cant of the elevation of an octagon would be in shade, while the same part might throw a shadow. All shadows and shades are darkest at the side nearest the light ; and they are gene- rally made with Indian ink. These remarks as to the projection of shadows only apply to geometrical drawings. Application of Colours. — Finished plans are generally tinted with carmine, back -lined, and neatly printed with a crow-quill and China ink, having a scale, but no figured dimensions : but working plans are tinted in the natural colours of the materials used; that is, stone walls are coloured with sepia, brick with carmine, lath and stan- dard partitions, and all other wood-woi'k, with different- toned wood colours. Bearing timbers, or carpenter's 206 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. work, are tinted darker than the finishing or joiner's work; and sections of timber are tinted much darker than either. A working plan of alterations has all the old Avails tinted dark brown or grey ; and the new walls, and every part where doors, windows, or fire-places are to be broken out, tinted red. Slight sketches of eleva- tions are touched up with a neutral tint of carmine and blue, or with sepia ; but finished elevations are tinted in the natural colours of the materials represented ; while working elevations have only a slight tint of blue on the roofs and windows. In tinting geometrical elevations, surfaces that are farthest back are tinted darkest, and pro- jections, &c, in front lightest ; but in perspective it is the reverse, for objects are lighter as they recede from the eye, and darkest in the foreground, unless it is a surface on which the light shines. Thus, in shading geometrical figures, the cube, which would have three sides presented to the eye, would be light on the upper surface, a slight dark tint would be laid on one of the other surfaces, and the third would be much darker. So of a prism, or pyramid, and so also of a hexangular prism : for it is manifest that every shadow is a privation or diminution of light by the interposition of an opaque body. By attentively watching the shadows of objects when a brilliant sunshine presents them to our view, the truth of these remarks most forcibly strikes our attention. The same observation applies to shadows produced by artificial light. South-east is the best aspect for an English house, and south or east the next best. Every cottage should be supplied with abundance of good water, and the drainage around it should be as complete as possible ; few things contribute more to the comfort and health of a family than cleanliness within and about the dwelling which it may occupy. 207 CHAP. XII. PROJECTION AND PERSPECTIVE, Isometrical projection. — As this method of represent- ation is easier for the learner to practise than perspective *, we will describe it first ; but before doing so, it may be well just to state the nature of perspective. It is, the art of delineating on a plane surface the representation of ob- jects, so as to give them the appearance to the eye that they have in nature ; consequently, the rays of light from the objects radiate to the eye, and the objects themselves diminish in proportion to their distance from the eye, in the representation as well as the reality. On the other hand, isometrical projection is the method of drawing the representation of objects on a plane by parallel rays per- pendicular to it; consequently, objects do not diminish as in perspective. Indeed, if the observation be allowed, it is nothing more than a geometrical elevation upon an angle which foreshortens the parts of an object ; but this ano-le must be defined, in order that horizontal and vertical lines may be measured by the same scale ; therefore the given law is, that the isometrical representation of a cube should be made by rays parallel to its diagonal, which makes the three faces seen of equal form and size, and the boundary line a hexagon. A cube may be correctly projected in any other position ; but we lose the advantage of being able to measure every part accurately if it is not projected by rays parallel to the diagonal and perpendicular to the plane. Let a bed, in Jig. 101., be the plan of a cube. Draw up * Isometrical Perspective. This method of drawing was invented by Professor Parish of Cambridge. 20'8 PROJECTION AND PERSPECTIVE. the lines al,bk, and c i ; then, from the point f, with the triangle of 30°, draw fh sindfg till they meet the up- right lines. Make a d e, an angle of 15° ; then d e is the height of the cube, ^.-'~J*Z ---. Fi s- 101 - which set up upon f k, and draw k i parallel to f h,kl parallel to f g, I m parallel to k i, and i m parallel to k I. The cube is now projected, and the three radii and six sides of the hexagon are all of the same length. All the oblique lines are drawn by the triangle of 30° first used one way and then turned over. The scale for measuring this cube would bear the same proportion to the scale of the plan that d e does to da, and, if the side of the square were 4 ft., a d would be divided into four parts, and d e would be divided into four proportional parts. In order to understand more fully the plane of projection, and the rays perpendicular to it, let p r q s in Jig. 102., be the diagonal plane of a cube : then t r is the diagonal line of the cube, and u v the plane of projection, while q u and s v are rays; then ur and rv are equal to any of the lines of the projected cube mjig. 101. — Circles are projected by draw- ing a square round them, and drawing the two diagonals of the square ; then the four points where the circle touches the sides of the square, and the four points where it cuts the diagonals, give eight points, which, when projected, will enable the isometrical circle to be completed by hand. ISOMETRICAL DRAWING. Fig. 102. 209 ;0^ It is obvious that the hexagonal figure 101. is symme- trical with the cell of the bee ; in which the radius is carried six times round the circumference of the circle : and the combination of these figures suggests a geometrical com- bination for tracing on the ground an elegant plan for a flower plot. For we hold it indispensable, that the young gardener should turn every portion of his knowledge to some account in his daily avocations. Isometrical draicing is preferable to isometrical pro- jection ; the difference between them being, that the latter is projected in the manner just shown, but the former is simply drawing by the same scale used for the plan. The two projected cubes in fig. 101. show the pro- portion which isometrical projection bears to isometrical drawing ; the inner cube is the projection, the outer one the drawing, and n o in the latter is equal in length to b c in the plan. In isometrical drawing we need not stop to consider the plane of projection or the rays, but proceed to work at once with the double triangle of 30°, fig. 103., which draws the oblique lines right and left. Take every 210 PROJECTION AND PERSPECTIVE. dimension from the plan and elevations. Let fig. 104. be the block or outline of the isometrical drawing of a farmery ; set all the heights up on the upright lines, and set off all the lengths on the oblique lines, which are drawn to right and left as before observed by the double triangle,^. 103. The manner of finding the gables and roofs is shown by the dotted lines. It is only necessary to add, that all oblique, curved, and irregular lines are found by enclosing the sur- faces which they bound by reticulated squares, and then, by putting these squares in isometrical drawing, to find the diiFerent points. Isometrical drawings are shaded in the same way as geometrical elevations on the angle, or, as b'ig. 104. has been said respecting the shading of an octagonal ele- vation. (See p. 205.) Perspective. — The objects seen through a pane of glass in a window, if traced upon the glass, will give some idea of a perspective representation ; but the use of perspective is, to enable us to draw the representation of objects on any opaque surface, without the assistance of the glass, that shall have the same proportion in form and outline as the originals. But we must here mention the terms made use of: the perspective plane or picture is the paper or other surface on which the drawing is made ; the horizontal line is a line PERSPECTIVE. 211 drawn across the paper at the height of the eye (by the scale) from the base or ground line. If the eye be raised, the horizontal line is raised accordingly, and the contrary, if it be lowered. The point of sight is the place of the eye of the observer ; the distance of the picture is the distance of the eye from the picture ; and the point of distance is simply the distance of the eye transferred to the horizontal line for the convenience of drawing. The centre of the picture is a point where a perpendicular from the eye would meet the picture ; this point need not be in the centre of the paper, but it must always be in some part of the horizontal line. Vanishing points are points on the horizontal line and in the plane of the picture, where all parallel lines would meet, except those that are parallel to this plane ; these have no vanishing points, but are parallel to each other ; and all right lines perpendicular to the plane vanish in the centre of the picture. To draw Four Squares lying on the ground, and receding from the view. Let A b (Jig. 105.) be the base line, s the Fig. 105. point of sight ; H l, the horizontal line, and C, the centre of the picture. It will be perceived that the length of s C, is the distance of the picture, and is transferred to the horizontal line, making L the point of distance ; and it must p 2 212 PROJECTION AND PERSPECTIVE. be also understood that if a d and b e were produced, they would meet in a point that would be the same distance from the base line that s is from C, — that is, the distance of the picture. Now to draw the squares : — Make A a one side of one square, and draw A c and a C, to the centre. Draw A L to the point of distance, cutting aC in b ; then draw b c parallel to A a, and the first square is complete. To draw the other squares, set off on the base line the length of the side of the square, as many times as there are squares to draw, such as d ef, &c. ; then draw d ef, &c. to a point of distance on the horizontal line as far to the left of C, as L is to the right of C (the page is too narrow to show this point), and where these lines cut the radiating lines to the centre C, draw lines parallel to the base, and the four squares are complete. Now to represent a cube on the base line, let the first square be its base, and draw up the perpendicular lines from the four angles. Make A a, h, g, a true square, and draw g C and h C ; then draw i k, parallel to the base, and the cube is complete. This diagram shows the method of parallel perspective; the horizontal squares will explain the principle of drawing the square beds of a garden ; while the upright cube shows the manner of representing rectangular objects standing above the ground. We have here only an object on one side of the centre of the picture. To represent Two Cubes, as in Jig. 106. The same capital Fig. 1C6. ANGULAR PERSPECTIVE. 213 letters refer to the same parts as in Jig. 105. : ab the base line, S the point of sight, n L the horizontal line, and c the centre of the picture. The points at H and L are points of distance ; they are the distance of s from the centre ; and if A d and B E were produced, they would meet in a point the same distance from the base line as the length of S C ; indeed, it is this point which gives the length of s C ; it is the point of sight in the plan, and may be at any distance ; but whatever the distance is, S C must be the same, and consequently C l and C h, the same. But we shall understand this better presently when we come to the next figure. In the present figure make the two front faces true squares, and draw lines from the angles ah g and a h g, to the centre. Draw A L and b h to the points of distance, which will determine the depths of the cubes, as in the last figure, when they will be easily com- pleted. The most convenient way to draw an object, say a house for instance, is to make a block plan of it, when we can do so. To draw a House in angular Perspective. — Artists can- not have plans of the objects they represent, but architects &c. generally have ; therefore let Jig. 107. be the ground plan of a small house laid down by the scale. Let s be the point of sight, and H L the plane of projection : draw the extreme rays a s, and b 8 ; bi- sect these rays with the arc c d, to find the centre of the an- gle in e ; then draw the perpendicular sc, through e, and C is the centre of the pic- ture, while g in the Draw s n parallel to the front of r 3 corner of the building. 214 PROJECTION AND PERSPECTIVE. the house until it cuts the plane of projection, and s L parallel to the end of the house until it also cuts the plane ; then the points of intersection at H and L are the vanishing points. (If the building were not square, then a line parallel to the oblique front produced from the point of sight till it cut the plane would give its vanishing point.) Draw the rays from the door and windows towards the point of sight until they cut the plane ; then fg is the fore-shortened front, and g h the fore-shortened end. Now to set up the elevation, draw the horizontal line (about 6 feet above the ground line, Jig. 109.), and transfer all the lines cutting the plane of Jig. 107., to the horizontal line of Jig. 109. Make g L and g h in the elevation the same length as g L and g h in the plan : then h and L are the vanishing points. Set up all the heights from the scale on the corner line g, and draw the horizontal lines to the vanishing points. Draw the diagonals of the gable, which gives the centre as shown by the upright dotted line ; set up the height of the roof on that dotted line to i, then draw from i towards L till it cuts the centre gable line, and from this point draw the ridge of roof towards H. All heights are set up on the corner line, and it will be easily seen how the windows and chimneys are found. Fig. K)8. is another method of representing the same building, TO DRAW A CIRCLE IN PERSPECTIVE. 215 when the eye, and consequently the horizontal line, is con- siderably above it: the lines at k show the manner of finding the height of the roof. The point of sight, s in Jig. 107., may be in any place relative to the plan, so that the distance from the picture is not less than the length of the picture. The custom is to choose a point from which the object will look best, and drawings viewed at small angles are more pleasant than those viewed at great angles, with the point of sight too near. When the fronts of ob- jects are parallel to the plane and above the eye, the repre- sentation is called parallel perspective. When the objects are parallel to the plane, but below the eye (as Jig. 106.) it is called parallel bird's-eye perspective. When objects are oblique to the plane (as Jig. 109.), it is angular per- spective; and when oblique to the plane, but below the eye (as Jig. 108.), it is angular bird's-eye perspective. These are merely conditional terms, for there are, strictly speaking, only two kinds of perspective, linear and aerial. Linear perspective is the perspective of lines which we have been describing ; and aerial perspective is the art of giving the due tone of light, shadow, and colour of objects according to their distance and the medium through which they are seen. To draw a Circle in Perspective. — Let Jig. 110. a be the circle ; draw a square about it, then draw the two diago- nals of the square, and where they cut the circle let those be the angles of an inner square. Draw also the two diameters of the circle. p 4 216 PROJECTION AND PERSPECTIVE. Let H L be the horizontal line, c the centre, and the point at H, the point of distance ; then put all the straight lines in perspective, which will give eight points of the circle, when the curve is completed by hand. Shadows and Tinting. The light may be in front, at either side, or even at the back of a picture ; but for per- spective views of buildings one side is preferable. Of course, all shadows are produced by opaque objects inter- cepting the light ; which may either be natural light from the sun, &c, or artificial light from a candle or other luminous body. The rays of natural light, in consequence of the immense distance of the sun, are parallel; but the rays of artificial light diverge from a point ; consequently, shadows thrown by objects intercepting the sun's light are of the same breadth, while shadows thrown by objects intercepting the rays of artificial light increase in width as it leaves the objects. In geometrical drawing the rays of light fall upon the object at an angle of 45°, as we have seen, but the shadows in a picture or perspective drawing are found thus : — We first determine upon the direction in which we wish the light to come into the picture ; then find the altitude of the light, which may be high or low according to what we wish the drawing to appear. From the altitude we drop a perpendicular to the base, and produce the latter : we then draw a line from the altitude to the top of the object, and that line continued to the base determines the length of the shadow, which is the co-tangent of the angle that the light makes with the surface on which the shadow is thrown. In plainer terms, the shadow is found by producing pa- rallel lines from the top of the object in the direction of the light until they meet the surface on which the shadows fall. The shadows caused by artificial light are found by producing lines from the luminous point touching the angles of the different projections until they meet the sur- faces on which the shadows are thrown, and the length of the shadow is determined. In shading perspective draw- ings, the shadows and shades must be darkest where they REFLECTION AND REFRA.CTTON. 217 are nearest the foreground ; and each individual part must not have its own light and shadow, but must be blended with the whole. This is one distinction between the manner of treating geometrical and perspective drawings. In the foreground of the latter, bright lights are opposed to dark shadows, while the back-ground is blended into one less definite mass. The same holds good as to tinting — bright and distinct colours are opposed to each other in the fore- ground, but in the distance they are subdued, as if a mist or haze had come over the objects, which in nature is caused by the intervening body of air. The eye calculates more readily the size of objects by this gradation of tint, than by the magnitude of the objects in the representation. The proper distribution of light and shadow in a picture can only be properly managed by one who has the eye of an artist; but any one who can shade polygons, Avhen geometrically represented, will be able to shade and tint a building in perspective. Reflection and Refraction. — All objects in nature re- flect light through the medium of the air, even when the sun is not shining on them ; but it is with the reflection of objects in water that we have to do at present. It is a universal law of Optics that the angles of incidence and reflection are equal. The angle of incidence is the angle at which objects are presented to a reflecting surface, and the angle of reflection is the angle at which the image is reflected ; both are equal, but in opposite directions. Let bac,Jig. 111., be the angle p. H] of incidence, then da e is the v. : ^* angle of reflection, and da in ^\ ^s this case would be the line in ^vj which the eye of an observer was situated; but images in water will be better under- stood by a figure. Let f, g, h (Jig- 1 12.) be three trees at different distances from the edge of a piece of water, and at different distances from the eye of an observer on the opposite bank of the water at i ; then k would be the reflection of/; / the reflection of g ; and m the reflection 218 PROJECTION AND PERSPECTIVE. Fig. 112. of h, as seen by this observer. When objects stand on the brink of water, their whole height is reflected; but when they stand at a distance from it, the height of the ground, or rather the height which the ground subtends at the eye, must be deducted from the height of the object for the depth of the reflection. Little need be said of re- fraction ; it simply means the turning away of rays of light from their direct course. If light falls perpendicularly on a piece of water, it passes through it perpendicularly ; but if it falls obliquely, then it does not continue the same line of obliquity through the water, but in a direction approaching more to the perpendicular, because water is more dense than air; and if passing through glass, it would be still more refracted from its original direction, as glass is more dense than water ; but when it has passed through either body it resumes its original direction in passing through its original medium. To varnish water-coloured Drawings. — Prepare the drawing with a strong coating of isinglass in a liquid state, laid on with a large flat camel's-hair brush, taking care not to go over the same place twice while wet, for fear of raising the colours. The isinglass must float in a body during the operation, which must be rapid, but with a light touch, lest the colours should run. The drawing thus prepared to receive, when perfectly dry, two or three coats of Masters's patent varnish, each coat being perfectly dry before the succeeding coat is laid on. 219 CHAP. XIII. MISCELLANEOUS TABLES. Section I. INTEREST AND ANNUITY TABLES. Explanation of the Tables referring to Interest and Annuities. Tables I. and II. The present icorth of a sum of money, as 11., to be received at a future period, is that which, laid out and improved at a given rate of interest during that period, will amount to the proposed sum by the time it becomes due. The difference between the pre- sent worth and the sum itself is called the discount. Hence, to find the present worth of a sum of money, im- proved at a given rate for a fixed time, divide the proposed sum by the amount of 11. improved at the assigned rate for the given time, and the quotient will be the present worth : subtract the present worth from the sum proposed and the remainder will be the discount. Ex. If 1/. be divided by 1-047. the quotient is -9615387. which is the present value of 1 /. due one year hence ; and, if from 17. we take that quotient, the difference -0384627. is the discount: for, -961538 + -038462 = 17. Hence the use and application of Tables I. and II., and particularly the latter, as shown in example 2. page 44. Table III. This table is fully explained in pages 36. and 37., article Compound Interest. Table IV. This table is explained, and its construc- tion fully shown, in pages 38. and 39. Table V. The construction of this table is shown in pages 39. and 40. ; and example 1. page 40. and example 5. page 41. show its application and use. Thus, in column 1. the term of years is found, and the reader traces from 21 years across the line to the third column or 5 per cent, 220 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES. and there finds the amount of 1 /. forborne and Improved at Compound Interest to be 12*82153/., which, multiplied by the improved rent of 100/., gives 1282/. 3s. Id. as the pre- sent value of the lease. And, if the reader will substitute 4 per cent for 3^ in the example in page 43., where Bar- tering Interests in Property is treated, and work the ques- tion at 4 per cent interest, then 600(28-57142 — 9-38507) = 600x19-18635 = 11,511/. 16s. 2\d. would be the pre- sent value of A's deferred annuity. And the perpetual annuity which A can purchase with 11,511/. 16s. 2\d. is found by a similar proportion to that in the question to be 402/. 18s. 3d. ; for 28-57142/. : 1 : 11,511-81/. : 402/. 18s. 3d., which is the perpetual annuity A can pur- chase with 11,511/. 16s. 2d. But there is another application of this table to which we direct the reader's attention : we allude to the renewal of leases. Thus, if it be required to find the present value of 100/. a yearly rental for 7 years, to commence at the end of 14 years ; Ave have, at 5 per cent, interest in Table V., and opposite 21 years, the present value of 1/. per annum given as - - - £12-821153, and of 14 years equal to - - 9-898641 and the difference - - £2*922512 multiplied by - - 100 gives as the present value £292-2512, or 292/. 5s. Or/, which a party would now pay for the exten- sion of his lease to 2 1 years. Proof: — 292/. 5s. Od. improved at compound interest for 14 years amounts to 578/. 6s. 3d. ; for it is 292*251 x 1*979931 (found in Table III. opposite to 14 years), and 578*3125 x 1*4071 (opposite 7 years and under 5 percent., Table III.) amounts to 814/. in 21 years, which is what the rental of 100/. a year for T years would have amounted to in 7 years, if the landlord improved at 5 per cent, per annum compound interest that yearly rental which in Table IV. and opposite to 7 years is found to be 8*142 x 100 = 814/. INTEREST AND ANNUITY TABLES. 221 Table I. Showing the Interest and Amount of 11. in 12, 9, 6, or 3 Months: — also, the Present Worth and Discount of 11. due 12, 9, 6, or 3 Months hence, Simple Interest.* Rate of Annual Interest. Time. Interest. Amount. Present Worth. Discount. 3 per cent 1 year 3 4- 1 2 1 T •03 •0225 •015 •0075 1-03 1-0225 1-015 10075 •970874 ■ •977995 •985222 ■992556 •029126 •022005 •014778 •007444 4 per cent 1 year 3 4 1 2 1 4 •04 •03 •02 •01 1-04 1-03 1-02 1-01 •961538 •970874 •980392 •990099 •038462 •029126 •019608 •009901 5 per cent 1 year 3 1_ 1 •05 •0375 •025 •0125 105 1-0375 1-025 10125 •952381 •963856 •975610 •987654 •047619 •036144 •024390 •012346 6 per cent 1 year 1_ 1 •06 •045 •03 •015 1-04 1-045 103 1-015 •943396 •956938 •970874 •985222 •056604 •043062 •029126 •014778 7 per cent 1 year 3 1 4T •07 •0525 •035 •0175 1-07 1-0525 1-035 1-0175 •934579 •950119 •966184 •982801 •065421 •049881 •033816 •017199 * In mercantile transactions, the interest is usually taken for the discount: but this is incorrect, and of doubtful legality. Thus, at 5 per cent per annum, the interest of 11. is Is. ; and the discount upon a payment of ready money for a debt due one year hence is 114//. T V If we have to deal with large sums, this difference becomes very con- siderable : thus, the interest of 1000/. for one year at 5 per cent per annum is 50/.: but, if discount be allowed on 1000/. paid one year before it becomes due, the amount is 47/. 12s. Ad. It is manifest, therefore, that if a banker charge 50/. for discounting a bill of 1000/. payable one year hence, in place of 47/. 12s. Ad., he charges 11. Is. %d. more than he is entitled to demand. Moreover, the fifth column of this Table, headed Present Worth, shows by inspection how all discounts should be treated; for '952381 X 1000=952/. 7s. 8d. is the sum the banker ought to pay, and not 950/., on discounting the bill of 1000/, as 47/. 12s. 4c/. if improved, at 5 per cent for one year, will amount to 50/. 222 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES. Table II. Shoiving the Present Value of j£l to be received at the End of any Number of Years not exceeding 50. Yrs. 4 per Cent. 5 per Cent. 6 per Cent. 7 per Cent. Yrs. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 •961538 •924556 •888996 •854804 •821927 •790315 •759918 •730690 •702587 •675564 952381 •907029 •863838 •822702 •783526 746215 •7] 0681 •676839 •644609 •613913 •943396' •889996 •839619 •792094 •747258 •704961 •665057 •627412 •591898 •558395 •934579 •873439 •816298 •762895 •712986 •666342 •622750 •582009 •543934 •508349 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 •649581 •624597 •600574 •577475 •555265 •533908 •513373 •493628 •474642 •456387 •584679 •556837 •530321 •505068 •481017 •458112 436297 415521 •395734 376889 •526788 •496969 468839 •442301 •417265 •393646 •371364 •350344 •330513 •311805 •475093 •444012 •414964 •387817 •362446 •338735 •316574 •295864 •276508 •258419 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 •438834 •421955 •405726 •390121 •375117 •360689 •346817 •333477 •320651 •308319 358942 341850 325571 310068 295303 281241 267848 255094 242946 231377 •294155 •277505 •261797 •246979 •232999 •219810 •207368 •195630 •184557 •174110 •241513 •225713 •210947 •197147 •184249 •172195 •160930 •150402 •140563 •131367 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 •296460 •285058 •274094 •263552 -253415 •243669 •234297 •225285 •216621 •208289 220359 209866 199873 190355 181290 172657 164436 156605 149148 142046 •164255 •154957 •146186 •137912 •130105 •122741 •115793 •109239 •103056 •097222 •122773 •114741 •107235 •100219 •093663 •087535 •081809 •076457 •071455 •066780 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 •200278 •192575 •185168 •178046 •171198 •164614 ■158283 •152195 •146341 •140713 135282 128840 122704 116861 111297 105997 100949 096142 091564 087204 •091719 •086527 •081630 •077009 •072650 •068538 •064658 •060998 •057546 •054288 •062412 •058329 •054513 •050946 •047613 •044499 •041587 •038867 .036324 •033948 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 INTEREST AND ANNUITY TABLES. 223 Table III. Shotting the Amount of \£l improved at Compound Interest for any Number of Years not exceeding 50. Yrs. 4 per Cent. 5 per Cent. 6 per Cent, 7 per Cent. Yrs. 1 1-040000 1-050000 1-060000 1-07000 1 2 1-081600 1-102500 1-123600 1-14490 2 3 1-124864 1-157625 1-191016 1-22504 3 4 1-169858 1-215506 1-262476 1-31079 4 5 1-216652 1-276281 1-338225 1-40255 5 6 1-265319 1-340095 1-418519 1-50073 6 7 1-315931 1-407100 1-503630 1-60578 7 8 1-368569 1-477455 1-593848 1-71818 8 9 1-423311 1-551328 1-689478 1-83845 9 10 1-480244 1-628894 1-790847 1-96715 10 11 1-539454 1-710339 1-898298 2-10485 11 12 1-601032 1-795856 2-012196 2-25219 12 13 1-665073 1-885649 2-132928 2-40984 13 14 1-731676 1-979931 2-260903 2-57853 14 15 1-800943 2-078928 2-396558 2-75903 15 16 1-872981 2-182874 2-540351 2-95216 16 17 1-947900 2-292018 2-692772 315881 17 18 2-025816 2-406619 2-854339 3-37293 18 19 2-106849 2-526950 3-025599 3-61652 19 20 21 2-191123 2-653297 3-207135 3-86968 20 2-278768 2-785962 3-399563 4-14056 21 22 2-369918 2-925260 3-603537 4-43040 22 23 2-464715 3-071523 3-819749 4-74052 23 24 2-563304 3-225099 4-048934 5-07236 24 25 2-665836 3386354 4-291870 5-42743 25 26 2-772469 3555672 4-549382 5-80735 26 27 2-883368 3-733456 4-822345 6-21386 27 28 2-998703 3-920129 5-111686 6-64883 28 29 3-118651 4-116135 5-418387 7-11425 29 30 3243397 4-321942 5-743491 7-61225 30 31 3-373133 4-538039 6-088100 8-14511 31 32 3-508058 4-764941 6-453386 8-71527 32 33 3-648381 5-003188 6-840589 9-32533 33 34 3-794316 5-253347 7-251025 9-97811 34 35 3 946088 5-516015 7-686086 10-6765 35 36 4-103932 5-791816 8-147252 11-4239 36 37 4-268089 6-081406 8-636087 12-2236 37 38 4-438813 6-385477 9-154252 13-0792 38 39 4-616365 6704751 9-703507 13-9948 39 40 4-801020 7-039988 10-285717 14-9744 40 41 4-99306 1 7-391988 10-902861 16-022670 41 42 5-192784 7-761588 11-557033 17-144257 42 43 5-400495 8-149667 ] 2 "250455 18-344355 43 44 5616519 8-557150 12-985482 19-628460 44 45 5-841176 8-985008 13-764611 21-002452 45 46 6-074823 9-434258 14-590487 22-472623 46 47 6-317816 9905!)71 15-465917 24045707 47 48 6-570528 10-401 270 16-393872 25-728907 48 49 6-833349 10-921333 17-377504 27-529930 49 | 50 7-106683 11-467400 18-420154 29-457025 50 224 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES. Table IV. Shoioing the Present Value of £1 per Annum (Annuity) for any Number of Years not exceeding 50. Yrs. 4 per Cent. 5 per Cent. 6 per Cent. 7 per Cent. Yrs. 1 1-000000 1-000000 , 1-000000 1-00000 1 2 2-040000 2-050000 2-060000 2-07000 2 3 3-121600 3-152500 3-183600 3-21490 3 4 4-246464 4-310125 4-374616 4-43994 4 5 5-416322 5-525631 5-637092 5-75073 5 6 6-632975 6-801912 6-975318 7-15329 6 7 7-898294 8-142008 8-393837 8-65402 7 8 9-214226 9-549108 9-897467 102598 8 9 10-582795 11-026564 11-491315 11-9779 9 10 12-006107 12-577892 13-180794 13-8164 10 11 13-486351 14-206787 14-791642 15-7836 11 12 15-025805 15-917126 16-869941 17-8884 12 13 16-626837 17-712982 18-882137 20-1406 13 14 18-291911 19-598631 21-015065 22-5504 14 15 20-023587 21-578563 23-275969 25-1290 15 16 21-824531 23-657491 25-672528 27-8880 16 17 23-697512 25-840366 28-212879 30-8402 17 18 25-645412 28-132384 30-905652 33-9990 18 19 27-671229 30-539003 33-759991 37-3789 19 20 29-778078 33-065954 36-785591 40-9954 20 21 31-969201 35-719251 39-992726 44-8651 21 22 34-247969 38-505214 43-392290 49-0057 22 23 36-617888 41-430475 46995827 53-4361 23 24 39-082604 44-501998 50-815577 58-1766 24 25 41-645908 47-727098 54-864512 63-2490 25 26 44-311744 51-113453 59-156382 68-6764 26 27 47*084214 54-669126 63-705765 74-4838 27 28 49-967582 58-402582 68-528111 80-6976 28 29 52-966286 62-322711 73-639798 87-3465 29 30 56-084937 66-438847 79-058186 94-4607 30 31 59-328355 70-760789 84-801677 102-073 31 32 62-701468 75-298829 90-889778 110218 32 33 66-209527 80-063770 97-343164 118-933 33 34 69-857908 85066959 104-183754 128-258 34 35 73-652224 90-320307 111-434779 138-236 35 36 77-598313 95-836322 119-120866 148-913 36 37 81-702246 101-628138 127-268118 160-337 37 38 85-970336 107-708545 135-904205 172-561 38 39 90-409149 114-095023 145-058458 185-640 39 40 95-025515 120-799774 154-761965 199-635 40 41 41 99-826536 127-83976 165-09768 214-60957 42 104-81960 135-23175 175-95055 230-63224 42 43 11001238 142-99334 187-50758 247-77650 43 44 115-41288 151-14301 199-75803 266-12085 44 45 121-02939 159-70016 212-74351 285-74931 45 46 126-87057 168-68516 226-50812 30675176 46 47 132-94539 178-11942 241-09861 329-22439 47 48 139-26321 188-02539 256-56453 352-27009 48 49 145-83373 198-42666 272-95840 378-99900 49 50 152-66708 209-34800 290-33590 406-52893 50 INTEREST AND ANNUITY TABLES. 225 Table V. Showing the Amount of £\ per Annum (Annuity) forborne and improved at Compound Interest for any Number of Years not exceeding 50. Yrs. 4 per Cent. 5 per Cent. 6 per Cent. 7 per Cent. Yrs. 1 0-961539 0-952381 0-943396 0-9345 1 2 1-886095 1-859410 1-833393 1-8080 2 3 2-775091 2-723-248 2-673012 2-6243 3 4 3-629895 3-545951 3-465106 3-3872 4 5 4-451822 4-329477 4-212364 4-1001 5 6 5-242137 5-075692 4-917324 4-7665 6 7. 6-002055 5-786373 5-582382 5-3892 7 8 6-732745 6-463213 6-209794 5-9712 8 9 7-435331 7-107822 6-801692 6-5152 9 10 8-110896 7-721735 7-360087 7-0235 10 11 8-760476 8-306414 7-886875 7-4986 11 12 9-385073 8-863252 8-383844 7-9426 12 13 9-985647 9-393573 8-852683 8-3576 13 14 10-563122 9-898641 9-294984 8-7454 14 15 11-118387 10-379658 9-712249 9-1079 15 16 11-652295 10-837770 10-105895 9-4466 16 17 12-165668 11-274066 10-477260 9-7632 17 18 12-659296 11-689587 10-827604 10-059 18 19 13-133939 12-085311 11-158117 10-335 19 20 13-590325 12-462210 11-469921 10-594 20 21 14-029159 12-821153 11-764077 10-585 21 22 14-451114 13-163003 12-041582 11-061 22 23 14-856841 13-488574 12-303379 11-272 23 24 15-246962 13-798642 12-550358 11-469 24 25 15-622079 14-093945 12783356 11-653 25 26 15-982768 14-375185 13-003166 11-825 26 27 16-329584 14-643034 13-210534 11-986 27 28 16-663062 14-898127 13-406164 12-137 28 29 16-983713 15-141074 13-590721 12-277 29 30 17-292032 15-372451 13-764831 12-409 30 31 17-588492 15-592810 13-929086 12-531 31 32 17-873550 15-802677 14-084044 12-646 32 33 18-147644 16002549 14230230 12-753 33 34 18-411196 16-192904 14-368141 12-854 34 35 18-664612 16-374194 14-498247 12-947 35 36 18-908280 16546852 14-620987 13-035 36 37 19-142577 16-711287 14-736780 13-117 37 38 19-367863 16-867893 14-846019 13-193 38 39 19-584483 17-017041 14-949075 13-264 39 40 19-792772 17-159086 15-046297 13-331 40 41 19-993052 ~ 17-2943~G8~ 15T380T6 13-394120 41 42 20-185627 17-423208 15-224543 13-452449 42 43 20-370795 17-545912 15-306173 13-506962 43 44 20-548841 17-662773 15-383182 13-557908 44 45 20-720040 17-774070 15-455832 13-605522 45 46 20-884654 17-880067 15-524370 13-650020 46 47 21-042936 17-981016 15-589028 13-691608 47 48 21-195131 18-077158 15-650027 13-730474 48 49 21-341472 18-168722 15-707572 13-766799 49 50 21-482185 18-255925 15-7(!1K61 13-800746 50 226 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES. English troy grains. Section II. FOREIGN WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. Comparison of French Weights and Measures with English. Old System.* The Paris pound =7561 " ounce = 472-5625 " gros = 59-0703 " grain = 00-8204 The toise=6 French feet; the league = 2282 toises. The Paris royal foot of 12 inches = 12-7977"] The inch - - = 1-0659 J- English inches. The line, or one-twelfth of an inch = -0074 J The Paris cubic foot = 1-211273 English cubic foot. The cubic inch= 1*21063 English cubic inch. The square inch = 1*13582 English square inch. An arpent= %■ English acre ; arpent royal = 1^ English acre. Measures of Capacity. — The Paris pint contains 58*145 English cubical inches ; and the English wine pint contains 28-875 cubical inches ; or the Paris pint contains 2-0171082 English pints ; therefore, to reduce the Paris pint to the English, multiply by 2*0171082. The New System. Lineal Measure. Eng. inches. Millimetre = -03937 Centimetre = -39371 Decimetre = 3-9371 Metre t =39*371 Eng. inches. Decametre = 393-71 Hecatometre = 3937*1 Chiliometre = 39371 Myriometre =393710 miles. A decametre = P- yds. 10 ft. 2 in. 97 A hecatometre = 109 1 •1 A chiliometre = 4 213 1 10*2 A myriometre = 6 mietres are nearly = 5 E 1 156 nglish miles. •5 Note. — Deca prefixed, denotes 10 times; hecato, 100 times ; chilio, 1000 times, &c. On the other hand tied, ccnti, milli, denotes the 10th, 100th, 1000th part, &c. So that metre is the element of long measures ; are, of superficial measures ; stere, that of solid measures ; and litre is the element of the measures of capacity ; also, gramme is the element of all weights, being itself the weight of a cubic centimetre of distilled Still used in many parts. t An English inch = "0534 metres. FOREIGN WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 227 water. The are is the square decametre ; the litre, the cubic deci- metre ; the stere, the cubic metre. The metre itself is one ten-millionth part of the terrestrial arc intercepted between the equator and the north pole, as determined by the actual measurement of degrees in different latitudes. Measures of Capacity. Eng. cub. inch. Millilitre Centilitre Decilitre Litre = -06102 = -61024 = 6-10244 = 61-02442 Eng. cub. inch. Decalitre = 610-24429 Hecatolitre= 6102-44288 Chiliolitre = 61024-42878 Myriolitre = 610244-28778 A litre is nearly 2a wine pints = 1-7607 English pint = -22 gallons. 14 decilitres are nearly 3 wine pints. A decalitre = 2-2009 Eng. gallons ; a hecatolitre = 22*009 Eng. gal. A chiliolitre is 1 tun, 12-75 wine gallons. Measures of Weight. Eng. grains. Eng. grains. Milligramme = -0154 Hecatogramme = 1544-4023 Centigramme = -1544 Chiliogrammc 1 i ''444-0234 Decigramme = 1*5444 (Kilogram) J Gramme = 15-4440 Myriogramme =154440-2344 Decagramme = 154-4402 A gramme = 15-444 gr. = 0-644 pennyweights = '03216 oz. troy. A decagramme is 6 dwts. 10-44 gr. troy ; or 5 - 65 dr. avoirdupois. A hecatogramme is 3 oz. 8-5 dr. avoirdupois. A chiliogramme is 2 lb. 3 oz. 5 dr. avoirdupois = 2-68 lb. troy. A myriogramme is 22 lbs. 1*15 oz. avoirdupois. 100 myriogrammes are 1 ton, wanting 32-8 lbs. or = 2207'2 lbs. Agrarian Measure. Metre carre = 1*196033 square yards English. Are, 1 square decametre = 119-6046 English yards = 3-95 perches = ■0988 roods. Decare= 1196*046 English yards = 39 - 5 perches. Ilecatare = 11960-46 English yards = 2 acres, 1 rood, 30-1 perches. Solid Measure. Decistre ^th stere == 3-5315 cubic feet English, for f re-wood. Stere, 1 cubic metre = 55315 cubic feet English. Decastcre = 353*15 cubic feet English. Division of the Circle. French. 100 seconds = 1 minute. 100 minutes = 1 degree. 100 degrees = 1 quadrant. 4 quadrants = 1 circle. Q 2 English. 60 seconds ="* 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 degree. 360 degrees = l circle. 228 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES. Proportion of Long Measures of different Nations to the English Foot, which, for the sahe of Comparison, is divided into 1000 Parts. English foot - 1000 Rhinland - 1033 Dantzic 944 Paris - -v 1068 Strasburg - 951 Danish - 1042 Venetian - 1162 Nuremberg - 1000 Swedish 977f Itinerary ' Measures of European Nations. Eng. miles. En^ miles. French league is about - n An Italian mile is about _i_! A German mile . 4 A Spanish league - H A Dutch mile - H A Russian verst 3 4 Section III. MATHEMATICAL TABLES. Table of Square and Cube Roots. No. 1 Sq. root. Cube root. No. Sq. root. Cube root. No. Sq. root. Cube root. 1- 1- 340 18-4390 6-979 680 26-0768 8-793 10 3-1622 2-154 350 18-7082 7-047 690 26-2678 8-836 20 4-4721 2-714 360 18-9736 7-113 700 26-4575 8-879 30 5-4772 3-107 370 19-2353 7-179 710 26-6458 8-921 40 6-3245 3-419 380 19-4935 7-243 720 26-8328 8-962 50 7-0710 3-684 390 19-7484 7-306 730 27-0185 9-004 60 7-7459 3-914 400 20- 7-368 740 27-2029 9-045 70 8-3666 4-121 410 20-2484 7-428 750 27-3861 9-085 80 8-9442 4-308 420 20-4939 7-488 760 27-5680 9-125 90 9-4868 4-481 430 20-7364 7-547 770 27-7488 9-165 100 10- 4-641 440 20-9761 7-605 780 27-9284 9-205 110 10-4880 4-791 450 21-2132 7-663 790 28-1069 9-244 120 10-9544 4-932 460 21-4476 7-719 800 28-2842 9-283 130 11-4017 5-065 470 21-6794 7-774 810 28-4604 9-321 140 11-8321 5-192 480 21-9089 7-829 820 28-6356 9359 150 12-2474 5-313 490 22-1359 7-883 830 28-8097 9-397 160 12-6491 5-428 500 22-3606 7-937 840 28-9827 9-435 170 13-0384 5-539 510 22-5831 7-989 850 29-1547 9-472 180 13-4164 5-646 520 22-8035 8-041 860 29-3257 9-509 190 13-7840 5-748 530 23-0217 8-092 870 29-4957 9-546 200 14-1421 5-848 540 23-2379 8-143 880 29-6647 9-582 210 14-4913 5-643 550 23-4520 8-193 890 29-8328 9-619 220 14-8323 6-036 560 23-6643 8-242 900 30- 9654 230 15-1657 6-126 570 23-8746 8-291 910 30-1662 9-690 240 15-4919 6-214 580 24-0831 8-339 920 30-3315 9-725 250 15-8113 6-299 590 24-2899 8-387 930 30-4959 9/761 260 16-1245 6-382 600 24-4948 8-434 940 30-6594 9-795 270 16-4316 6-463 610 24-6981 8-480 950 30-8220 9-830 280 16-7332 6-542 620 24-8997 8-527 960 30-9838 9-864 290 17-0293 6-619 630 25-0998 8-572 970 31-1448 9-898 300 17-3205 6-694 640 25-2982 8-617 980 31-3049 9932 310 17-6068 6-767 650 25-4950 8-662 990 31-4642 9-966 320 17-8885 6-839 660 25-6904 8-706 999 31-6069 9-996 330 18-1659 6-910 670 25-8843 8-750 MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 229 A Table of the Areas, Circumferences of Circles, and Sides of equal Squares corresponding to all Diameters, from 1 to 100. Diameter. Area. Circumference. Side of equal Square. 1-00 0-78539 3-141592 0-88622 2- 3-141592 6-283185 1-77245 3- 7-068583 9-424777 2-65868 4- 12-566370 12-566370 3-54490 5- 19-634954 15-707963 4-43113 6- 28-274333 18-849555 5-31736 7* 38-484560 21-991148 6-20358 8- 50-265482 25-132741 7-08981 9- 63-617251 28-274333 7-97604 io- 78-539816 31-415926 8-86226 ii- 95-033177 34-557519 9-74849 12- 113-097335 37-699111 1063472 13- 132-732289 40-840704 11-52095 14- 153-938040 43-982297 12-40717 15- 176-714586 47-123889 13-29340 16- 201-061929 50-265482 14-17963 17- 226-980069 53-407075 15-06585 18- 254-469004 56-548667 15-95208 19- 283-528736 59-690260 16-83831 20- 314-159265 62-831853 17-72453 21- 346-360590 65-973445 18-61076 22- 380-132711 69-115038 19-49699 23- 415-475628 72-256631 20-38321 24- 452-389342 75-398223 21-26944 25' 490-873852 78-539816 22-15567 26- 530-929158 81-681408 2304190 27- 572-555261 84-823001 23-92812 28- 615-752160 87-964594 24-81435 29- 660-519855 91-106186 25-70058 30- 706-858347 94-247779 26-58680 31- 754-767635 97-389372 27-47303 32- 804-247719 100-530964 28-35926 33- 855-298599 103-672557 29-24548 34- 907-920276 106-814150 30-13171 35- 962-112750 109-955742 31-01794 36- 1017-876019 113-097335 31-90416 37 1075-210085 116-238928 32-79039 38- 1134-114947 119-380520 33-67662 39- 1194-590606 122-522113 34-56285 40- 1256-637041 125-663706 35-44907 41- 1320254312 128-805298 36-33530 42- 1385-442360 131-946891 37-22153 43- 1452-201204 135-083484 38-10775 44- 1520-530844 138-230076 38-993! 18 45- 1590431280 141-371669 39-88021 46- 1661-902513 144-513262 40-76643 47- 1734-944542 147-654854 41-65266 48- 1809-557368 150-796447 42-53889 49- 1885-740990 153-938040 43-42511 Q 3 230 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES. Diam eter. Area. Circumference. Side of equal Square 50 1963-495408 157-079632 44-31134 51 2042-820622 160-221225 45-19757 52 2123-716633 163-362817 46-08380 53 2206-183440 166-504410 46-97002 54 2290221044 169-646003 47-85625 55 2375-829444 172-787595 48-74248 56 2463-008640 175-929188 49-62870 57 2551-758632 179-070781 50-51493 58 2642-079421 182212373 51-40116 59 2733-971006 185-353966 52-28738 60 2827-433388 188-495559 53-17364 61 2922-466566 191-637151 54-05984 62 3019-070540 194-778744 54-94606 63 3117-245310 197-920337 55-83229 64 3216-990877 201-061929 56-71852 65 3318-307240 204-203522 57-60475 66 3421-194399 207 345115 58-49097 67 3525-652355 210-486707 5937720 68 3631-681107 213-628300 60-26343 69 3739-280655 216-769893 61-14965 70 3848-451000 219-911485 62-03588 71 3959-192141 223-053078 62-92211 72 4071-504079 226-194671 63-80833 73 4185-386812 '229-336263 • 64-69456 74 4300-840342 232-477856 65-58079 75 4417-864669 235-619449 66-46701 76 4536-459791 238-761041 67-35324 77 4656-625710 241-902634 68-23947 78 4778-362426 245-044226 69-12570 79 4901-669937 248-185819 70-01192 80 5026-548245 251-327412 70-89815 81 5152-997350 254-469004 71-78438 82 5281-017250 257-610597 72-67060 83 5410-607947 260-752190 73-55683 84 5541-769440 263-893782 74-44306 85 5674-501730 267-035375 75-32928 86 5808-804816 270-176968 76-21551 87 5944-678698 273-318560 77-10174 88 6082-123377 276460153 77-98796 89 6221-138852 279-601746 78-87419 90 6361-725123 282-743338 79-76042 91 6503-882191 285884931 80-64669 92 6647-610054 289-026524 81-53287 93 6792-908715 292-168116 82-41910 94 6939-778171 295-309709 83-30533 95 7088-218424 298-451302 84-19155 96 7238-229473 301-592894 85-07778 97 7389-811319 304-734487 85-96406 98 7542-963961 307-876080 86-85023 99 7697-687399 311-017672 87-73646 100 7853-981633 314 159265 88-62269 THE THERMOMETER. 231 Table showing the Power of various Species of Fuel, in reference to~ Hothouses, and other Buildings heated by Steam. Species of Fuel. Effect in lb. of Water heat- ed one Degree by one lb. of Fuel. Effect in lb. of Water converted into Steam of 220°. Quantity to convert a Cu- bic Foot of Water into low-pressure Steam. Quantity to convert a Cubic Foot of Water into Steam, al- lowing 10 per cent, for loss. Will melt of Ice. Caking coal - 9800 lb. 8-4 lb. 7-45 lb. 8-22 lb. 90 1b. Coke - 9000 — 7-7 — 8-1 — 9-00 — 94 — Splint coal 7900 — 6-75 — 9-25 — 10-28 — Oak wood, dry G000 — ' 5-13 — 12-2 — 136 — 92 — Ordinary oak - 3600 — 3-07 — 20-31 — 22-6 — Peat compact, of ordinary dryness 3250 — 2-8 — 22-5 — 25-0 — 19 — Section IV. OF THE THERMOMETER. The thermometer is an instrument for measuring the temperature of bodies, or the degree of intensity of their sensible heat. There are three different sorts of thermo- meters employed: thus, 1st, Fahrenheit's, used chiefly in Britain, Holland, and North America, the freezing point of which is at 32°, and the boiling point at 212°. 2nd. Reaumur's, used in France before the revolution, and now in Spain and elsewhere; the freezing point is zero (0), the boiling at 80°. 3rd, the Celsius, or Centigrade, now used everywhere by men of science, in which zero or freez- ing point is 0°, and the boiling point 100°. We have noticed that the freezing point of Fahrenheit's thermometer is marked 32°, and the reason for this is said to have been, that this artist thought he had produced the greatest degree of cold possible, by a mixture of snow and salt, and the point at which the thermometer then stood in this temperature he marked zero. The point at which mercury begins to boil, he conceived to be the greatest degree of heat, and he made this the limit of his scale. He divided the distance between these two points into 600 equal parts, or degrees, and by trials he found that the mercury stood at 32°, or at the 32 division, when water u 4 232 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES. beyan to freeze ; and this station he called the freezing point. When the tube was put into boiling water the mer- cury rose to 2 1 2°, which is therefore the boiling point, and it is 180° above the freezing point; for 180° + 32° = 212°. In De l'lsle's thermometer, the whole bulk of the mer- cury when placed in boiling water is conceived to be divided into 100,000 equal parts, and from this one fixed point, the various degrees of heat, either above or below it, are marked in these parts on the scale by the various expansions or contractions of the mercury in all the im- aginable varieties of heat. In Reaumur's thermometers, or more properly De Luc's, the scale begins at the freezing point, which is marked or zero ; and the point to which the mercury rises when the thermometer is in boiling water is marked 80°, which of course corresponds with 212° of Fahrenheit's. The thermometer of Celsius has 100° between the freezing point and that of boiling water. The temperatures indicated by any of these thermometers may be reduced to the correspond- ing degrees of any of the others by the following rules : — To reduce the degrees of temperature of the Centi- grade thermometer, and of that of Reaumur, to degrees of Fahrenheit's scale, and conversely, we have — Utile 1. Multiply the Centigrade degrees by 9 and divide the product by 5, or multiply the degrees of Reaumur -by 9 and divide the product by 4 ; then add 32 to the quotient in either case, and the sum is the degrees of temperature on Fahrenheit's scale. Rule 2. From the number of degrees on Fahrenheit's scale subtract 32 ; multiply the remainder by 5 for Centi- grade degrees, or by 4 for those of Reaumur's scale, and the product in either case being divided by 9 will give the temperature required. Note. — We have given this introduction and these rules in order that the reader may have a full knowledge of a useful instrument, without which we cannot regulate the temperature of hothouses accurately. If there should be one thermometer of each sort in a house, he would then see the accuracy of our table, and the truthfulness of the foresoino; rules. Table of Comparison of different Thermometers, showing by inspection the Correspondence between the Degrees of the different Scales mentioned. Fahr. Reaum. Cen. Fahr. Reaum. Cen. Fahr. Reaum. Cen. Fahr. Reaum. Cen. 212 80 100 153 53-7 67-2 94 27-5 34 4 35 1-3 1-6 211 79 5 99-4 152 53-3 66-6 93 27-1 33-8 34 0-8 1-1 210 79-1 98-8 151 52-8 66-1 92 26-6 33-3 33 0-4 0-5 209 78-6 98-3 150 52-4 65-5 91 26-2 32-7 32 208 78-2 97-7 149 52 65 90 25-7 32-2 31 —0-4 — 0-5 207 77-7 97-2 148 51-5 64-4 89 25-3 31-6 30 — 0-8 — 1-1 206 77-3 96-6 147 51-1 63-8 88 24-8 31-1 29 — 1-3 —1-6 205 76-8 961 146 50-6 63-3 87 24-4 305 28 —1-7 —2 "2 204 76-4 95-5 145 50'2 62 7 86 24 30 27 —2-2 —2-7 203 76 95 144 49-7 62-2 85 23-5 29-4 26 —2 6 —3-3 202 75-5 94-4 143 49-3 61-6 84 23-1 28-8 25 —3-1 —3-8 201 75-1 93-8 142 48-8 61-1 83 22-6 28-3 24 —3-5 —4-4 200 74-6 93-3 141 48*4 60-5 82 22-2 27-7 23 —4 —5 199 74-2 92-7 140 48 60 81 21-7 27-2 22 —4-4 -5-5 198 73-7 92-2 139 47-5 59-4 80 21-3 26-6 21 —4-8 —6-1 197 73 3 91-6 138 47-1 58-8 79 20-8 26-1 20 —5-3 —6-6 196 72-8 91-1 137 466 58-3 78 20-4 25-5 19 —5-7 —7-2 195 72-4 90-5 136 46 2 57-7 77 20 25 18 —6-2 —7-7 194 72 90 135 45-7 57-2 76 19-5 24-4 17 —6-6 —8-3 193 71-5 89-4 134 45-3 56-6 75 19-1 23-8 16 —7-1 —8-8 192 71-1 88-8 133 44-8 56-1 74 18-6 23-3 15 — 7-5 —9-5 191 70-6 88-3 132 44-4 55-5 73 182 22-7 14 —8 —10 190 70-2 87-7 131 44 55 72 17-7 22 "2 13 —8-4 — 10-5 189 69-7 87-2 130 43-5 54-4 71 17-3 21 -6 12 —8-8. —11-1 188 693 86-6 129 43-1 53-8 70 16-8 21-1 11 —9 3 — 11-6 187 68-8 86-1 128 42-6 53 -3 69 16-4 20-5 10 — 97 — 12-2 186 68-4 85-5 127 42-2 52-7 68 16 20 9 — 10-2 — 12-7 185 68 85 126 41-7 52-2 67 15-5 19 4 8 —10-6 — 13-3 184 67-5 84-1 125 41-3 51-6 66 15-1 18-8 7 — 11-1 — 13-8 183 67-1 83-8 124 40-8 51-1 65 14-6 18-3 6 —11-5 —14-4 182 66 6 83-3 123 40-4 50-5 64 14-2 17-7 5 —12 —15 181 66-2 82-7 122 40 50 63 13-7 17-2 4 —12-4 —15-5 180 65-7 82-2 121 39-5 49-4 62 13-3 16-6 3 — 12-8 —16-1 179 65-3 81-6 120 39-1 48-8 61 12-8 16-1 2 —13-3 — 16'6 178 64-8 8 1-1 119 38-6 48-3 60 12-4 15-5 1 —13-7 — 17-2 177 64-4 80-5 118 38-2 47-7 59 12 15 — 14-2 —17-7 176 64 80 117 37-7 47-2 58 11-5 14-4 — 1 —14-6 — 18-3 175 63-5 79'4 116 37-3 46 '6 57 111 13-8 —2 —15-1 —18-8 174 63 -1 78-8 115 36-8 46-1 56 106 13-3 —3 —15-5 —19-4 173 62-6 78-3 114 36-4 45-5 55 10-2 12-7 —4 —16 —20 172 62-2 77-7 113 36 45 54 9-7 12-2 —5 — 16-4 —20-5 171 61-7 77-2 112 35-5 44-4 53 9-3 11-6 —6 — 16 8 —21-1 170 61-3 76-6 111 35-1 43-8 52 8-8 11-1 —7 —17-3 —21-6 169 60-8 76-1 110 34-6 43-3 51 8-4 105 —8 —17-7 22*2 168 60-4 75-5 109 34-2 42-7 50 8 10 —9 — 18-2 22 •"} 167 60 75 108 33 -7 42-2 49 7-5 9-4 —10 — 18-6 —23-3 166 59-5 74-4 107 33 -3 41-6 48 7-1 8-8 —11 — 19-1 — 23-8 165 59-1 73-8 106 32 8 41-1 47 6-6 8-3 —12 — 19-5 — 24-4 164 58-6 73-3 105 324 40-5 46 6-2 7-7 —13 — 20 —25 163 58-2 72-7 104 32 40 45 5-7 7-2 — 14 —204 —25-5 162 57-7 722 103 3 1 -5 39-4 44 5-3 6-6 — 15 —20-8 —26-1 161 57-3 71-6 102 31-1 38-8 43 4-8 6-1 — 16 — 21 -3 — 26-6 160 56-8 71-1 101 30-6 38-3 42 4-4 5\ r > — 17 —2 1 -7 —27-2 159 56-4 70-5 100 30-2 37-7 41 4 5 —18 22'2 —27-7 158 56 70 99 29-7 37-2 40 3-5 4-4 — 1!) -22 6 —28-3 157 55 -5 69-4 98 29-3 36-6 39 3-1 3-8 — 20 —23-1 —28-8 156 55-1 6S-8 97 28-8 36-1 38 2 -6 3-3 —21 —23 -5 — 294 155 546 68-3 96 28-4 35 '5 37 2 2 2-7 — 22 —24 —30 154 54 ■'-' 67-7 95 28 35 36 1-7 2-2 — 23 —2 1-1 — 30 5 234 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES. Section V. DIGGING, WELL-SINKING, &c. 24 cubic feet of sand, 17 ditto of clay, 18 ditto of earth, 13 ditto of chalk, equal 1 ton. 1 cubic yard of earth before digging will occupy about 1^ cubic yard when dug, and it contains 21 striked bushels, which is consi- dered a single load, and double these quantities a double load. A load of mortar is 27 cubic feet, and requires for its preparation 9 bushels of lime' and 1 cubic yard of sand. The mass will lessen one -third in bulk when made into mortar. In facing wells, or building walls with freestone, which is largely used for this purpose in many parts of the country, all the stones ought to be laid on their natural beds, otherwise they will flush at the joints, and the lamina? speedily give way to the action of the air and water. Table showing the Quantity of Earth to be removed, the Number of Bricks, and Quantity of Water in Imperial Gallons, contained in circidar Wells for each Foot in depth. Diameter in the \ Brick rim. I Brick rim. Content in Imperial Number of Bricks. Number of Bricks. clear. Cubic Feet of digging. Cubic Feet of digging. Gallon. Laid dry. In Mortar. Laid dry. In Mortar. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. 1 2 4 28 23 4 9 70 58 4-90 1 3 3 1 33 27 5 9 80 66 7-65 1 6 4 38 31 7 1 90 74 11-02 1 9 4 9 43 35 8 3 102 82 15-00 2 5 9 48 41 9 6 112 92 1958 2 3 7 1 53 44 11 122 100 24-78 2 6 8 3 58 48 12 6 132 108 30-59 3 11 68 57 15 9 154 126 44-05 3 6 14 2 79 65 19 6 174 142 60-96 4 17 7 S9 73 23 8 194 154 78-31 4 6 21 6 100 82 28 3 214 176 99-11 5 2(3 110 90 33 2 234 192 122-36 5 6 30 7 120 98 38 5 254 209 148-06 6 35 8 130 107 44 2 276 226 176-20 6 6 41 3 140 115 50 3 296 242 206-80 7 47 2 150 123 56 7 316 260 239-83 7 6 53 5 160 131 63 6 336 276 275-32 8 60 1 170 140 70 9 358 292 313-25 8 6 G7 2 180 148 78 5 378 308 353-63 9 74 7 191 156 86 6 398 326 396-46 10 90 8 212 174 103 9 438 360 489-46 235 2%L INDEX. Accounts, mode of ascertaining the accuracy of, 77. , nominal, 76. ; personal, 76. ; real, 76. Addition of Approximate Deci- mals, 20. of Decimals, 17. of Vulgar Fractions, 7. Aerial perspective, 215. Allotments of land, to set out, 165. Altitude, an angle of, how taken with the quadrant, 125. Angle of altitude and depression, mode of taking with the quadrant, 125. of incidence, 217. ; of reflec- tion, 217. Angles, horizontal, mode of taking, 129. of depression, how taken, 124. of elevation, how taken, 124. — — which the hour lines form with the meridian on a horizontal dial, 131. Angular bird's-eye Perspective, 215. perspective, 2 1 5. perspective, to draw a house in, 213. Annuities, 37. certain, 37. , present worth of, 39. Annuity tables, 219. Apothecaries' weight, 24. Approximate Decimals, 18. , addition of, 20. , subtraction of, 20. Architectural drawing, 191. mouldings, 195. Architecture, the five orders of, 194. Areas of polygons whose sides arc 1, table of, 124. Arithmetic, 2. of Terminal Decimals, 17. Arithmetical calculations, data for, 22. Atmospheric pressure, effect of, on running liquids, 152. Avoirdupois weight, 25. B. Bailiffs, book-keeping for, 55. Bark, expense of peeling, loading on waggons, &c, 65. , mode of conducting sales of, 65. Bartering interests in property, 43. Bearings, horizontal, mode of taking, 129. Bench marks, 178. Book-keeping, 49. for bailiffs, 55. for farmers, 70. for foresters, 63. for gardeners, 49. for land-stewards, 55. for nurserymen, 67. Bought-book for nurserymen, 69. Breast-wheel, 139. Cash-book for farmers, 74, 75. for foresters, 64. for gardeners, 49. - for land-stewards, 60, 61. for nurserymen, 70. Centre of gravity, 135. Chain, description of the, 154. Chain-pump, 153. Chords, scale of, ] 22. Ciphers in decimals, use of, 13. Circle in perspectire, to draw, 215. , mode of finding its diameter and circumference, 104. , to find its area, 1 o I . Circles, table of the areas and cir- cumferences of, 229. 236 INDEX. Circles, to project, 208. Coal measure, 25. Colouring maps, 189. plans, 204. Colours, the kinds of, 204. Commercial weight, 25. Compasses, use of, 95. Compound Interest, 36. Compound Proportion, 33. Cone, to find the content of, 108. Conventional mode of delineation, 186. Cross, description and use of the, 155. Cross Multiplication, 21. Cube Root, 47. , applications of the, 48. Cube roots, table of, 228. Cube, to find the solid content of, 107. Cubes in perspective, to represent, 212. Cylinder, to find the solid content of, 107. 1). Data for arithmetical calculations, 22. Datum line, 178. Day-book for farmers, 71, 72. for foresters, 64. Decimal Fraction, to find its value, 16. Fractions, 12. , , notation and re- duction of, 12. Decimals, addition of, 17. - , division of, 18. ■ , multiplication of, 17. , subtraction of, 17. , the several kinds of, 15. Definitions in geometry, 96. in trigonometry, 121. Delineation of estates, 184. Denominator, 2. Depression, an angle of, how taken with the quadrant, 126. Dialling, 130. Digging, 234. Distance, to measure, 156. Distances, how to ascertain, 124. Division of Decimals, 1 8. ■ of Vulgar Fractions, 9. Double Rule of Three ; see Com- pound Proportion. Drawing architecturally, 191. instruments, 193. isometrically, 209. •^— — materials, 192. Drawings, water- coloured, to var- nish, 218. Dry measure, 23. Dung-heaps, to estimate the contents of, 119. Duodecimals, 21. E. Elevations of the fronts of houses, how to draw, 200. Ellipsis, mode of finding its area, 106. Equatorial dial, mode of construct- ing, 130. Equilibrium, from what it results, 134. Estate, plan of, 164. , to survey, 159. Estates, freehold, how to ascertain their value, 42. , modes of delineating, 184. , to compute the contents of, 161. Evolution, 45. Farm book-keeping, 70. Farming, practical questions in Men- suration relating to, 118. Fences, how to denote to which fields they belong, 165. Field-book used in land-surveying, 160. ; example of the form of, 162, 163. in levelling, 173 ; ex- ample of the form of, 176. Field of an irregular form, to survey, 157. of a triangular shape, to survey, 156. of four sides, to measure, 157. Flotation, line of, 149. , plane of, 149. Fluids, equilibrium of, 144. , friction or resistance of, in pipes, 152. in motion, 150. Fly-wheels, 137. Force, how represented by lines, 1 33. ■ , influence of, on bodies either in motion, or at rest, 133. Forcing-pump, its use, 153. Foreign weights and measures, 226. Foresters, book-keeping for, 63. Forestry, practical questions in Men- suration relating to, 114. INDEX. 237 Fractional numbers, roots and pow- ers of, 45. Fractions, 2. , of higher denominations, to value, 1 1. ■-, of lower denominations, to reduce to those of higher, 10. , to reduce to lower terms, , to reduce to others of equal value that have the same denominator, 6. Freehold estates, rules for ascertain- ing the value of, 42. Freeholds, 37. French weights and measures, com- parison of, with English, 226. Fuel, power of various species of, in reference to hothouses, and other buildings heated by steam, 231. G. Garden account, 50. Garden book-keeping, 49. Gardening, questions in Mensuration relating to, 1 10. Geometrical definitions, 96. problems, 97. Geometry, 95. Globe, to find the solidity of, 110. Gravities, specific, 13G. Gravity, centre of, 135. II. Hay-making account, 57. ; example of, 58. I lay-ricks, to estimate the contents of, 118. Heaped measure, 25. Heaps of dung, mode of estimating, 119. Heights and distances, how ascer- tained, 124. Hints applicable to the different modes of drawing plans, 189. Horizontal angles or bearings, mode of taking, 129. Horse power, 138. House in angular perspective, to draw, 213. Houses, elevations of the fronts of, how to draw, 200. Hydraulics, 150. Hydrostatics, 144. Imperial liquid and dry measure, 23. Improper fractions to reduce to whole or mixed numbers, 4. Incidence, angle of, 217. Inclined planes, 141. Instruments used in drawing, 193. , land-surveying, 154. levelling, 171. Interest, 34. ■ , at 5 per cent., how to cal- culate, 27. tables, 219. Introduction, 1. Invoice-book for farmers, 72, 73. for nurserymen ; see Bought-book. Involution, 44. Isometrical drawing, 209. perspective, 210. projection, 207. view, 187. Journal for farm-bailiff!s, 56, 51. for nurserymen, 68. K. Kitchen-book, example of, 52. Labour-book for farmers, 73, 74. — — ■ for foresters, 63. for gardeners, «49. for nurserymen, 70. Land, mode of measuring and es- timating, 154. , to set out small allotments of, 165. Land-stewards, book-keeping for, 59. Land-surveying, 154.; instruments used in, 154. , field-book used in, 160. Ledger for farmers, 76. 78. for land-stewards, 62. for nurserymen, 67, 68, 69. Level, difference between the appa- rent and true, 169. 181. , true line of, 169. Levelling, 169. 238 INDEX. Levelling, field-book used in, 173. 176. instrument, how to prove its accuracy, 179. , instruments used in, 171. with the quadrant, 180. Levelling-staves, 172. Lever, 140. Linear perspective, 215. Line or distance, to measure, 156. Lines, to represent magnitude in forces and their direction by, 133. Liquid measure, 23. Liquids, running, effect of atmos- pheric pressure on, 152. Load line, 149. Long measure, 23. Loudon, the late J. C. Esq., an ac- count of his life and writings, ix. ; a few anecdotes of, xlix. ; an elegy on, lii. M. Machinery, how to gain power and speed in, 137. Machines, their influence on force, 137. Man, labouring force of, 138. Mapping, 182. Maps, shading and colouring, 189. Materials for roads, mode of estim- ating, 120. necessary for drawing, 192. Mathematical tables, 228. Measure of capacity, 25. Measures and weights, 22. of length, 23. of surface, 23. of time, 26. Measuring chain ; see Chain, de- scription of the. Mechanical powers, 137. Mechanics, 133. Memoir of the author, ix. Memorandum-book for gardeners, 54. Mensuration, 100. of solids, 107. of superficies, 100. . , practical questions in, relating to gardening, forestry, and farming, 110. Miscellaneous tables, 219. weights and measures, 26. Mixed number, 3. numbers, to reduce to impro- per fractions, 3. Mouldings, architectural, 195. Moving powers, 137. Multiplication of Decimals, 17. of Vulgar Fractions N. Nominal accounts, 76. Notation of Decimal Fractions, 12. Numbers, roots and powers of, 44. Numerator, 2. Nurserymen, book-keeping for, 67. O. Offsets, mode of measuring, 158. Offset-staff, 159. Orders of architecture, 194. Oval, how to find its area, 106. , mode of constructing one me- chanically on the ground, 106. Overshot wheel, 139. Parallel bird's-eye perspective, 215. ■ perspective, 215. Parallelogram, to find the area of, 100. Particular weights, 26. Personal accounts, 76. Perspective, 210. — — — • — — — drawings, shadows in, 216. ; tinting of, 217. drawing, terms used in, 210. Petty cash-book for nurserymen, 70. Plan-drawing, 198. Plane Trigonometry, 121. Planning, 182. Plans, colouring of, 204. ; shading of, 205. , hints applicable to the differ- ent modes of drawing, 1 89. Polygon, an irregular, to find the area of, 103. Polygons whose sides are 1, table of the areas of, 124. Powers of fractional numbers, 45. numbers, 44. Practical geometry, 95. trigonometry, 121. Prism, to find the solid content of, 107. Problems in geometry, 97. INDEX. 239 Problems in mensuration of solids, 107—110. in mensuration of super- ficies, 100 — 106. Profit and loss, uses of the account of, 77. Projection, 207. Property, bartering interests in, 43. Proportion, 28. Pulleys, 140. Pumps, how water is raised by, 153. Pyramid, to find the content of, 108. Q. Quadrant, how to take an angle of altitude and depression with the, 125. , levelling with the, 180. , mode of constructing, 124. , to take the angles of roofs with the, 204. Quarterly terms, 27. Questions in Mensuration relating to gardening, forestry, and farming, 110. R. Real accounts, 76. Reciprocal of any number, how to find, 18. Reduction of Decimal Fractions, 1 2. Reflection, 217. Refraction, 218. Ricks, mode of estimating the con- tents of, 118. Ridge and furrow principle of roof- ing, 202. Rivers, velocity of, mode of mea- suring, 151. Road materials, mode of estimating, 120. Roof, explanation of a section of, 201 . Roofs, to take the angles of, with the quadrant, 204. Roofing of a vinery on the ridge and furrow principle, 202. Roots of fractional numbers, 45. qf numbers, 44. Rotation-book for land-stewards, 59. Rule of Three, 28. Scale of chords, tangents, secants, &c, 122. Scale of equal parts, how constructed, and its use, 95. See also p. 193. Screws, 141. Secants, scale of, 122. •Sector, 194. See also Scale of chords, tangents, secants, &c. Shading of maps, 189. of plans, 205. Shadows in architectural drawing, 205. in perspective drawings, 21C. Simple Interest, 34. Solids, mensuration of, 107. Specific gravities, 136. Sphere, to find the solidity of, 110. -, to find the surface of, 109. Spirit level, 171. ; mode of adjusting, when out of order, 179. Square Root, 45. , applications of the, 46. roots, table of, 228. Squares in perspective, to draw, 211. , sides of, corresponding to all diameters of circles from 1 to 100, 229. Staves, 172. Steam engines, 142. Steam power, 142. Subtraction of Approximate Deci- mals, 20. of Decimals, 17. of Vulgar Fractions, 8. Superficial measure, 23. Superficies, mensuration of, 100. Surveying, practice of, 156. Table for the construction of wells, 234. of the angles which the hour lines form with the meridian on a horizontal dial, 131. of the areas of polygons whose sides are 1, 124. Tables, Interest and Annuity, 21 9. Tangents, scale of 122. Terminal Decimals, 17. Terms denoting the four quarters of the year in England and Scot- land, 27. Thermometers, description and use of the three different kinds of, 2:51. , table of comparison of different kinds of, 233. Timber, mode of measuring, 114. sale-book kept by foresters, CG. 240 INDEX. Timber trees, mode of conducting sales of, 66. Time, measures of, 26. Tinting perspective drawings, 217. Trapezium, mode of finding the area of, 103. Trees, mode of measuring, 117. Trial balance of the farmer's ac- counts, 77. 94. Triangle, how to find the area of, 102. Trigonometrical definitions, 121. Trigonometry, 121. Troy weight, 24. U. Undershot wheel, 139. Velocity of rivers, mode of measur- ing, 151. Vertical profile, 187. Vineries, how to draw, 202. Vulgar Fractions, 2. Vulgar Fractions, addition of, 7. , division of, 9. , multiplication of, 8. , subtraction of, 8. , to reduce, to decimal ones, 13. W. Wages, table to calculate, 27. Waste-book for nurserymen, 69. Water clock for measuring time, 153. Water-colour drawings, to varnish, 218. Water line, 149. Water-mills, 139. Water, power of, 143. , velocity of, 151. Wedges, 141. Weights and measures, British, 22. , foreign, 226. Well-sinking, 234. Wells, table for the construction of, 234. Wheel and axle, 140. Wheel carriages, 139. Windmills, 139. THE END. London : Printed by A. Sromswoonrc, New- Street- Square. October 1645. A Catalogue of New Works and New Editions, PRINTED FOR LONGMAN, BEOWN, GREEN, & LONGMANS, Paternoster Roiv, London. CLASSIFIED INDEX. AGRICULTURE AND RURAL AFFAIRS. Pag" Bayldon On valuing Rents, &c. - 3 Crocker's Land-Surveying - . 7 Davy's Agricultural Chemistry - 7 Greenwood's (Col.) Tree-Lifter - 10 Hannam on Waste Manures - - 11 Johnson's Farmer's Encyclopaedia 15 Loudon's Encvclop. of Agriculture 18 " Self"-Instruction for Far- mers, &c - - - 17 '* (Mrs.) Lady's Country Companion - - 17 Low's Elements of Asriculture - 19 " Breeds of the Domesticated Animals of Great Britain- 19 " On Landed Property - - 19 •' OutheDomesticatedAnimals 18 ARTS, MANUFACTURES, AND ARCHITECTURE. Brande's Dictionary of Science, &c. 5 Budge's Miner's Guide - - - 5 DellurtinontheKnowledgeofPictures7 Gwilt's Encvclop. of Architecture 11 Haydon's Lectures on Painting and Desien ----- 12 Holland's Manufactures in Metal - 11 Loudon's Encycl. of Rural Architect. 18 Porter's Manufacture of Silk - - 24 " " PorceIain& Glass 24 Reid (Dr.) On Ventilation - - 25 Steam Engine, by the Artisan Club 28 Ure's Dictionary of Arts, &c. - 31 " On Recent Improvements in Arts,&c. - 31 BIOGRAPHY. Aikin's Life of Addisou - - - 3 Bell's Lives of eminent British Poets 4 Dover's Life of the King of Prussia 8 Dunham's Lives of the Early Wri- ters of Great Britain - 8 " Lives of British Dramatists 8 Forster's Statesmen of the Com- monwealth of England 9 ■« (Rev.C.)Lifeof Bp.Jebb 9 Gleig's Lives of the most Eminent British Military Commanders - 10 Grant's (Mrs.) Memoir and Corre- spondence ----- 10 James's Life of the Black Prince - 15 " Lives of the most Eminent Foreign Statesmen - 15 Leslie's Life of Constable - - 17 Mackintosh's Life of Sir T. More 19 Maunder's Biographical Treasury - 21 Roberts's Duke of Monmouth - 25 Roscoe's Lives of British Lawyers- 25 Russell's Correspondence of the Fourth Duke of Bedford - - 4 Shelley's Lives of Literary Men of Italy, Spain, and Portugal 27 " Lives of French Writers - 27 Southey's Lives of the Admirals - 28 Waterton's Autobiography & Essays 31 BOOKS OF GENERAL UTILITY. Acton's Cookery - - - - 3 Black's Treatise on Brewing - - 4 Collegian's Guide (The) - - 6 Donovan's Domestic Economy - 8 Hand-book of Taste - - - 11 Hints on Etiquette - 12 Hudson's Parent's Hand-book - 14 " Executor's Guide - - 14 " On Making Wills - - 14 Loudon's Self-Instruction - - 17 Maunder's Treasure of Knowledge 21 ■' Biographical Treasury - 21 " Scientific and Literary Treasury - - - 21 " Treasury of History - 21 " Universal Class-Book - 21 Parkes's Domestic Duties - - 23 Pycroft's(Rcv. J.) English Reading 21 Riddle's Latin-Eng. Dictionaries 26 Short Whist 27 Thomson's Domestic Management of the Sick Room - 30 Thomson's Interest Tables - - 30 Tomlins's Law Dictionary - - 30 Pages Webster's Encyclopaedia of Domes- tic Economy - - - - 32 BOTANY AND GARDENING. Abercrombie's Practical Gardener 3 " and Main'sGardener's Companion - 3 Callcott's Scripture Herbal - - 6 Conversations on Botany - - 7 Drummond's First Steps to Botany 8 Glendinning On '.he Culture of the Pine Apple - - - 10 Greenwood's (Col.) Tree-Lifter - 10 Henslow's Botany - 12 Hoare On Cultivation of the Vine - 12 " On the Management of the Roots of Vines - - - 12 Hooker's British Flora - 12 " and Tavlor's Muscologia Brita'nnica - 12 Jackson's Pictorial Flora - - 15 | Knapp's Gramina Brltannica - 15 Lmdley's Theory of Horticulture - 17 " Guide'to the Orchard and Kitchen Garden - - 17 " Introduction to Botany - 17 " Flora Medica - - - 17 " Synopsis of British Flora 17 Loudon's Hortus Britannicus - 18 " " Lignosis Londinensis 18 Self- Instruction for Gar- deners, Sec. - - 17 '* Encyclop.ofTrees&ShrubslS " " Gardening 17 Plants - 18 " Suburban Gardener and Villa Companion - 18 Repton's Landscape Gardening - 25 *Rivers's Rose Amateur's Guide - 25 Roberts On the Vine - 25 Rogers's Vegetable Cultivator - 25 Schleiden's Scientific Botany - 26 Smith's Introduction to Botany - 27 " English Flora - - - 27 " Compendium of Eng. Flora 27 CHRONOLOGY. Blair's Chronological Tables - 4 Calendar (Illuminated) & Diary, 1846 14 Nicolas's Chronologv of History - 22 Riddle's Ecclesiastical Chronology 25 Tate's Horatius Restitutus - - 29 COMMERCE AND MERCAN- TILE AFFAIRS. Kane's (Dr.) Industrial Resources of Ireland - - - - 15 Lorimer's Letters to a Young Master Mariner - 17 M'Culloch's Dictionary of Com- merce andCommer. Navigation - 19 Steel's Shipmaster's Assistant - 28 Thomson's Interest Tables - - 30 CEOGRAPHY X ATLASES. Butler's Sketch of Ancient and Modern Geography - 5 " Atlas of Modern Geography 6 " '* Ancient do. - - 6 Cooky's World Surveyed - - 6 De Btrzelecki'e New South Wales - 8 Forster's Hist. Geography of Arabia 9 Hall's New General Atlas - - 11 M'Culloch's Geographical Dictionary 19 Malte-B run's Geography HISTORY X CRITICISM. Adair's (SirR.) Memoir of his Mis- sion to Vienna - - 3 " Negotiations for the Peace of the Dardanelles- - 3 Addison's Hist of Knights Templars 3 Bell's llistorv of Russia - . 4 Blair's Chron. and Histor. Tables - i Bloomficld's Edition of Thucydldes i " Translation of do. - 4 Bunsen's Egypt - - - 6 Coolcy's History of Maritime and inland Discovery Crowe's History or France 7 Pages Dahlmann's Ensrlish Revolution - 7 Dunham's Hist, of Spain& Portugal 8 " History of Europe dur- ing the Middle Ages - 8 " Hist, of the German Emp. 8 " History of Denmark, Sweden, and Norway- 8 " History of Poland - 8 Dunlop's History of Fiction - - 9 Fergus's History of United State3 9 Grant's (Mrs.) Memoir and Corre- spondence ----- 10 Grattan's History of Netherlands - 10 Guicciardini's Historical Maxims- 11 Halsted's Life of Richard III. 11 Haydon's Lectures on Painting and Design - - - - 12 Horsley's (Bp.j Biblical Criticism - 13 Jeffrey's (Lord) Contributions to The Edinburgh Review - - 15 Kei- r htlev's Outlines of History - 15 Laing's Kings of Norway - - 16 Lempriere's Classical Dictionary - 17 Maciulay's Crit. and Hist. Essays 19 Mackinnon's History of Civilisation 19 Mackintosh's Miscellaneous Works 19 " History of England - 19 M'Culloch's Historical, Geographi- cal, and Statistical Dictionary - 19 Maunder's Treasury of History - 21 Milner's Church History - - 21 Moore's History of Ireland - - 22 Miiller's Mythology - - -22 Nicolas's Chronology of History - 22 Ranke's History of the Reformation 24 Roberts's Duke of Monmouth - 25 Rome, History of - - - - 25 Russell's Correspondence of the Fourth Duke of Bedford - - 4 Scott's History of Scotland - 26 Sismondi's Fall of Roman Empire 27 " Italian Republics - 27 Stebbing's History of the Church- 28 " History of Reformation 28 " Church History - - 2* Switzerland, History of - - - 29 Sydney Smith's Works - - - 27 Thirlwall's History of Greece - 30 Tooke's History of Prices - - 30 Turner's History of England - 31 Zumpt's Latin Grammar - - 32 JUVENILE BOOKS, INCLUDING MRS. MARCET'S WORKS. Boy's own Book (The) 4 Hawes's Tales of the North Ameri- can Indians - - - - - 11 Howitfs(Wm.) Jack of the Mill - 13 " " Boy's Country Book 14 Howitt's (Mary) Child's Picture and Verse Book - 13 Marcet's Conversations — On the History of England - 20 On Chemistry - - - 20 On Natural Philosophy - - 20 On Political Economy - - 20 On Vegetable Physiology - 20 On Land and Water - - 20 On Language - - - - 20 " The Game of Grammar - 20 " Willy's Grammar - - 20 " Lessims on Animals. &c. - 20 Marryat's Mastennan Ready - - 21 " Settlers in Canada - 21 " Mission ; or, Scrilesin \ fi ii-.i'Ji 1 Maundrrs I'niveisal Class Honk - 21 Pycroft's (Rev. J.) English aeading 24 Summerlv's (Mrs. Felix) Mother's Primer' 28 Uncle Peter's Fairy Talcs - - 31 MEDICINE. Bull's Hints to Moth, is- - - 6 " Management of Children - 5 Copland Diction of Mi dicine - 7 Bluotson's Human Physiology - n Holland's M. 'die., 1 Nol'.s - 12 Lefevre's (SirGeorge) Apology for the Nerves - - 17 M.il >- tin! \\ Mil Ih . on Dlse.is,. 'J 1 r i Mi, r i and Diet - - 23 Il '■ Medical Guide - - - 21 Bandbj On Mesmerism - - 20 v\ igan Hi, no Duality ofthe Mind 3! MISCELLANEOUS. Pages Black's Treatise on Brewing - - 4 Bray's Philosophy of Necessity - 5 Clavers's Forest Life 6 Collegian's Guide (The) - 6 Colton's Lacon 6 PeBurtinonthcKnowledseofPictures 7 De Morgan On Probabilities - 8 De Strzelecki's New South "Wales - 8 Dunlop's History of Fiction - - 9 Good's Book of Nature - 10 Graham's English - - - - 10 Grant's Letters from the Mountains 10 Guest's Mabinogion - - - 11 Hand-book of Taste - 11 Hobbes (Thos.), English Works of 12 Holland's Progressive Education - 11 Howitt's Rural Life of England - 13 " Visits to Remarkable Places 13 " Student-Life of Germany - 13 " Rural and Domestic Life of Germany - 13 " Colonisation and Chris- tianity - - - 14 " German Experiences - 13 Humphreys' Illuminated Books - 14 Illuminated Calendar - - - 14 Jeffrey's (Lord) Contributions to The Edinburgh Review - - 15 Lefevre's (Sir George) Apology for the Nerves - - - - - 17 Life of a Travelling Physician - 17 Loudon's (Mrs.) Lady's Country Companion - - - - 17 Macaulay's Crit. and Hist. Essays 19 Mackintosh's Miscellaneous Works 19 Marx and Willis (Drs.) on Decrease of Disease - - - - 21 Michelet'sPriests,Women,&Families21 Miiller's Mythology - - 22 Pycroft's Course of Eng. Reading 24 Sandby On Mesmerism - - - 26 Sandford's Church, School, & Parish 26 Seaward's Narrative of his Shipwreck26 Smith's (Rev. Sydney) Works - 27 Summerly's (Mrs. Felix) Mother's Primer 28 Taylor's Statesman - - - 29 Walker's Chess Studies - 31 Welsford on the English Language 32 Wigan (Dr.) On Duality of the Mind 32 Willoughby's (Lady) Diary - - 32 Zumpt^ Latin Grammar - - 32 NATURAL HISTORY. Catlow's Popular Conchology - 6 Doubleday's Butterflies and Moths 8 Gray'sFiguresofMolluseousAnimals 10 " Mammalia - - - - 10 " and Mitchell's Ornithology - 10 Kirby and Spence's Entomology - 15 Lee's Taxidermy - 16 " Elements of Natural History 16 Marcet's Lessons on Animals, &c. 20 Newell's Zoology of the Eng. Poets 22 Proceedings of Zoological Society- 24 Stephens's British Culeoptera - 28 l On Study of Natural Hist. 29 nals - " Taxidermy - - 29 " Quadrupeds - - 29 " Birds - - - - 29 " Animals in Menageries - 29 " Fish, Amphibians, and Reptiles - - - 29 " Insects - - - - 29 * ( Malacology - - - 29 *' Habits and Instincts of Animals - - - 29 Transactions of Zoological Society 30 Turton's Shells oftheBi itishlslands 31 Waterton's Essays on Natural Hist. 31 NOVELS AND WORKS OF FICTION. Bray's (Mrs.) Novels 5 Doctor (The) - 8 Dunlop's History of Fiction - 9 Howitt's (Mary) Neighbours- - 13 " Home ----- 13 " President's Daughters - 13 " Diary, &c 13 " TheH Family, &c. - 13 Marryat's Masterman Ready- - 20 '» Settlers in Canada - 20 " Mission; or ,ScenesinAfrica21 Willis's (N. P.) Dashes at Life . 32 ONE-VOL. CYCLOP/EDIAS AND DICTIONARIES. Blaine's Encyclop. of Rural Sports 4 Brande's Dictionary of Science, &c. 5 Copland's Dictionary of Medicine - 7 Gwilt's Encyclop. ol Architecture - 11 Johnson's Farmer's Encyclopaedia- 15 Loudon's Encyclopaedias — Agriculture - - 18 Rural Architecture - - - 18 Gardening - - - - 17 Plants ----- 18 Trees and Shrubs - 18 M'Culloch'sGeographieal Dictionary 11* " Dictionary of Commerce 1 ( J Pages Murray's Encvclop. of Geography - 22 Ure's Dictionary of Arts, &c. - - 31 Webster & Parkes's Dom. Economy 32 POETRY AND THE DRAMA. Aikin's (Dr.) British Poets - - 26 Bowdler's Family Shakespeare - 27 Chalenor's Walter Gray 6 " Poetical Remains - 6 Costello's Persian Rose Garden - 7 Goldsmith's Poems - - - 10 Horace, by Tate - - - - 29 L. E. L.'s Poetical Works - - 16 Macaulay's Lays of Ancient Rome 19 Montgomery's Poetical Works - 21 Moore's Poetical Works - - 22 " Lalla Rookh - - 22 " Irish Melodies - 22 Moral of Flowers ... - 22 NIsbet's Poems .... 23 Reynard the Fox - - - - 25 Southey's Poetical Works - - 27 " British Poets - 26 Spirit of the Woods - - - 28 Thomson's Seasons - - 30 Turner's Richard III. - 31 Watts's (A. A.) Lyrics of the Heart 32 POLITICAL ECONOMY AND STATISTICS. Kane's (Dr.) Industrial Resources of Ireland ----- 15 M'G'ulloch's Geographical, Statisti- cal, and Historical Dictionary 19 " Dictionary of Commerce 19 " Literature of Political " Economy - - 20 " On Funding & Taxation 20 strong's Greece as a Kingdom - 28 Tooke's History of Prices - - 30 RELIGIOUS X MORALWORKS. Amy Herbert ----- 3 Bailey's Essays on Pursuit of Truth 3 Bloomfield's Greek Testament - 4 " College and School do. 4 " Greek & English Lexi- con to NewTestament 4 Burder's Oriental Customs - - 5 Burns's Christian Philosophy - 5 " " Fragments - 5 Callcott's Scripture Herbal - Cooper's Sermons - - . - 7 Dil.din's Sunday Library - - 28 Doddridge's Family Expositor - 8 Englishman's Greek Concordance of the New Testament - - 9 Englishman'sHeh.&C'hald. Concord. 8 Fitzroy's ( Lady) Scrip. Conversations 9 Forster'sIIist. Geographyof Arabia 9 " Life of Bfshop Jebb - 9 Gertrude ----- 10 Hook's(Dr.)LecturesonPassionWeekl2 Home's Introduction to Scriptures 12 " Abridgment of ditto - 13 Hoi sley's 1 Bp.) Biblical Criticism - 12 " " Psalms - - - 13 Jebb's (Bp.) Practical Theology - 15 " " Pastoral Instructions 15 " " Correspond, with Knox 15 Keon's History of the Jesuits - 15 Knox's (Alexander) Remains - 16 Laing's Notes on the German Catholic Schism - - . - 16 Marriage Gift 20 Mil belet'sPriests,Women,&Families21 M liner's Churcli History - - 21 Parables (The) .... 23 Parkes's Domestic Duties - - 23 Riddle's Letters from a Godfather - 25 Robinson's Greck&EnglishLexicon to the New Testament 25 Sandford's Parochialia - - - 26 " Female Improvement - 26 " On Woman - - 26 Sermon (m the Mount (The) - - 26 Smith's Female Disciple - 27 Spalding's Philosophy of Morals - 28 Stebhing's Church History - - 28 Tate's History of St. Paul - - 29 Tayler'sDoraMelder - - - 29 " Margaret; or, the Pearl - 29 " Sermons - - - - 29 u Lady Mary ; or, Not of the World - - - 29 Tomline's Christian Theology - 30 Turner's Sacred History - - - 31 Wardlaw's Socinian Controversy - 32 Weil's Bible, Koran, and Talmud 32 Willierforee's View of Christianity 32 Willoughby's (Lady) Diary - - 32 RURAL SPORTS. ii,, . oi Sports - 4 Hansard's Fishing in Wales - 11 Hawker's Instructions to Sportsmen 11 Loudon's (Mrs.) Lady's Country Companion ----- 17 Stable Talk and Table Talk - - 28 Thacker's Courser'sRemembrancer 29 " Coursing Rules - - 29 THE SCIENCES IN CENERAL X MATHEMATICS. Pages Bakewell's Introduction to Geology 3 Balmain's Lessons on Chemistry" - 3 Brande's Dictionary of Science, Literature, and Art 5 Brewster's Optics - ... 5 Conversations on Mineralogy - 7 De laBeche'sGeology of Cornwall,&c. 8 Donovan's Chemistry 8 Farcy On tile Steam Engine - 9 Fosbroke On the Arts,Manners,&c. of the Greeks and Romans 9 Greener On the Gun ... 10 Herschel's Natural Philosophy - 12 " Astronomy - - - 12 Holland's Manufactures in Metal - 12 Hunt's Researches on Light - - 14 Kane's Elements of Chemistry - 15 Kater and Lardner's Mechanics - 15 Lardner's Cabinet Cyclopaedia - 16 " Hydrostatics ccPneumatics 16 " and Walker's Electricity 16 " Arithmetic - 16 " Geometry - - - 16 " Treatise on Heat - - 16 Lectures on Polarised Light - - 16 Lloyd On Light and Vision - - 17 Mackenzie's Physiology of Vision - 19 Marcet's (Mrs.) Conversations on the Sciences, &c. - - - 20 Moseley's Practical Mechanics - 22 " Engineering&Architecture 22 Narrien's Geometry - - - 26 " Astronomy and Geodesy 26 Owen's LecturesonComp.Anatomy 23 Parnell On Roads - - - 23 Pearson's Practical Astronomy - 23 Pest hel's Elements of Physics - 23 Phillips's Palaeozoic Fossils of Cornwall, &c. - - 24 " Guide to Geology - - 24 " Treatise on Geology - 24 " Introduct. to Mineralogy 24 Portlock's Report on the Geology of Londonderry _ 24 Powell's Natural Philosophy - - 24 Quarterly. Journal of the Geological Society of London - - - 24 Ritchie (Robert) On Railways - 25 Roberts's Dictionary of Geology - 25 Sandhurst Coll. Mathemat. Course 26 Scoresby's Magnetical Investigations 26 Scott's Arithmetic and Algebra - 26 " Trigonometry - - - 26 Thomson's Algebra - - - 30 Wilkinson's Engines of War - - 32 TOPOGRAPHY AND CUIDE BOOKS. Addison's Hist.of the Temple Church 3 " Guide to ditto - - 3 Costello's ( Miss) North Wales - 7 Howitt's (W.) German Experiences 12 " (R.) Australia Felix - 13 TRANSACTIONS OF . SOCIETIES. Transactions of Societies: British Architects ... 30 Civil Engineers - - - 30 Entomological - 30 Geological Society of London 30 Linnaean - - - - 30 Zoological - - - - 30 Proceedings ofthe Zoological Society 24 Quarterly Joum al of the'Geological Society of London - - - 24 TRAVELS. Coolev's World Surveyed - - 6 Costello's (Miss) North Wales - 7 De Custine'8 Russia 7 De Strzelecki's New South Wales - 7 Erman's Travels through Siberia - 6 Harris's Highlands of .Ethiopia - 11 Howitt's Wanderings of a Journey- man Taylor - - 13 " German Experiences - 13 " (R.) Australia Felix - 14 Laing's Notes of a Traveller - - 16 " Residence in Norway - 16 " Tour in Sweden - - 16 Life of a Travelling Physician - 17 Parrot's Ascent of Mount Ararat 6 Paton's (A. A.) Servia - 23 " " Modern Syrians - 23 Postans's Observations on Sindh - 24 Seaward's Narrative - - - 26 Strong's Greece as a Kingdom - 28 Von Orlich's I ravels in India - 31 VETERINARY MEDICINE AND AFFAIRS. Field's Veterinary Records - - 9 Morton's Veterinary Medicine - 22 " " Toxicologies! Chart 22 Fercivall's Hippopathology - - 23 " Anatomy of the Horse - 23 Spooncr On Foot and Leg of Horse 28 Stable Talk and Table Talk - - 28 Turner On the Foot of the Horse 31 White's Veterinary Art - - • 32 " Cattle Medicine - 32 CATALOGUE. ABERCROMBIE'S PRACTICAL GARDENER, And Improved System of Modern Horticulture, alphabetically arranged. 4th Edition, with Introductory Treatise on Vegetable Physiology, and Plates, by W. Salisbury. l2mo. Gs. bds. ABERCROMBIE & MAIN.— THE PRACTICAL GARDENER'S COMPANION; or, Horticultural Calendar: to which is added, the Garden-Seed and Plant Estimate. Edited from a MS. of J. Abercrombie, by J. Main. 8th Edition. 32mo. 3s. 6d. sd. ACTON (ELIZA.) -MODERN COOKERY, In all its Branches, reduced to a System of Easy Practice. For the use of Private Families. In a Series of Receipts, all of which have been strictly tested, and are given with the most minute exactness. By Eliza Acton. Dedicated to the Young Housekeepers of England. New Edition, greatly improved. Fcp. 8vo. illustrated by woodciits, 7s. 6d. cloth. " Miss Eliza Acton may congratulate herself on having composed a work of great, utility, and one that is speedily finding its way to every 'dresser' in the kingdom. Her Cookery-book is unquestionably the most valuable compendium of the art that has yet been published. It strongly inculcates economical principles, and points out how good things may be concocted without that reckless extravagance which good cooks have been wont to imagine the best evidence they can give of skill in their profession." — Morning Post. ADAIR (SIR ROBERT). -THE NEGOTIATIONS FOR THE PEACE of the DARDANELLES, in 1808-9: with Dispatches and Official Documents. By the Right Honourable Sir Robert Adair, G.C.B. Being a Sequel to the Memoir of his Mission to Vienna in 1806. 2 vols. 8vo. 28s. cloth. ADAIR (SIR ROBERT). -AN HISTORICAL MEMOIR OF A MISSION to the COURT of VIENNA in 1806. By the Right Honourable Sir Robert Adair, G.C.B. With a Selection from his Despatches, published by permission of the proper Authorities. 8vo. ISs. cloth. ADDISON.-THE KNIGHTS TEMPLARS. By C. G. Addison, Esq., of the Inner Temple. 2d Edition, enlarged. Square crown 8vo. with Illustrations, 18s. cloth. ADDISON.-THE TEMPLE CHURCH IN LONDON: Its History and Antiquities. By C. G. Addison, Esq., of the Inner Temple; Author of " The History of the Knights Templars." Square crown 8vo. with Six Plates, 5s. cloth. Also, A FULL AND COMPLETE GUIDE, HISTORICAL AND DESCRIPTIVE, TO THE TEMPLE CHURCH. (From Mr. Addison's "History of theTempleChurch.") Square cr. 8vo. Is. sewed. AIKIN.-THE LIFE OF JOSEPH ADDISON. Illustrated by many of his Letters and Private Papers never before published. By Lucy Aikin. 2 vols, post 8vo. with Portrait from Sir Godfrey Kneller's Picture, 18s. cloth. AMY HERBERT. By a Lady. Edited by the Rev. William Sewell, B.D. of Exeter College, Oxford. 2d Edition, 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. 9s. cloth. BAILEY.-ESSAYS ON THE PURSUIT OF TRUTH, And on the Progress of Knowledge. By Samuel Bailey, Author of " Essays on the For- mation and Publication of Opinions," "Berkeley's Theory of Vision," &c. 2d Edition, revised and enlarged. 8vo. 9s. 6d. cloth. BAKEWELL.-AN INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY. Intended to convey Practical Knowledge of the Science, and comprising the most important recent discoveries; with explanations of the facts and phenomena which serve to confirm or invalidate various Geological Theories. By Robert Bakewell. Fifth Edition, considerably enlarged. 8vo. with numerous Plates and Woodcuts, 21s. cloth. BALMAIN.-LESSONS ON CHEMISTRY, For the use of Pupils in Schools, Junior Students in Universities, and Readers who wish to learn the fundamental Principles and leading Facts: with Questions for Examination, Glossaries of Chemical Terms and Chemical Symbols, and an Index. By William II. Balmain. With numerous Woodcuts, illustrative of the Decompositions. Fcp. 8vo. Cs. cloth. BAYLDON.-ART OF VALUING RENTS AND TILLAGES, And the Tenant's Right of Entering and Quitting Farms, explained by several Specimens of Valuations; and Remarks on the Cultivation pursued on Soils in different Situations Adapted to the Use of Landlords, Land-Agents, Appraisers, Farmers, and Tenants. By J. S. Bayldon. 6th Edition, corrected and revised. By John Donaldson, Land-Steward, Author of "A Treatise on Manures and Grasses." 8vo. 10s. Gil. cloth. CATALOGUE OF NEW WORKS BEDFORD CORRESPONDENCE. - CORRESPONDENCE OF JOHN, FOURTH DUKE OF BEDFORD, selected from the Originals at Woburn Abbey: with Introductions by Lord John Russell. 8vo. Vol. 1 (1742-48), 18s. cloth ; Vol. 2 (1749-60), 15s. cloth. " The second volume of this publication includes a correspondence having relation to the period from the Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle to the death of George II. Its most remarkable portion bears upon an important question on which there exist some differences of opinion at the present time, viz. the intrigues which led to the junction of the Duke of Newcastle and Pitt, in 1757. The letters respecting the state of Ii eland under the Yiceroyalty of the Duke of Bedford, also here, are not a little interesting." — Morning Herald. *** The Third, and concluding volume, with an Introduction by Lord John Russell, is in the Press. BELL-LIVES OE THE MOST EMINENT ENGLISH POETS. By Robert Bell, Esq. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. BELL.-THE HISTORY OF RUSSIA, From the Earliest Period to the Treaty of Tilsit. By Robert Bell, Esq. 3 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 18s. cloth. BLACK.-A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON BREWING, Based on Chemical and Economical Principles: with Formula; for Public Brewers, and Instructions for Private Families. By William Black. Third Edition, revised and cor- rected, with considerable Additions. The Additions revised by Professor Graham, of the London University. 8vo. 10s. 6d. cloth. " I take occasion, in concluding this article, to refer my readers to the ' Practical Treatise on Brewing,' by Mr. William Black, a gentleman of much experience in the business. His little work contains a great deal of useful in- formation." — Dr. Ure's Supplement to his " Dictionary." BLAINE.-AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF RURAL SPORTS ; Or, a complete Account, Historical, Practical, and Descriptive, of Hunting, Shooting, Fishing, Racing, and other Field Sports and Athletic Amusements of the present day. By Delabere P. Blaine, Esq. Author of "Outlines of the Veterinary Art," " Canine Pathology," &c. &c. Illustrated bv nearly 600 Engravings on Wood, by R. Branston, from Drawings by Aiken, T. Landseer, Dickes, &c. 1 thick vol. 8vo. £2. 10s. cloth. BLAIR'S CHRONOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL TABLES, From the Creation to the present time: with Additions and Corrections from the most authen- tic Writers ; including the Computation of St. Paul, as connecting the Period from the Exode to the Temple. Under the revision of Sir Henry Ellis, K.H., Principal Librarian of the British Museum. Imperial 8vo. 31s. 6d. half-bound morocco. " The student of history, long accustomed to the Doctor's ponderous and unmanageable folio, will rejoice over this handsome and handy volume. "It is the revival and enlargement, in a far more compact and available form than the original, of the celebrated ' Chronological Tables' of Dr. Blair. It comprises additions to our own time, and correc- tions from the most recent authorities. The outline of the plan is faithfully preserved and carried out, with every improvement of which it was susceptible." — Examiner. BL00MFIELD.-HIST0RY OF THE PEL0P0NNESIAN WAR. By Thucydides. A New Recension of the Text, with acarefully amended Punctuation; and copious Notes, Critical, Philological, and Explanatory, almost entirely original, but partly selected and arranged from the best Expositors: accompanied with full Indexes, both of Greek Words and Phrases explained, and matters discussed in the Notes The whole illus- trated by Maps and Plans, mostly taken from actual surveys. By the Rev. S.T. Bloom field, D.D. F.S.A. 2 vols. 8vo. 38s. cloth. BL00MFIELD.-HIST0RY OF THE PEL0P0NNESIAN WAR. By Thucydides. Newly translated into English, and accompanied with very copious Notes, Philological and Explanatory, Historical and Geographical. By the Rev. S. T. Bloomfield, D.D. F.S.A. 3 vols. 8vo. with Maps and Plates, j6t2. 5s. boards. BL00MFIELD.-THE GREEK TESTAMENT : With copious English Notes, Critical, Philological, and Explanatory. By the Rev. S. T. Bloomfield, D.D. F.S.A. 5th Edition, improved. 2 vols. 8vo. with a Map of Palestine, £1, cloth. BL00MFIELD.-C0LLEGE & SCHOOL GREEK TESTAMENT; With English Notes. By the Rev. S. T. Bloomfield, D.D. 3d Edition, greatly enlarged, and very considerably improved, 12mo. 10s. 6d. cloth. BL00MFIELD.-GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON TO THE NEW TESTAMENT: especially adapted to the use of Colleges, and the Higher Classes in Public Schools ; but also intended as a convenient Manual for Biblical Students in general. By Dr. Bloomfield. 2d Edition, greatly enlarged, and very considerably improved. 12mo. on wider paper, 10s. 6d. cloth. BOY'S OWN BOOK (THE) : A Complete Encyclopaedia of all the Diversions, Athletic, Scientific, and Recreative, of Boy- hood and Youth 20th Edition, square 12mo. with many Engravings on Wood, 6s. boards. PRINTED FOR LONGMAN, BROWN, AND CO. BRANDE.-A DICTIONARY OF SCIENCE LITERATURE, AND ART; comprising the History, Description, and Scientific Principles of every Branch of Human Knowledge ; with the Derivation and Definition of all the Terms in General Use. Edited by W. T. Brande, F.R.S.L. & E. ; assisted by Josrph Cauvin, Esq. The various, departments are by Gentlemen of eminence in each. 1 very thick vol. 8vo. illustrated by' Wood Engravings, £Z, cloth. BRAY'S (MRS.) NOVELS AND ROMANCES, Revised and corrected by Mrs. Bray. In 10 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Frontispieces and Vignettes from Designs and Sketches by the late Thomas Stothard, R.A. ; C. A. Stothard, F.S.A. ; Henry Warren, Esq. ; &c. Vol. 1, The White Hoods. With a new General Preface, a Portrait of the Author, after W. Patten, and Vignette Title. 6s. cloth. Vol.2, DC Foix ;— Vol. 3, The Protestant;— Vol. 4, Fitzof Fitzford;— Vol. 5, TheTalba;— Vol. 6, Warleigh.— Each with Frontispiece and Vignette-title, 6s. cloth. *»* To be continued monthly, and completed in 10 volumes ; each containing an entire Work, printed and embellished uniformly with the " Standard Novels." ORDER OF PUBLICATION. Nov. 1— Trelawney. Jan. 1— Henry De Pomeroy. Dec. 1— Trials of the Heart. | Feb. 1— Courtenay of Walreddon. BRAY.-THE PHILOSOPHY OF NECESSITY; Or, the Law of Consequences as applicable to Mental, Moral, and Social Science. By Charles Bray. 2 vols. Svo. 15s. cloth. BREWSTER -TREATISE ON OPTICS. By Sir David Brewster, LL.D. F.R.S., &c. New Edition. Fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Title, and 176 Woodcuts, 6s. cloth. BUDGE (J.)-THE PRACTICAL MINER'S GUIDE; Comprising a Set of Trigonometrical Tables adapted to all the purposes of Oblique or Diagonal, Vertical, Horizontal, and Traverse Dialling ; with their application to the Dial, Exercise of Drifts, Lodes, Slides, Levelling, Inaccessible Distances, Heights, &c. By J. Budge. New Edition, considerably enlarged. 8vo. with Portrait of the Author, 12s. cloth. BULL.-THE MATERNAL MANAGEMENT OF CHILDREN, in HEALTH and DISEASE. By T. Bull, M.D. Member of the Roval College of Physicians, Physician-Accucheur to the Finsbury Midwifery Institution, Author of "Hints to Mothers for the Management of their Health during Pregnancy and in the Lying In Room." 2d Edi- tion, revised and enlarged. Fcp. 8vo. 7s. cloth. BULL-HINTS TO MOTHERS, For the Management of Health during the Period of Pregnancy and in the Lying-in Room ; with an Exposure of Popular Errors in connection with those subjects. By Thomas Bull, M.D. Physician Accoucheur to the Finsbury Midwifery Institution, &c. &c. 4th Edition, revised and considerably enlarged. Fcp. 8vo. 7s. cloth. " Excellent guides, and deserve to be generally known." — Johnson's Medico-Chiruegical Review. BUNSEN.-AN INQUIRY INTO THE HISTORY, ARTS AND SCIENCES, LANGUAGE, WRITING, MYTHOLOGY, and CHRONOLOGY of ANCIENT EGYPT: with the peculiar position of that Nation in reference to the Universal History of Mankind. By the Chevalier C. C. J. Bunsen. Translated from the German, under the Author's superintendence, by C. H. Cottrell, Esq. ; with additional matter, furnished by the Author. 2 vols. 8vo. with numerous Plates. {Preparing for publication. BURDER -ORIENTAL CUSTOMS, Applied to the Illustration of the Sacred Scriptures. By Samuel Burder, A.M. 3d Edit, with additions. Fcp. Svo. 8s 6d. cloth. BURNS- THE PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN PHILOSOPHY; containing the Doctrines, Duties, Admonitions, and Consolations of the Christian Reb>ion. By John Burns, M.D. F.R.S. 5th Edition. 12mo. 7s. boards. BURNS-CHRISTIAN FRAGMENTS; Or, Remarks on the Nature, Precepts, and Comforts of Religion. By John Burns, M.D. F.R.S. Professor of Surgery in the University of Glasgow. Author of "The Principles of Christian Philosophy." Fcp. 8vo. 5s. cloth. BUTLER -SKETCH OF ANCIENT & MODERN GEOGRAPHY. By Samuel Butler, D.I), late Lord Bishop of Lichfield and Coventry; and formerly Head Master of Shrewsbury School. New Edition, revised by his Son. 8vo. 9s. boards. The present edition bag been carefully revised by the author's son, and such alterations introduced as continually progre sive discoveries and the latest information rendered necessary. Recent Travels bavi been stantlycon- Bulteil "I" re any doubt or difficulty seemed to require it; and some additional inatu \ hu bei " added, both in the ancient and modern part. CATALOGUE OF NEW WORKS BUTLER -ATLAS OF MODERN GEOGRAPHY. By the late Dr. Butler. New Edition ; consisting 1 of Twenty-three coloured Maps, from a New Set of Plates ; with an Index of all the Names of Places, referring to the Latitudes and Longitudes. 8vo. 12s. half-bound. BUTLER -ATLAS OE ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. Bv the late Dr. Butler. Consisting of Twenty-three coloured Maps ; with an Index of all the Names of Places, referring to the Latitudes and Longitudes. New Edition. 8vo. 12s. hbd. *** The above two Atlases may be had, half-bound, in One Volume, 4to. price 24s. CALLCOTT -A SCRIPTURE HERBAL. With upwards of 120 Wood Engravings. By Lady Callcott. Square crown 8vo. 25s. cloth. CATL0W.-P0PULAR C0NCH0L0GY ; Or, the Shell Cabinet arranged: being an Introduction to the Modern System of Conchology : with a sketch of the Natural History of the Animals, an account of the Formation of the Shells, and a complete Descriptive List of the Families and Genera. By Agnes Catlow. Fcp. 8vo. with 312 Woodcuts, 10s. 6d. cloth. CHALENOR.— POETICAL REMAINS OF MARY CHALENOR. Fcp. 8vo. 4s. cloth. •' The poems are sweetly natural ; and, though on topics often sung, breathe a tenderness and melancholy which are at once soothing and consolatory." — Literary Gazette. CHALENOR.-WALTER GRAY, A Ballad, and other Poems. 2d Edition, including the Poetical Remains of Mary Chalenor. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. cloth. " As the simple and spontaneous effusions of a mind apparently filled with feelings which render the fireside happy, and untinctured with affectation or -verbiage, they may with benefit be received into the ' happy homes of England,' and offered as a gift to the youthful of both sexes." — Chambers's Edinburgh Journal. CLAVERS.-FOREST LIFE. By Mary Clavers, an Actual Settler; Author of "A New Home, Who '11 Follow?" 2 vols, fcp. 8vo. 12s. cloth. COLLEGIAN'S GUIDE (THE) ; Or, Recollections of College Davs, setting forth the Advantages and Temptations of a Univer- sity Education. By **** ******', M.A. College, Oxford. Post 8vo. 10s. 6d. cloth. " The book is one of which we may truly say it is merry and wise — a happy combination of the amusing and instructive. Many of its views and stories of college life are as entertaining as they are evidently representations of facts ; and whilst parents, guardians, and teachers, may refer to these pages with advantage to their sons, wards, and pupils, so may the latter learn much that is good for them to know, "and which few could instil so effectually into tlie college youth as the author of this agreeable and useful Guide." — Literary Gazette. COLTON.-LACON ; OR, MANY THINGS IN FEW WORDS. By the Rev. C. C. Colton. New Edition. 8vo. 12s. cloth. C00LEY.-THE WORLD SURVEYED IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY ; or, Recent Narratives of Scientific and Exploring Expeditions (chiefly under- taken by command of Foreign Governments). Collected, translated, and, where necessary, abridged, by W. D. Coole y, Esq. Author of the " History of Maritime and Inland Discovery" in the Cabinet Cyclopaedia, &c. The First Volume of the Series contains— THE ASCENT of MOUNT ARARAT. By Dr. Friedrich Parrot, Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University of Dorpat, Russian Imperial Councillor of State, &c. 8vo. with a Map by Arrowsmith, and Woodcuts, 14s. cloth. *** Each volume will form, for the most part, a Work complete in itself, and the whole Series will present an accurate and luminous Picture of all the kuown portions of the Earth. The Second Work of the Series will be ERMAN'S TRAVELS through SIBERIA. 8vo. [In the press. V On this traveller, the President of the Royal Geographical Society, in his Anniversary Address last year, bestowed the following encomium :— " If we regard M. Adolph Erman as an astronomical geographer and explorer of distant lands, we must all admit that he stands in the very highest rank." And in his Address delivered in May last, the President again made honourable mention of this traveller in the following terms :— " In announcing to you with pleasure that the excellent work of your distinguished foreign member and medallist, Adolph Erman, is about to appear in English, I must not lose the opportunity of stating, that the last communication sent to us by M. Erman is one of very great importance." " The plan of this work we have before taken occasion to commend. It has, indeed, two great and obvious ad- vantages. In the first place, the narrative style must always be more interesting than the merely descriptive ; and, in the next, the express subject of any particular volume must receive more justice than it could hope for in any treatise of general geography, In both respects it must form an admirable companion to such general treatises, which it is'uy no means intended to supersede, but to amplify, explain, and illustrate. To such works, therefore, as Malte-Brun (improved by succeeding editors), the addition of this companion cannot fail to constitute a complete body of geography, so far as regards the countries and objects to be 'surveyed.' " — Athenaeum. C00LEY.-THE HISTORY OF MARITIME AND INLAND DISCOVERY. By W. D. Cooley, Esq. 3 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 18s. cloth. CONVERSATIONS ON BOTANY. 9th Edition, improved. Fcp. 8vo. 22 Plates, 7s. 6d. cloth ; with the plates coloured, 12s. cloth. CONVERSATIONS ON MINERALOGY. With Plates, engraved by Mr. and Mrs. Lowry, from Original Drawings. 3d Edition, en- larged. 2 vols. 12mo. 14s. cloth. COOPER (REV. E.)— SERMONS, Chiefly designed to elucidate some of the leading Doctrines of the Gospel. To which is added, an Appendix, containing Sermons preached on several Public Occasions, and printed by- desire. By the Rev. Edward Cooper, Rector of Hamstall-Ridware, and of Yoxall, in the County of Stafford ; and late Fellow of All-Souls' College, Oxford. 7th Edition. 2 vols. 12mo. 10s. boards. COOPER (REV. E.)-PRACTICAL AND FAMILIAR SERMONS, Designed for Parochial and Domestic Instruction. New Edition. 7 vols. 12mo. £1. 8s. boards. *** Vols. 1 to 4, 5s. each ; Vols. 5 to 7, 6s. each. COPLAND.-A DICTIONARY OF PRACTICAL MEDICINE ; comprising General Pathology, the Nature and Treatment of Diseases, Morbid Structures, and the Disorders especially incidental to Climates, to Sex, and to the different Epochs of Life, with numerous approved Formulae of the Medicines recommended. By James Copland, M.D., Consulting Physician to Queen Charlotte's Lying-in Hospital ; Senior Physician to the Royal Infirmary for Children ; Member of the Royal College of Physicians, London ; of the Medical and Chirurgical Societies of London and Berlin, &c. Vols. 1 and 2, 8vo. ^63, cloth ; and Part 10, 4s. 6d. sewed. *** To be completed in One more Volume. C0STELL0 (MISS). -THE ROSE GARDEN OF PERSIA. By Miss Louisa Stuart Costello, Author of " Specimens of the Early Poetry of France," " A Summer amongst the Bocages and the Vines," &c. &c. 8vo. with Borders printed in Gold and Colours. [In October. C0STELL0 (MISS).— FALLS, LAKES, AND MOUNTAINS OF NORTH WALES ; being a Pictorial Tour through the most interesting parts of the Country. By Louisa Stuart Costello, Author of "A Summer among the Bocages and Vines," " A Pilgrmage to Auvergne," " Beam and the Pyrenees," &c. Profusely illustrated with Views, from Original Sketches by D. H. M'Kewan, engraved on wood, and lithographed, by T. and E. Gilks. Square 8vo. with Map, 14s. cloth, gilt edges. CROCKER'S ELEMENTS OF LAND SURVEYING. Fifth Edition, corrected throughout, and considerably improved and modernized, by T. G. Bunt, Land Surveyor, Bristol. To which are added, TABLES OF SIX-FIGURE LOGA- RITHMS, &c, superintended by Richard Farley, of the Nautical Almanac Establishment. Post 8vo. 12s. cloth. # # * The work throughout is entirely revised, and much new matter has been added ; there are new chapters, con- taining very full and minute Directions relating to the modern Practice of Surveying, both with and without the aid of angular instruments. The method of Plotting Estates, and Casting or Computing their Areas, are described, &c. &c. The chapter on Levelling also is new. CROWE —THE HISTORY OF FRANCE, From the Earliest Period to the Abdication of Napoleon. By E. E. Crowe, Esq. 3 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 18s. cloth. DAHLMANN— HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH REVOLUTION. By F. C. Dahlmann, late Professor of History at the University of Gottingen. Translated from the German, by H. Evans Llovd. 8vo. 10s. 6d. cloth. "Professor Dahlmann's book is, in short, a rapid sketch of the whole of what we call the Modern History of Eng- land, from its start at the Coronation of Henry the Seventh, to its intermediate settlement at the Coronation of William the Third. We have no English summary of the history it relates, so brief, compendious, and impartial M. Dahlmann is a very earnest as weD as intelligent writer ; and the steady advance of the popular principle in Kn^- - land, through an almost uninterrupted march of two centuries, is startlingly reflected in his clear and transparent relation. Mr. Lloyd's translation is very well executed." — Examiner. DAVY (SIR HUMPHRY).— ELEMENTS OF AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY, in a Course of Lectures. By Sir Humhhry Daw. With Notes by Dr. John Davy. 6th Edition. 8vo. with 10 Plates, 15s. cloth. DE BURTIN.-A TREATISE ON THE KNOWLEDGE NECES- SARY to AMATEURS of PICTURES. Translated and Abridged from the French of M. Francis Xavier De Burtin, First Stipendiary Member of the Royal Academy of Brussels in the Class of Sciences, &c. By Robert White, Esq. 8vo. with four Lithographic En- gravings, 12b. cloth. DE CUSTINE. -RUSSIA. By the Marquis De Custinb. Translated from the French. 2d Edition. 3 vols, post 8vo. 31s. 6d. cloth. "A WOrlt which thoBB whn :ire desirous tn know Ku i.in it ivill;. i-. mi. 1 in .1 i i i %-..... 1 . limn. world to be, would do well to consult. We promise our readers equal Burprise and pleasure limn the peru Mons. De Custine's very clever volumes." — GXHTLBKAM'S U LOAZXNS. DE LA BECHE— REPORT ON THE GEOLOGY OF CORN- WALL, DEVON, and WEST SOMERSET. By Henry T. De la Beche, F.R.S. &c, Director of the Ordnance Geological Survey. Published by Order of the Lords Commissioners of H.M. Treasury. 8vo. with Maps, Woodcuts, and 12 large Pates, 14s. cloth. DE MORGAN.— AN ESSAY ON PROBABILITIES, And on their Application to Life Contingencies and Insurance Offices. By Aug. de Morgan, of TriDity College, Cambridge. Fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Title, 6s. cloth. DE STRZELECKI (P. EJ-THE PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION of NEW SOUTH WALES and VAN DIEMAN'S LAND; accompanied by a Geological Map Sections, and Diagrams, and Figures of the Organic Remains. By P. E. De Strzelecki. 8vo. with coloured Map and numerous Plates, 24s. cloth. " An excellent scientific book ; the subject thoroughly digested, the style always clear, the information full, and presented with skill and scholarly art. It. De Strzelecki has passed twelve years' in voyaging and exploring round the globe; and, out of these, five of continual labour, 'during a tour of 7,000 mile's on foot,' were devoted to Tasmania. It seems needless to add to this, that we have hitheito had no description of the country comparable to his for care and authenticity. Its scientific plan is judiciously preserved throughout the work ; but we have, now and then, at the foot of the page, very interesting notes of personal observation or adventure, extracted from M. De Strzelecki's private journal." — Examines. DOCTOR (THE), &c 5 vols, post 8vo. £2. 12s. 6d. cloth. " Admirably as the mystery of the ' Doctor' has been preserved up to the present moment, there is no longer any reason for affecting secresy on the subject. The author is Robert Southey : he acknowledged the fact shortly before his last illness to his most confidential friend, an M.P. of high character. In a private letter from Mrs. Southey, dated February 27, 1W3, she not only states the fact, but adds that the greater part of a sixth volume had gone through the press, and that Southey looked forward to the pleasure of drawing her into it as a contributor ; giving her full authority to affirm that her husband is the author."— Robekt Bell, Esq. in The Story Telleb. DODDRIDGE.-THE FAMILY EXPOSITOR; Or, a Paraphrase and Version of the New Testament : with Critical Notes, and a Practical Improvement of each Section. By P. Doddridge, D.D. To which is prefixed, a Life of the Author, by A. Kippis, D.D. F.R.S. and S.A. New Edition, 4 vols. 8vo. dSl. 16s. cloth. DONOVAN-TREATISE ON CHEMISTRY. By M. Donovan, M.R.I. A. Fourth Edition. Fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Title, 6s. cloth. DONOVAN. -A TREATISE ON DOMESTIC ECONOMY. By M. Donovan, Esq. M.R.I.A. Professor of Chemistry to the Company of Apothecaries in Ireland. 2 vols. fcp. Svo. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. DOUBLEDAY'S BUTTERFLIES -THE GENERA OF DIUR- NAL LEPIDOPTERA; comprising their Generic Characters-a Notice of the Habits and Transformations— and a Catalogue Of the Species of each Genus. By Edward Double day, Esq. F.L.S. &c, Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum. Imperial 4to. uniform with Gray and Mitchell's Ornithology ; Illustrated with 75 Coloured Plates. *** To be published in Monthly Parts, 5s. each ; each part to consist of 2 coloured plates, with accompanying Letter-press, giving the Generic Characters, a Short Notice of the Habits, and a Catalogue of the Species of each Genus. Publication will commence when 150 Sub- scribers' Names have been received. DOVER -LIFE OF FREDERICK II. KING OF PRUSSIA. By Lord Dover. 2d Edition. 2 vols. 8vo. with Portrait, 28s. boards. DRUMMOND.-FIRST STEPS TO BOTANY, Intended as popular Illustrations of the Science, leading to its study as a branch of general education. By J. L. Drummond, M.D. 4th Edit. 12mo. with numerous Woodcuts, 9s. bds. DUNHAM.-THE HISTORY OF THE GERMANIC EMPIRE. By Dr. Dunham. 3 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 18s. cloth The History of Europe during the Middle Ages. By Dr. Dunham. 4 vols, fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, £l. 4s. cloth. The History of Spain and Portugal. By Dr. Dunham. 5 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, £\. 10s. cloth. The History of Sweden, Denmark, and Norway. By Dr. Dunham. 3 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 18s. cloth. The History of Poland. By Dr. Dunham. Fcp. Svo. with Vignette Title, 6s. cloth. The Lives of the Early Writers of Great Britain. By Dr. Dunham, R. Bell, Esq. &c. Fcp. Svo. with Vignette Title, 6s. cloth. The Lives of British Dramatists. By Dr. Dunham, R. Bell, Esq. &c. 2 vols. fcp. Svo. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. PRINTED FOR LONGMAN, BROWN, AND CO. DUNLOP (JOHN). -THE HISTORY OF FICTION : Being a Critical Account of the most celebrated Prose Works of Fiction, from the earliest Greek Romances to the Novels of the Present Age. By John Dunlop, Esq. 3d Edition, complete in one volume. Medium 8vo. 15s. cloth. " A very valuable book of reference for general readers; containing a large mass of popular information on the romantic writers of ancient and modern times." — Litekaiiv Gazette. ELLIOTSON -HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY: With which is incorporated much of the elementary part of the " Institutiones Physiologicae" of J F. Blnmenbach, Professor in the University of Gottingen. By John Klliotson, M.D. Cantab. F.R.S. Fifth Edition. 8vo. with numerous Woodcuts, £%. 2s. cloth. ENGLISHMAN'S GREEK CONCORDANCE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT : being an Attempt at a Verbal Connexion between the Greek and the English Texts ; including a Concordance to the Proper Names, with Indexes, Greek-English and English-Greek. 2d Edition, carefully revised, with a new Index, Greek and English. Royal 8vo. £%. 2s. cloth. ENGLISHMAN'S HEBREW AND CHALDEE CONCORDANCE of the OLD TESTAMENT ; being an attempt at a Verbal Connection between the Original and the English Translations : with Indexes, a List of the Proper Names and their occur- rences, &c. &c. 2 vols, royal 8vo. Jb'3. 13s. 6d. cloth; large paper, j£4. 14s. 6d. " The labour bestowed upon this important work has seldom, we should suppose, been equalled ; and we have the fullest conviction, from the merely cursory examination we are able to give to such a stupendous task, that the result Justine-, all the labour, time, and money expended upon it. Indeed, the whole book bears the most palpable evi- dence of honest carefulness and unwearied diligence (the points of prime worth in a Concordance) ; and wherever we have dipped into its pages (about 1S00), we have, in every case, had our opinion of its neatness, accuracy, and lucid order, confirmed and increased." — Litekaiiy Gazette. FAREY.-A TREATISE ON THE STEAM ENGINE, Historical, Practical, and Descriptive. By John Farey, Engineer. 4to. illustrated by numerous Woodcuts, and 25 Copper-plates, £5. 5s. boards. FERGUS.- HISTORY OF UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, From the Discovery of America to the Election of General Jackson to the Presidency. By the Rev. H. Fergus. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. FIELD.-POSTHUMOUS EXTRACTS FROM THE VETERINARY RECORDS OF THE LATE JOHN FIELD. Edited by his Brother, William Field, Veterinary Surgeon, London. 8vo. 8s. boards. FITZROY (LADY). -SCRIPTURAL CONVERSATIONS BE- TVVEEN CHARLES and his MOTHER. By Lady Charles Fitzroy. Fcp. 8vo. 4s. 6d. cloth FORSTER.-THE STATESMEN OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF ENGLAND. With an Introductory Treatise on the Popular Progress in English History. By John Forster, Esq. 5 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Original Portraits of Pym, Eliot, Hampden, Cromwell, and an Historical Scene after a Picture by Cattermole, £\. LOs. cloth. The Introductory Treatise, intended as an Introduction to the Study of the Great Civil War in the Seventeenth Century, separately, 2s. 6d. sewed. The above 5 vols, form Mr. Forster's portion of the Lives of Eminent British Statesmen, by Sir James Mackintosh, the Right Hon. T. P. Courtenay, and John Forster, Esq. 7 vols. fcp.'8vo. with Vignette Titles, £1. 2s. cloth. FORSTER (REV. C.)-THE HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF ARABIA: or, the Patriarchal Evidences of Revealed Religion. A Memoir, with illustrative Maps and an Appendix, containing Translations, with an Alphabet and Glossary of the Hainyaritic Inscriptions recently discovered in Hadramaut. By the Rev. Charles Forster, B.D., one of the Six Preachers in the Cathedra] of Christ, Canterbury, and Rectoa of Stisted, Essex ; Author of "Mahometanism Unveiled.'* 2 vols. 8vo. 30s. cloth. FORSTER (REV. O— THE LIFE OF JOHN JEBB, D.D. F.R.S., late Bishop of Limerick. With a Selection from his Litters. By the Kev. Charles Forster, B.D. Rector of Stisted, Essex, and one of tin' Six Preachers in the Cathedral of Christ,, Canterbury, formerly Domestic Chaplain to the Bishop. Second Edition, 6vo. with Portrait, &c. 16s. cloth. F0SBR0KE.-A TREATISE ON THE ARTS, MANNERS, MANUFACTURES, and INSTITUTIONS of the GREEKS and ROMANS. By the Rev. T. D. Fosbroke, &c. 2 vols. fcp. BVO. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. GERTRUDE. A Tale. By the Author of " Amy Herbert." Edited by the Rev. William Sewell, B.D. of Exeter College, Oxford. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. 9s. cloth. " A book the influences of which cannot, fail to be salutary. Practice without profession, brought to bear upon . the vicissitudes of every-day life, the power of forbearance and gentleness, and of sacrifice which is to find in itself its recompense, — such are the themes here set forth in an agreeable style and an interesting storv. Clear and dis- criminating glimpses of character, and the absence of bitterness and offence, constitute the great charm of this elegant writer and warrants us in cordially recommending her 'Gertrude* as pleasant and profitable reading." — AtheS-ilm. GLEIG.-LIVES OF MOST EMINENT BRITISH MILITARY COMMANDERS. By the Rev. G. R. Gleig. 3 vols- fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 18s. cloth. GLENDINNING.-PRACTICAL HINTS ON THE CULTURE OF THE PINE APPLE. By R. Glendinning, Gardener to the Right Hon. Lord Rolle, Bicton. 12mo. with Plan of a Pinery, 5s. cloth. GOLDSMITH'S (OLIVER) POETICAL WORKS. Illustrated with Engravings on Wood, from Designs by the Members of the Etching Club. Square crown 8vo. uniform with "Thomson's Seasons," 21s. cloth; bound in morocco, by Hayday, £\. 16s. [In October. GOOD.-THE BOOK OE NATURE. A Popular Illustration of the General Laws and Phenomena of Creation. By John Mason Good, M.D. F.R.S., &c. Third Edition, corrected. 3 vols. fcp. Svo. 24s. cloth. GRAHAM-ENGLISH ; OR, THE ART OE COMPOSITION explained in a Series of Instructions and Examples. By G. F. Graham. Second Edition, revised and improved. Fcp. 8vo. 7s. cloth. GRANT (MRS.)-LETTERS FROM THE MOUNTAINS. Being the Correspondence with her Friends, between the years 1773 and 1803. By Mrs Grant, of Laggan. Sixth Edition. Edited, with Notes and Additions, by her son, J. P. Grant, Esq. 2 vols, post 8vo. 21s. cloth. GRANT (MRS. OF LAGGAN).-MEM0IR AND C0RRE- SPONDENCE of the late Mrs. Grant, of Laggan, Author of " Letters from the Mountains," "Memoirs of an American Lady," &c. &c. Edited by her Son, J. P. Grant, Esq. Second Edition. 3 vols, post Svo. with Portrait, 31s. 6d. cloth. GRATTAN.-THE HISTORY OF THE NETHERLANDS, From the Invasion by the Romans to the Belgian Revolution in 1830. By T. C. Grattan, Esq. Fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Title, 6s. cloth. GRAY.-FIGURES OF MOLLUSCOUS ANIMALS, Selected from various Authors. Etched for the Use of Students. By Maria Emma Gray. Vol. I. 8vo. with 78 plates of Figures, 12s. cloth. GRAY (J. EJ-THE GENERA OF MAMMALIA; comprising their Generic Characters— a Notice of the Habits of each Genus— and a Short Character of each of the well-established species, referred to the several genera. By John Edward Gray, Esq. Keeper of the Zoological Collection of the British Museum. Imp. 4to. uniform with Gray and Mitchell's Ornithology ; Illustrated with 175 Plates. *** To be published in Monthly Parts, 12s. each ; each part to consist of 4 coloured and 3 plain Plates, with accompanying Letter-press. The work will not exceed 25 Parts. Publica- tion will commence when 150 Subscriber's Names have been received. GRAY AND MITCHELL'S 0RNITH0L0GY.-THE GENERA Of BIRDS ; comprising their Generic Characters, a Notice of the Habits of each Genus, and an extensive List of Species, referred to their several Genera. By George Robert Gray, Acad. Imp. Georg. Florent. Soc. Corresp. Senior Assistant of the Zoological Department, British Museum ; and Author of the " List of the Genera of Birds," &c. &c. Illustrated with Three Hundred and Fifty imperial quarto Plates, by David William Mitchell. In course of publication, in Monthly Parts, 10s. 6d. each ; each Part consisting generally of Four imperial quarto coloured Plates and Three plain, and accompanying Letterpress ; giving the Generic Characters, short Remarks on the Habits, and a List of Species of each Genus as complete as possible. The uncoloured Plates contain the Characters of all the Genera of the various Sub-families, consisting of numerous details of Heads, Wings, and Feet, as the case may require, for pointing out their distinguishing Characters. *** The work will not exceed Fifty Monthly Parts. [A'o. 18 was published Oct. 1st. GREENER.-THE GUN ; Or, a Treatise on the various Descriptions of Small Fire-Arms. By W. Greener, Inventor of an improved method of Firing Cannon by Percussion, &c. 8vo. with Illustrations, 15s. boards. GREENWOOD (COL.)-THE TREE-LIFTER; Or, a New Method of Transplanting Trees. By Col. Geo. Greenwood. Svo. with an Illus- trative Plate, 7s. cloth. GUEST. -THE MABINOGION, From the Llyfr Coch o Hergest, or Red Book of Hergest, and other ancient Welsh MSS. : with an English Translation and Notes. By Lady Charlotte Guest. Parts 1 to 6. Royal 8vo. 8s. each, sewed in covers. Contents :— Part 1. The Lady of the Fountain. Part 2. Peredur Ab Evrawc ; a Tale of Chivalry. Part 3. The Arthurian Romance of Geraint, the Son of Erbin. Part 4. The Romance of Kilhwch and Olwen. Part 5. The Dream of Rhonabwy, and the Tale of Pwyll Prince of Dyved. PartC. Branwen, the Daughter of Llyr; Manawyddan, the Son of Llyr; and Math, the Son of Mathonwy. GUICCIARDINI (F.)-THE MAXIMS OF FRANCIS GUIC- C1ARDINI, the Historian. Translated by Emma Martin, Author of " A Short History of Ireland." With Notes, and Parallel Passages from the works of Machiavelli, Lord Bacon, Pascal, Rochefoucault, Montesquieu, Burke, Prince Talleyrand, Guizot, and others. With a Sketch of the Author's Life. Square fcp. 8vo. [In October. GWILT.-AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ARCHITECTURE ; Historical, Theoretical, and Practical. By Joseph Gwilt, Esq. F.S.A. Illustrated with upwards of 1000 Engravings on Wood, from Designs by J. S. Gwilt. 1 thick vol. 8vo. containing- nearly 1300 closely-printed pages, s£2. 12s. 6d. cloth. " G wilt's Encyclopaedia ranks hi^h as a work for professional students, containing the mathematics of architecture, with copious details upon all the technicalities of the science. It is a work whicli no professed architect or builder should be without." — Westminster Review. HALL- NEW GENERAL LARGE LIBRARY ATLAS OF FIFTY-THREE MAPS, on Colombier Paper; with the Divisions and Boundaries carefully coloured. Constructed entirely from New Drawings, and engraved by Sidney Hall. New Edition, thoroughly revised and corrected ; including all the Alterations rendered necessary by the recent Official Surveys, the New Roads on the Continent, and a careful Comparison with the authenticated Discoveries published in the latest Voyages and Travels. Folded in half, Nine Guineas, half-bound in russia; full size of the Maps, Ten Pounds, half-bd. russia. The following Maps have been re-engraved, from entirely new desi^ns---Ireland, South Africa, Turkey in Asia; the following have been materially improved— Switzerland, North Italy, South Italy, Egypt, Central Germany, Southern Germany, Greece, Austria, Spain and Portugal; a new map of China, corrected from the recent government survey of the coast from Canton to Nankin (to which is appended ,the Province of Canton, on an enlarged scale, in a separate compartment), has since been added. HALSTED.-LIFE AND TIMES 0E RICHARD THE THIRD, as Duke of Gloucester and King of England: in which all the Charges against him are care- fully investigated and compared with the Statements of the Cotemporary Authorities. By Caroline A. Halsted, Author of "The Life of Margaret Beaufort, Mother of King Henry VII." and "Obligations of Literature to the Mothers of England." 2 vols. 8voi with a Portrait from an Original Picture in the possession of the Right Hon. Lord Stafford, never before engraved, and other illustrations, sSl. 10s. cloth. HANNAM.-TIIE ECONOMY OF WASTE MANURES : a Treatise on the Nature and Use of Neglected Fertilizers. By John Hannam. Written for the Yorkshire Agricultural Society, and published by permission of the Council. A New Edit. Fcp. 8vo. [In thr press. " This little book not only teaches how the manures already at the command of the farmer may be economised, but points out numerous sources whence fertilisers may he obtained, whirh are at present totally wasted. The work is worthy the attention of the practical agriculturist, and also of the public economist." — Tait's" Magazine. IIAND-EOOK OF TASTE; Or, How to Observe Works of Art, especially Cartoons, Pictures, and Statues. By Fabius Pictok. 3d Edition. Fcp. 8vo. 3s. boards. HANSARD-TROUT AND SALMON FISHING IN WALES. By G. A. Hansard. 12mo. 6s. 6d. cloth. HARR1S.-THE HIGHLANDS OF ^ETHIOPIA; Being the Accout of Eighteen Months' Residence of a British Embassy to the Christian Court of Shoa. By Major Sir W. ('. HARRIS, Author of "Wild Spurts in Southern Africa," &c. 2d Edition. 3 vols. 8vo. with Map and Illustrations, .f>. 2s. cloth. II AWES-TALES OF THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS, And Adventures nf the Early Settlers in America ; from the landing Of the Pilgrim fathers, in 1620, to the Time of the Declaration of Independence, By Barbara Hawks. Fcp. 8vo. with Frontispiece, 6s. cloth. HAWKER.-INSTRUCTIONS TO YOUNG SPORTSMEN In all that relates to Guns and Shooting. My Lieut. -Col. P. Hawker. 9th Edit, corrected, enlarged, and improved, with Eighty-five Plates and Woodcuts l,\ Adlaid and Kianston, from Drawings by C. Varley, Dickes, &c. 8vo. .£1. Is. cloth. 12 CATALOGUE OF NEW WORKS HAYDON.-LECTURES ON PAINTING AND DESIGN : Delivered at the London Institution, the Royal Institution, Albemarle Street, to the University of Oxford, &c. By B. R. Haydon, Historical Painter. With Designs drawn on Wood by the Author, and engraved by Edward Evans. 8vo. 12s. cloth. HENSLOW.-THE PRINCIPLES OE DESCRIPTIVE AND PHYSIOLOGICAL BOTANY. By J. S. Henslow, M.A. F.L.S. &c. Fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Title, and nearly 70 Woodcuts, 6s. cloth. HERSCHEL -A TREATISE ON ASTRONOMY. By Sir John Herschel. New Edition. Fcp. 8vo. Vignette Title, 6s. cloth. HERSCHEL.-A PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE ON THE STUDY OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. By Sir John Herschel. New Edition. Fcp. Svo. with vignette title, 6s. cloth. HINTS ON ETIQUETTE AND THE USAGES OE SOCIETY : With a Glance at Bad Habits. By Ayaiyiis. " Manners make the man." 24th Edition, revised (with additions) by a Lady of Rank. Fcp. 8vo. 2s. 6d. cloth, gilt edges. General Observations; Introductions— Letters of Introduction — Marriage— Dinners— Smoking; SnufF— Fashion— Dress— Music— Dancing— Conversation— Advice to Tradespeople — Visiting; Visiting Cards— Cards — Tattling— Of General Society. HOARE -A DESCRIPTIVE ACCOUNT OF A NEW METHOD of PLANTING and MANAGING the ROOTS of GRAPE VINES. By Clement Hoare, Author of " A Treatise on the Cultivation of the Grape Vine on Open Walls." 12mo. 5s. cloth. HOARE -A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE CULTIVATION OF THE GRAPE VINE ON OPEN WALLS. By Clement Hoare. 3d Edition. 8vo. 7s. 6d. cloth. HOBBES.-ENGLISH WORKS OF THOMAS HOBBES, Of Malmesbury ; now first collected by Sir William Molesworth, Bart. The English Works, Vols. 1 to 6 and 8 to 10, and the Latin Works, Vols. 1 to 3, 10s. each.— Vols. 8 and 9, comprising the Translation of Thucydides, are not sold separately. HOLLAND-PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION; Or, Considerations on the Course of Life. Translated from the French of Madame Necker de Saussure. By Miss Holland. 3 vols. fcp. 8vo. 19s. 6d. cloth. *** The Third Volume, forming an appropriate conclusion to the first two, separately, 7s. 6d. HOLLAND.-A TREATISE ON THE MANUFACTURES IN METAL. By J. Holland, Esq. 3 vols. fcp. Vignette Titles, about 300 Woodcuts, 18s. cloth. HOLLAND. -MEDICAL NOTES AND REFLECTIONS. By Henry Holland, M.D. F.R.S. &c. Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians, Physician Extraordinary to the Queen, and Physician in Ordinary to His Royal Highness Prince Albert. 2d Edition. 8vo. 18s. cloth. HOOK (DR. W. F.)-THE LAST DAYS OF OUR LORD'S MINISTRY : a Course of Lectures on the principal Events of Passion Week. By Walter Farquhar Hook, D D. Vicar of Leeds, Prebendary of Lincoln, and Chaplain in Ordinary to the Queen. 4th Edition. Fcp. Svo. 6s. cloth. HOOKER.-THE BRITISH FLORA, In Two Vols. Vol.1; comprising Pha;noganious or Flowering Plants, and the Ferns. By Sir William Jackson Hooker, K.H. LL.D. F.R.A. and L.S. &c. &c &c. Fifth Edition, with Additions and Corrections; and 173 Figures illustrative of the Umbelliferous Plants, the Composite Plants, the Grasses, and the Ferns. 8vo. with 12 Plates, 14s. plain; with the plates coloured, 24s. cloth. Vol- 2, in Two Parts, comprising the Cryptogamia and Fungi, completing the British Flora, and forming Vol. 5, Parts 1 and 2, of Smith's English Flora, 24s. boards. HOOKER AND TAYLOR.-MUSCOLOGIA BRITANNICA. Containing the Mosses of Great Britain and Ireland, systematically arranged and described ; with Plates, illustrative of the character of the Genera and Species. BySir W. J. Hooker and T. Taylor, M.D. F.L.S., &c. 2d Edition, Svo. enlarged, 31s. 6d. plain ; £3. 3s. coloured. HORNE (THE REV. T. H.)-AN INTRODUCTION TO THE CRITICAL STUDY and KNOWLEDGE of the HOLY SCRIPTURES. By Thomas Hartwell Horne, B.D. of St. John's College, Cambridge; Rector of the united Parishes of St. Edmund the King and Martyr, and St. Nicholas Aeons, Lombard Street ; Prebendary of St. Paul's. 8th Edition, corrected and enlarged. Illustrated with numerous Maps and Facsimilies of Biblical Manuscripts. 4 vols. 8vo. (Vol. 2 in 2 Parts), aS3. 3s. boards. PRINTED FOR LONGMAN, BROWN, AND CO. 13 HOME (THE REV. T. H.)— A COMPENDIOUS INTRODUC- TION to the STUDY of the BIBLE. By Thomas Hartwell Horne, B.D. of St. John's College, Cambridge. Being - an Analysis of his " Introduction to the Critical Study and Knowledge of the Holy Scriptures." 7th Edition, corrected and enlarged. 12mo. with Maps and other Engravings, 9s. boards. HORSLEY (BISHOP) -BIBLICAL CRITICISM On the first Fourteen Historical Books of the Old Testament ; and on the first Nine Prophetical Books. By Samuel Horsley, LL.D. F.R.S. F.S.A. Lord Bishop of St. Asaph. 2d Edition, containing Translations by the Author never before published, together with copious Indices. 2 vols. Svo. £1. 10s. cloth. By the same Author, THE BOOK of PSALMS ; translated from the Hebrew : with Notes, explanatory and critical. Fourth Edition. Svo. 12s. cloth. HOWITT (MARY). -THE CHILD'S PICTURE AND YERSE BOOK, commonly called "Otto Speckter's Fable Book." Translated by Mary Howitt: With French and German on corresponding pages, and illustrated with 100 Engravings on Wood by G. F. Sargent. 2d Edition. Square 12mo. 7s. 6d. boards. HOWITT (MARY).-THE II FAMILY: TRALINNAN ; AXEL and ANNA; and other Tales. By Fredrika Bremer. Translated by Mary Howitt. 2 vols, post 8vo. with Portrait of the Author, 21s. boards. The Neighbours. A Story of Every-day Life in Sweden. By Fredrika Bremer. Translated b> Mary Howitt. 3d Edition, revised and corrected. 2 vols, post 8vo. 18s. boards. The Home. Or, Family Cares and Family Joys. By Fredrika Bremer. Translated by Mary Howitt. 2d Edition, revised and corrected. 2 vols, post 8vo. 21s. boards. The President's Daughters. Including Nina. By Fredrika Bremer. Translated by Mary Howitt. 3 vols- post 8vo. 31s. 6d. boards. A New Sketch of Every-day Life:— A Diary. Together with Strife and Peace. By Fredrika Bremer. Tran- slated by Mary Howitt. 2 vols, post 8vo. 21s. boards. HOWITT.-THE RURAL LIFE OF ENGLAND. By William Howitt. 3d Edition, corrected and revised. Medium Svo. with Engravings on wood, by Bewick and Williams, uniform with " Visits to Remarkable Places," 21s. cloth. Life of the Aristocracy. Life of the Agricultural Population. Picturesque and Moral Features of the Country. Strong Attachment of the English to Country Life. The Forests of England. Habits, Amusements, and Condition of the People ; in which are introduced Two New Chapters, descriptive of the Rural Watering Places, and Education of the Rural Population. HOWITT.-GERMAN EXPERIENCES : Addressed to the English, both Goers Abroad and Stayers at Home. By William Howitt. Fcp. 8vo. 7s. 6d. clotb . HOWITT.-VISITS TO REMARKABLE PLACES; Old Halls, Battle-Fie Ids, and Scenes illustrative of Striking Passages in English History and Poetry. By William Howitt. New Edition. Medium 8vo. with 40 Illustrations by S. Williams, 21s. cloth. SECOND SERIES, chiefly in the Counties of DURHAM and NORTHUMBERLAND, with a Stroll along the BORDER. Medium Svo. with upwards of 40 highly-finished Woodcuts, from Drawings made on the spot for this work, by Messrs. Carmichael, Richardsons, and Weld Taylor, 21s. cloth. HOWITT.-THE LIFE AND ADVENTURES OF JACK OF THE MILL, commonly called "Lord Othmill ;" created, for his eminent services, Baron Waldeck, and Knight of Kitticottie ; a Fireside Story. By William Howitt. 2d Edition, 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with 46 Illustrations on Wood by G. F. Sargent, 12s. cloth. HOWITT.-THE RURAL AND SOCIAL LIFE OF GERMANY : With Characteristic Sketches of its Chief Cities and Scenery. Collected in a General Tour, and during a Residence in that Country in the Years 1840-42. By William Howitt, Author of "The Rural Life of England," &c. Med. Svo. with above 50 illustrations, 21s. cloth. HOWITT.-WANDERINGS OF A JOURNEYMAN TAILOR, through EUROPE and the EAST, during the years 1S24 to 1840. By P. D. Holthaus, from Werdohl, in Westphalia. Translated from the Third German Edition, by William Howitt, Author of "The Rural and Social Life of Germany," &c. Fcp. Svo. with Portrait of the Tailor, 6s. cloth. HOWITT.-THE STUDENT-LIFE OF GERMANY. From the Unpublished MSS. of Dr. Cornelius. By William Howitt. Svo. with 24 Wood- Engravingg, and Seven Steel Plates, 21s. cloth. 14 CATALOGUE OF NEW WORKS HOWITT.-COLONISATION AND CHRISTIANITY : A Popular History of the Treatment of the Natives, in all their Colonies, by the Europeans. By William Howitt. Post 8vo. 10s. 6d. cloth. HOWITT.-THE BOY'S COUNTRY BOOK: Being: the real Life of a Country Boy, written by himself ; exhibiting all the Amusements, Pleasures, and Pursuits of Children in the Country. Edited by William Howitt, Author of " The Rural Life of England," &c. 2d Edition. Fcp. 8vo. with 40 Woodcuts, 8s. cloth. " A capital work ; and, we are inclined to think, Hewitt's best in any line."— Quarterly Review. HOWITT (RICHARDS -IMPRESSIONS OF AUSTRALIA FELIX, during a Four Years' Residencs in that Colony : with particular reference to the Prospects of Emigrants. With Notes of a Voyage round the World, Australian Poems, &c. By Richard Howitt. Fcp. 8vo. 7s. cloth. HUDSON-PLAIN DIRECTIONS EOR MAKING WILLS In Conformity with the Law, and particularly with reference to the Act 7 Will. 4 and 1 Vict. c. 26. To which is added, a clear Exposition of the Law relating to the distribution of Per- sonal Estate in the case of Intestacy ; with two Forms of Wills, and much useful information, &c. By J. C. Hudson, Esq. 13th Edition, corrected, with notes of cases judicially decided since the above Act came into operation. Fcp. 8vo. 2s. 6d. HUDSON.-THE EXECUTOR'S GUIDE. By J. C. Hudson, Esq. of the Legacy Duty Office, London ; Author of " Plain Directions for Making Wills," and "The Parent's Hand-book." Fourth Edition. Fcp. 8vo. 5s. cloth. *** These two works may be had in one volume, 7s. cloth. HUDSON.-THE PARENT'S HAND-BOOK; Or, Guide to the Choice of Professions, Employments, and Situations ; containing useful and practical Information on the subject of placing out Young Men, and of obtaining their Edu- cation with a view to particular occupations. By J. C. Hudson, Esq. Author of " Plain Directions for Making Wills." Fcp. 8vo. 5s. cloth. " A ' Guide to the Choice of Professions, Employments, and Situations ; containing useful and practical Informa- tion on the subject of Placing Out Young Men, and of Educating them with a view to particular occupations.' All true, — a hand-book that should not merely be thoroughly consulted by every parent and guardian who has any share in the directing of a young man to the choice mentioned, but which should be studied anxiously by every youth who meditates taking a decisive step in relation to his future welfare and happiness. The liberal professions have engaged Mr. Hudson in his Guide ; and on every branch which his hand-book comprises, we are convinced that nowhere else will so much that is good and accurate be found in a printed shape ; while, taking the whole circle of his subjects, nothing at all approaching its usefulness, in the same way, can be found in our language. One wonders how and where Mr.'Hudson could gather so many minute and practically-valuable facts, extending even to a close account of necessary expenses. His book is the production of a sensible, prudent, philanthropic, earnest, and widely- informed man." — Monthly Review. HUMPHREYS.-THE ILLUMINATED BOOKS OF THE MIDDLE AGES.— A History of Illuminated Books, from the IVth to the XVIIth Century. By Henry NoelHumphreys. Illustrated by a Series of Specimens, consisting of an entire Page, of the exact Size of the Original, from the most celebrated and splendid MSS. in the Imperial and Royal Libraries of Vienna, Moscow, Paris, Naples, Copenhagen, and Madrid ;— from the Vatican, Escurial, Ambrosian, and other great Libraries of the Continent ;— and from the rich Public, Collegiate, and Private Libraries of Great Britain ; superbly printed in Gold, Silver, and Colours. In course of publication in Parts. Parts 1 and 2, each containing Three Plates, with Descriptions, Imperial Quarto (15 in. by 11), splendidly printed, in gold, silver, and colours, in imitation of the originals, as accurate as can be produced by mechanical means, 12s. ; Large Paper, on Half Imperial (21£ in. by 15), to prevent folding the large Plates, 21s. Six Parts to form a Volume, Four Volumes completing the work. HUNT-RESEARCHES ON LIGHT : An Examination of all the Phenomena connected with the Chemical and Molecular Changes produced by the Influence of the Solar Rays; embracing all the known Photographic Pro- cesses, and new Discoveries in the Art. By Robert Hunt, Secretary of the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society. 8vo. with Plate and Woodcuts, 10s. 6d. cloth. ILLUMINATED CALENDAR (THE). -THE ILLUMINATED CALENDAR and HOME DIARY for 1846 ; containing 12 pages of facsimile from the Calen- der of the rich missal of the Duke of Anjou, styled King of Sicily and Jerusalem; also 24 pages of Diary, each illuminated with an elaborate Border taken from the same MS.; and an Illuminated Title. The binding designed from the framework of one of the miniature pictures of the same MS. Imperial Svo. 42s. bound in an appropriate ornamental cover. [In thepress. *** The elaborate gothic traceries of this MS. form one of the finest monuments of the art of illuminating. It was executed towards the close of the fourteenth century, more than a century earlier than the " Hours of Anne of Brittany," which formed the subject of the Calendar for 1844 ; and in style and execution it exhibits a totally different style of art from that work. 6^ The Illuminated Calendar and Home Diarv, for 1845 ; copied from the Manuscript of the " Hours of Anne of Brittany." Imp. Svo. in emblazoned printing and binding, 42s. JACKSON-PICTORIAL FLORA ; Or, British Botany delineated, in 1500 Lithographic Drawings of all the Species of Flowering Plants indigenous to Great Britain ; illustrating the descriptive works on English Botany of Hooker, Lindley, Smith, &c. By Miss Jackson. 8vo. 15s. cloth. JAMES-LIVES OE MOST EMINENT FOREIGN STATESMEN. By G. P. R. James, Esq., and E. E. Crowe, Esq. 5 vols. fcp. 8vo. Vignette Titles, 30s. cloth. JAMES. -A HISTORY OF THE LIFE OF EDWARD THE BLACK PRINCE, and of various Events connected therewith, which occurred during the Reign of Edward III. King of England. By G. P. R. James, Esq. 2d Edition. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. Map, 15s. cloth. JEEB (BISHOP).-PRACTICAL THEOLOGY; comprising Discourses on the Liturgy and Principles of the United Church of England and Ireland; Critical and other Tracts; and a Speech delivered in the House of Peers in 1824. By John Jebb, D.D. F.R.S. JJishop of Limerick, Ardfert, and Aghadoe. 2d Edition. 2 vols. 8vo. 24s. cloth. By the same Author, PASTORAL INSTRUCTIONS, on the Character and Principles of the Church of England, selected from his former Publications. A New Edition. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. cloth. JEBB (BISHOP) AND KNOX (ALEXANDER). - THIRTY YEARS' CORRESPONDENCE between John Jebb, D.D. F.R.S. Bishop of Limerick, Ardfert, Aghadoe, and Alexander Knox, Esq. M.R.I. A. Edited by the Rev. Charles Forster, B.D. Rector of Stisted, Essex, and one of the Six Preachers in the Cathedral of Christ, Canterbury, formerly Domestic Chaplain to Bishop Jebb. 2d Edit. 2 vols. 8vo. 28s. cloth. JEFFREY. - CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE EDINBURGH REVIEW. By Francis Jeffrey, now one of the Judges of the Court of Session in Scotland. 4 vols. 8vo. 48s. cloth. JOHNSON— THE FARMER'S ENCYCLOPEDIA, And Dictionary of Rural Affairs: embracing all the recent Discoveries in Agricultural Che- mistry; adapted to the comprehension of unscientific readers. By Cuthbert W. Johnson, Esq. F.R.S. Barrister-at-Law, Corresponding Member of the Agricultural Society of Konigs- berg, and of the Maryland Horticultural Society; Author of several of the Prize Essays of the Royal Agricultural Society of England, and other Agricultural Works ; Editor of the " Farmer's Almanack," &c. 1 thick vol. 8vo. illustrated by Wood Engravings of the best and most improved Agricultural Implements, £1. 10s. cloth. KANE. -ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY; Including the most Recent Discoveries and Applications of the Science to Medicine and Pharmacy, and to the Arts. By Robert Kane, M.D. M.R.I. A., Professor of Natural Philosophy to the Royal Dublin Society. 8vo. with 236 Woodcuts, 24s. cloth. KANE.-THE INDUSTRIAL RESOURCES OF IRELAND. By Robert Kane, M.D. Secretary to the Council of the Royal Irish Academv, Professor of Natural Philosophy to the Royal Dublin Society, and of Chemistry to the Apothecaries' Hall of Ireland. 2d Edition. Post 8vo. 7s. cloth. KATER AND LARDNER.-A TREATISE ON MECHANICS. By Captain Kater and Dr. Lardner. New Edition. Fcp. Svo. Vignette Title, and 19 Plates, comprising 224 distinct figures, 6s. cloth. KEIGHTLEY.-OUTLINES OF HISTORY, From the Earliest Period. By Thomas Keightley, Esq. New Edition, corrected and con- siderably improved. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. cloth ; or 6s. 6d. bound. KEON (M. G.)-A HISTORY OF THE JESUITS, Literary, Social, and Political, from the Birth of Ignatius Loyola to the present time. By Miles Gerald Keon. 8vo. [Preparing for publication. KIRBY & SPENCE.-AN INTRODUCTION TO ENTOMOLOGY; Or, Elements of the Natural History of Insects : comprising an account of noxious and useful Insects, of their Metamorphoses, Food, Stratagems, Habitations, Societies, Mutions, Xuis< s, Hybernation, Instinct, &c. By W. Kirby, M.A. F.R.S. & L.S. Rector of Barham; and W.' SPENCE, Esq. F.R.S. & L.S. 6th Edit, corrected and much enlarged. 2 vols. 8vo. 31s. (id. cloth. The first two volumes of the "Introduction to Entomology" are published is a separate work, distinct from the third and fourth volumes, and, though much enlarged, at i siderable reduction of price, in order that — is class of readers who < onfine their study of Insects to that of their mannei - ednotbi ith the cost of the technical portion of the a ork, n lating to then- anatomy, physioh KNAPP.-GRAMINA BRITANNICA; Or, Representations of the British Grasses : with Remarks and occasional Descriptions. By I. L. Knapp, Esq. F.LS. &A.S. 2d Edition. 4to. with 118 Plates, beautifully coloured, jL3. 10s. boards. 16 CATALOGUE OF NEW WORKS KNOX (ALEXANDER) -REMAINS OF ALEXANDER KNOX, Esq. of Dublin, M.R.I. A , containing Essays, chiefly explanatory, of Christian Doctrine, and Confidential Letters, with Private Papers, illustrative of the Writer's Character. Sentiments, and Life. 3d Edition, 4 vols. Svo. £2. 8s. cloth. LAING— NOTES ON THE SCHISM FROM THE CHURCH OF ROME, called the GERMAN-CATHOLIC CHURCH, instituted by J. Ronge and I. Czerzki, in October 1844, on occasion of the Pilgrimage to the Holy Coat at Treves. By S. Laing, Esq. Author of " Notes of a Traveller," "The Chronicles of the Kings of Norway," &c. Fcp. 8vo. 5s. cloth. LAING.-THE CHRONICLE OF THE KINGS OF NORWAY, From the Earliest Period of the History of the Northern Sea Kings to the Middle of the Twelfth Century, commonly called The Heimskringla. Translated from the Icelandic of Snorro Sturlesbn, with Notes, and a Preliminary Discourse, by Samuel Laing, Author of " Notes of a Traveller," &c. 3 vols. 8vo. 36s. cloth. LAING.-JOURNAL OF A RESIDENCE IN NORWAY, During the years 1834, 1835, and 1836 ; made with a view to inquire into the Rural and Political Economy of that Country, and the Condition of its Inhabitants. By Samuel Laing, Esq. 2d Edition. 8vo. 14s. cloth. LAING. -NOTES OF A TRAVELLER, On the Social and Political State of France, Prussia, Switzerland, Italy, and other parts of Europe, during the present century. By Samuel Laing, Esq. 2d Edition. 8vo. 16s. cloth. LAING.-A TOUR IN SWEDEN, In 1838 ; comprising observations on the Moral, Political, and Economical State of the Swedish Nation. By Samuel Laing, Esq. 8vo. 12s. cloth. LARDNER'S CABINET CYCLOPEDIA; Comprising a Series of Original Works on History, Biography, Literature, the Sciences, Arts, and Manufactures. Conducted and edited by Dr. Lardne r. The Series, complete, in One Hundred and Thirty-three Volumes, £Z matter is converted and reduced to English standards with acarefulness and extreme aceur.ic> beyond allpralan The hook will be found indispensable to the senior scholars in collegcB and schools; its usefulness to mathematical students is obvious and undeniable."— Eclectic Review. 24 CATALOGUE OF NEW WORKS PHILLIPS.-AN ELEMENTARY INTRODUCTION TO MINE- RALOGY ; comprising; a Notice of the Characters and Elements of Minerals ; with Accounts of the Places and Circumstances in which they are found. By William Phillips, F.L.S. M.G.S. &c. 4th Edition, considerably augmented by R. Allan, F.R.S.E. 8vo. with numerous Cuts, 12s. cloth. PHILLIPS-FIGURES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF THE PALAEOZOIC FOSSILS of CORNWALL, DEVON, and WEST SOMERSET; observed in the course of the Ordnance Geological Survey of that District. By John Phillips, F.R.S. F.G.S. &c. Published by Order of the Lords Commissioners of H.M. Treasury. 8vo. with 60 Plates, comprising very numerous figures, 9s. cloth. PHILLIPS.-A GUIDE TO GEOLOGY. By John Phillips, F.R.S.G.S., &c. Fcp. 8vo. with Plates, 6s. cloth. PHILLIPS.-A TREATISE ON GEOLOGY. By John Phillips, F.R.S. G.S., &c. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles and Woodcuts, 12s. cloth. PORTER.-A TREATISE ON THE MANUFACTURE OF SILK. By G. R. Porter, Esq. F.R.S. Author of " The Progress of the Nation," &c. 1 vol. 8vo. with Vignette Title, and 39 Engravings on Wood, 6s. cloth. P0RTER.-A TREATISE ON THE MANUFACTURES OF PORCELAIN AND GLASS. By G. R. Porter, Esq. F.R.S. Fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Title and 50 Woodcuts, 6s. cloth. PORTLOCK.-REPORT ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE COUNTY of LONDONDERRY, and of Parts of Tyrone and Fermanagh, examined and described under the Authority of the Master-General and Board of Ordnance. By J. E. Portlock, F.R.S. &c. 8vo. with 48 Plates, 24s. cloth. POSTANS.-PERSONAL OBSERVATIONS ON SINDH, The Manners and Customs of its Inhabitants, and its Productive Capabilities : with a Narrative of the Recent Events. By Capt. Postans, Bombay Army, late Assistant to the Political Agent, Sindh. 8vo. with new Map, coloured Frontispiece, and other Illustrations, 18s. cloth. POWELL.— THE HISTORY OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, From the Earliest Periods to the Present Time. By Baden Powell, M.A., Savilian Professor of Mathematics in the University of Oxford. Fcp. 8vo. Vignette Title, 6s. cloth. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. The last part published is Part 11 for 1843, 6s. cloth. PYCROFT (REV. J.)-A COURSE OF ENGLISH READING, adapted to every Taste and Capacity : with Anecdotes of Men of Letters. By the Rev. James Pvcroft, B.A. Trinity College, Oxford ; Author of "Latin Grammar Practice," and " Greek Grammar Practice." Fcp. 8vo. 6s. 6d. cloth. QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY of LONDON. Edited by David Thomas Ansted, M.A. F.R.S. Fellow of Jesus College, Cambridge ; Professor of Geology in King's College, London ; Vice-Secretary of the Geolo- gical Society. Nos. 1, 2, and 3, 8vo. 4s. each, sewed. —Published quarterly. [No. 4 on Nov. 1st. RANKE'S HISTORY OF THE REFORMATION. Translated by Sarah Austin, Translator of Ranke's " History of the Popes." Vols. 1 and 2. 8vo. 30s. cloth. '* The excellent volumes before us will increase the reputation of Professor Ranke, "which already stands high both in Germany and in this country. If they are not characterized by the same wonderful impartiality which distinguishes his' History of the Popes,' they display equal research, learning, and ingenuity. If we must confess that the author's tone in the last of his works is much more decidedly Protestant, and that he at times sinks into the ardent partisan, we do so with some reluctance ; and, in making the admission, we would ask our readers to remem- ber that it was scarcely to be expected as a thing possible — nay, perhaps not to be wished as a thing desirable — that a deep-thinking and sincere man should, in his treatment of such a subject-matter (the restoration of purity in religion), have displayed that calm and cold philosophy which might have been looked for, but which certainly was not found even in our Gibbon's account of its origin and progress. We must add, that it is only occasionally that Professor Ranke permits himself to take a one-sided view of things ; and when he does so, his advocacy is so tho- roughly conscientious, and at the sameHime so earnest, as to charm, if it does not always convince the reader, It is almost superfluous to say, that the translation is excellent. For this Mrs. Austin's name alone forms a sufficient guarantee." — Times. REECE.-THE MEDICAL GUIDE, For the use of the Clergy, Heads of Families, Seminaries, and Junior Practitioners in Medi- cine ; comprising a complete Modern Dispensatory, and a Practical Treatise on the Distin- guishing Symptoms, Causes, Prevention, Cure and Palliation, of the Diseases incident to the Human Frame. By R. Reece, M.D. late Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons of London, &c. 16th Edition. 8vo. 12s. boards. REID (DR.)-ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE of WARMING and VENTILATING, with Preliminary Remarks on Health and Length of Life. By D. B. Reid, M.D. F.R.S.E. 8vo. with Diagrams, and 320 Engravings on wood, 16s. cloth. PRINTED FOR LONGMAN, BROWN, AND CO. 25 REPTON -THE LANDSCAPE GARDENING & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE of the late Humphry Repton, Esq.; being his entire works on these subjects. New Edition, with an historical and scientific Introduction, a systematic Analysis, a Biographical Notice, Notes, and a copious alphabetical Index. By J. C. Loudon, F.L.S. &c. Originally published in 1 folio and 3 quarto volumes, and now comprised in 1 vol. Svo. illustrated by upwards of 250 Engravings, and Portrait, 30s. cloth; with coloured plates, £3. 6s. cloth. REYNARD THE FOX : A renowned Apologue of the Middle Age. Reproduced in Rhyme. Embellished throughout with Scroll Capitals, in Colours, from Wood-block Letters made expressly for this work, after Designs of the 12th and 13th Centuries. With an Introduction, by Samuel Naylor, late of Queen's College, Oxford. Large Square 8vo. 18s. vellum cloth. RIDDLE. -A COMPLETE ENGLISH-LATIN AND LATIN- ENGLISH DICTIONARY, compiled from the best sources, chiefly German. By the Rev. J. E. Riddle, M. a. 4th Edition. 8vo. 31s. 6d. cloth. *** Separately— The English-Latin part, 10s. 6d. cloth; the Latin-English part, 21s. cloth. RIDDLE. — A DIAMOND LATIN ENGLISH DICTIONARY. For the Waistcoat-pocket. A Guide to the Meaning, Quality, and right Accentuation of Latin Classical Words. By the Rev. J. E. Riddle, M.A. Royal 32mo. 4s. bound. RIDDLE.-ECCLESIASTICAL CHRONOLOGY ; Or, Annals of the Christian Church, from its Foundation to the present Time. Containing a View of General Church History, and the Course of Secular Events ; the Limits of the Church and its Relations to the State; Controversies; Sects and Parties; Rites, Institutions, and Discipline ; Ecclesiastical Writers. The whole arranged according to the order of Dates, and divided into Seven Periods. To which are added, Lists of Councils and Popes, Patriarchs, and Archbishops of Canterbury. By the Rev. J. E. Riddle, M.A., Author of "The Complete Latin Dictionary." 8vo. 15s. cloth. RIDDLE-LETTERS FROM AN ABSENT GODFATHER ; Or, a Compendium of Religious Instruction for Young Persons. By the Rev. J. E. Riddle, M.A. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. cloth. RITCHIE (ROBERT.) -RAILWAYS: THEIR RISE AND PROGRESS, and CONSTRUCTION. With Remarks on Railway Accidents, and Proposals for their Prevention. By Robert Ritchie, Esq. Fcp. 8vo. [In October. RIYERS.-THE ROSE AMATEUR'S GUIDE ; Containing ample Descriptions of all the fine leading varieties of Roses, regularly classed in their respective Families ; their History and mode of Culture. By T. Rivers, Jun. 3d Edi- tion, corrected and improved. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. cloth. ROBERTS.-A COMPREHENSIVE VIEW OF THE CULTURE of the VINE under GLASS. By James Roberts, Gardener to M. Wilson, Esq. Eshton Hall, Yorkshire. 12mo. 5s. 6d. cloth. ROBERTS (GEORGE).-THE LIFE, PROGRESSES, AND RE- BELLION of JAMES DUKE of MONMOUTH, to his Capture and Execution ; with a full Account of the Bloody Assizes, and copious Biographical Notices. By George Roberts, Author of "The History of Lyme Regis," &c. &c. 2 vols, post 8vo. with Portrait, Maps, and other Illustrations, 24s. cloth. ROBERTS.-AN ETYMOLOGICAL AND EXPLANATORY DICTIONARY of the Terms and Language of GEOLOGY ; designed for the early Student, and those who have not made great progress in the Science. By G. Roberts. Fcp. 6s. cloth. ROBINSON- GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON TO THE NEW TESTAMENT. By E. Robinson, D.D. Author of "Biblical Researches." Edited, with careful revision, corrections, &c. by the Rev. Dr. Bloomfield. Svo. 18s. cloth. ROGERS.-THE VEGETABLE CULTIVATOR; Containing a plain and accurate Description of all the different Species of Culinary Vegetables, with the most approved Method of Cultivating them by Natural and Artificial Means, and the best Modes of Cooking them ; alphabetically arranged. Together with a Description of the Physical Herbs in General Use. Also, some Recollections of the Life of Philip MlLLBR, F.A.S., Gardener to the Worshipful Company of Apothecaries at Chelsea. By John Rogers, Author of " The Fruit Cultivator." 2d Edition, fcp. Svo. 7s. cloth. ROME.-TIIE HISTORY OF ROME. (In Lardner's Cyclopaedia). 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. R0SC0E.-LIVES OF EMINENT BRITISH LAWYERS. By Henry Roscoe, Esq. Fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Title, 6s. cloth. 26 CATALOGUE OF NEW WORKS SANDBY (REV. G.) -MESMERISM AND ITS OPPONENTS: With a Narrative of Cases. By the Rev George Sandby, Jun. Vicar of Flixton, and Rector of All Saints with St. Nicholas,' South Elmham, Suffolk ; Domestic Chaplain to the Right Hon. the Earl of Abergavenny. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. cloth. SANDHURST COLLEGE MATHEMATICAL COURSE. ELEMENTS of ARITHMETIC and ALGEBRA. For the use of the Royal Military College, Sandhurst. By W. Scott, Esq. A.M. and F.R.A.S. Second Mathematical Professor in the Institution. Being the 1st Volume of the Sandhurst Course of Mathematics. 8vo. 16s. bound. ELEMENTS of GEOMETRY; consisting of the first Four and Sixth Books of Euclid, chiefly from the Text of Dr. Robert Simson : with the principal Theorems in Proportion, and a Course of Practical Geometry on the Ground ; also, Four Tracts relating to Circles, Planes, and Solids, with one on Spherical Geometry. For the use of the Royal Military College, Sandhurst. By John Narrien, Professor of Mathematics in the Institution. Being the 2d Volume of the Sandhurst Course of Mathematics. 8vo. with many diagrams, 10s. 6d. bound. PLAIN TRIGONOMETRY and MENSURATION; for the use of the Royal Military College, Sandhurst. By W. Scott, Esq. A.M. and F.R.A.S., Second Mathematical Master in the In- stitution. Being the Third Volume of the Sandhurst Course of Mathematics. 8vo. 9s. 6d. bound. PRACTICAL ASTRONOMY and GEODESY, including the Projections of the Sphere, and Spherical Trigonometry. For the use of the Royal Military College, Sandhurst. By John Narrien, F.R.S and R.A.S. Professor of Mathematics in the Institution. Being the 5th Volume of the Sandhurst Course of Mathematics. 8vo. 14s. bound. SANDFORD (REV. JOHN).-PAROCHIALIA, Or, Church, School, and Parish. By John Sandford, M.A. Vicar of Dunchurch, Chaplain to the Lord Bishop of Worcester, Hon. Canon of Worcester, and Rural Dean. 8vo. with nu- merous Woodcuts, 16s. cloth. SANDEORD -WOMAN IN HER SOCIAL AND DOMESTIC CHARACTER. By Mrs. John Sandford. 6th Edition. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. cloth. SANDEORD.-EEMALE IMPROVEMENT. By Mrs. John Sandford. 2d Edition. Fcp. 8vo. 7s. 6d. cloth. SCHLEIDEN (PROEESSOR).-PRINCIPLES OF SCIENTIFIC BOTANY. Bv M. J. Schleiden, Professor of Botany at Jena. Translated by E. Lankes- ter, M.D. F.L.S. 8vo. with numerous Wood Engravings. [Preparing for publication. SCORESBY.-MAGNETICAL INVESTIGATIONS. By the Rev. William Scoresby, D.D. F.R.S. L. and E. &c. &c. Comprising Investigations concerning the Laws or Principles affecting the Power of Magnetic Steel Plates or Bars, in combination as well as singly, under various conditions as to Mass, Hardness, Quality, Form, &c. as also concerning the comparative Powers of Cast Iron. Part 1, 8vo. with Plates, 5s. cloth ; Part 2, 10s. 6d. SCOTT.-THE HISTORY OF SCOTLAND. By Sir Walter Scott, Bart. New edition. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. SEAWARD.-SIR EDWARD SEAWARD'S NARRATIVE OF HIS SHIPWRECK, and consequent Discovery of certain Islands in the Caribbean Sea: with a detail of many extraordinary and highly interesting Events in his Life, from 1733 to 1749, as written in his own Diary. Edited by Miss Jane Porter. 3d Edition, with a New Nautical and Geographical Introduction, containing Extracts from a Paper by Mr. C. F. Collett, of the Royal Navy, identifying the islands described by Sir E. Seaward. 2 vols, post 8vo. 21s. cloth. SELECT WORKS OF THE BRITISH POETS, From Ben Jonson to Beattie. With Biographical and Critical Prefaces, by Dr. Aikin. A New Edition, with Supplement, by Lucy Aikin ; consisting of additional Selections from the Works of Crabbe, Scott, Coleridge, Pringle, Charlotte Smith, and Mrs. Barbauld. Medium 8vo. 18s. cloth. SELECT WORKS OF THE BRITISH POETS, From Chaucer to Withers. With Biographical Sketches, by R. Southey,LL.D. 1 large vol. 8vo. 30s. cloth ; with gilt edges, 31s. 6d. *„* The peculiar feature of these two works is, that the Poems are printed entire, without mutilation or abridg- ment — a feature not possessed by any similar work, and adding obviously to their interest and utility. SERMON ON THE MOUNT (THE). [St. Matthew, v. vi. vii.] Intended for a Birth-day Present, or Gift Book for all Seasons. Printed in Gold and Colours, in the Missal style, with Ornamental Borders by Owen Jones, Architect, and an illuminated Frontispiece by W. Boxall, Esq. A New Edition. Fcp. 4to. in a rich brocaded silk cover, manufactured expressly, 21s.; or bound in morocco, in the Missal style, by Hayday, 26s. " This book is a gem, issued in a shape so complete that it might adorn the choicest shelves in the collection of a Roxburgheor aGrenville ; or, which is still better, be carried next the heart by the most earnest and devout." — Times. SHAKSPEARE, BY BOWDLER. THE FAMILY SHAKSPEARE; in which nothing is added to the Original Text ; but those words and expressions are omitted which cannot with propriety be readaloud. By T. Bowdler Esq. F.R.S. Seventh Edition. One large vol. 8vo. with 36 Illustrations after Smirke, &c! 30s. cloth ; or 31s. 6d. gilt edges. *** A Library Edition, without Illustrations, 8 vols. 8vo. £\. 14s. 6d. boards. SHELLEY, &c. -LIVES OF THE MOST EMINENT LITERARY MEN OF ITALY, SPAIN, and PORTUGAL. By Mrs. Shelley, Sir D. Brewster, J. Montgomery, &c. 3 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 18s. cloth. SHELLEY -LIVES OF MOST EMINENT FRENCH WRITERS. By Mrs. Shelley, and others. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. SHORT WHIST : Its Rise, Progress, and Laws ; with Observations to make any one a Whist Player ; containing also the Laws of Piquet, Cassino, Ecarte", Cribbage, Backgammon. Bv Major A * * * * * 9th Edit. To which are added, Precepts for Tyros. By Mrs. B****. Fcp. 8vo. 3s cl. gilt edges' SISMONDI.-HISTORY OF THE ITALIAN REPUBLICS; Or, of the Origin, Progress, and Fall of Freedom in Italy, from a.d. 476 to 1805. By J. C. L. De Sismondi. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. SISMONDI.-THE HISTORY OF THE FALL OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE. Comprising a View of the Invasion and Settlement of the Barbarians. By J. C- L. De Sismondi. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. SMITH (S. H.)-THE FEMALE DISCIPLE OF THE FIRST THREE CENTURIES of the CHRISTIAN ERA: her Trials and her Mission. ByMrs. Henry Smith. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. cloth. " Mrs. Smith's little book possesses the rare merit of presenting a subject of general interest, which nevertheless has hitherto excited but little attention out of the schools, in an attractive shape, and of concisely embodying the 6ubject-matter of many volumes of patristic writings, which in their original form could never be consulted by the great majority of readers." — Atlas. SMITH -THE ENGLISH FLORA. By Sir James Edward Smith, M.D. F.R.S., late President of the Linnaean Society, &c 6 vols. 8vo. £Z. 12s. boards. Contents :— Vols. I. to IV. The Flowering Plants and the Ferns, £1. 8s. Vol. V. Part 1, 12s.— Cryptogamia ; comprising the Mosses, Hepaticae, Lichens, Characese, and Algae. By Sir W. J. Hooker. Vol. V. Part 2, 12s.— The Fungi— completing the work, by Sir J. W. Hooker, and the Rev M. J. Berkeley, F.L.S. &c. SMITH-COMPENDIUM OF THE ENGLISH FLORA. By Sir J. E. Smith. 2d Edit, with Additions, &c. By Sir W. J. Hooker 12mo 7s 6d cl THE SAME IN LATIN. 5th Edition, 12mo. 7s. 6d. SMITH.-AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF BOTANY. By Sir J. E. Smith, late President of the Linnean Society. 7th Edition, corrected • in which the object of Smith's " Grammar of Botany" is combined with that of the " Introduction." By Sir William Jackson Hooker, K.H., LL.D., &c. 8vo. with 36 Steel Plates, 16s cloth • with the Plates coloured, £2. 12s. 6d. cloth. * ' SMITH.-THE WORKS OF THE REV. SYDNEY SMITH. 3d Edition, 3 vols. 8vo. with Portrait, 36s. cloth. "." This collection consists of the author's contributions to the Edinburgh Review, Peter Plymley's Letters on the Catholics, and other miscellaneous works. " Sydney Smith's Writings, independently of their historical value, as the expression of an age full of intellectual and social activity, have enriched our prose literature with additions more precious than any which it had previ ously received since the days of Addison and Swift. His criticism is remarkable beyond all comparison for comnres sion of matter, clearness of thought, and a light and clear style of exposition and argumentation ; his letters hive the easy and transparent clearness of Swift in the Drapier, the keen sarcastic edge of .lunius, without a particle of Junius's malignity, and with these a light joyous humour, which revels in the exposure and destruction of absur- SOUTHEFS TrOBERT) COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS; Containing all the Author's last Introductions and Notes. Complete in one volume with Portrait and View of the Poet's Residence at Keswick, uniform with Byron's Poems and Thomas Moore's Poetical Works. Medium 8vo. 21s. cloth; or 42s. bound in morocco in the best manner, by Hayday. " The present (collective) edition, consisting of one volume only, includes the contents of the former ten auto biographical prelaces, as well as poems, it is got up in an exceedingly beautiful si vie, with i clear tli.iii-h' sin ill type, and is adomed with a portrait Of the author, and a vignette engraving of bis residence at Keswick. Altogether it forms a handsome drawing-room, or library book, whilst its reduce) prire, ;t s compared with the ten volume' edition, will render it highly acceptable to a large class. No lover of elegant literature will now content binisi If without possessing a copy of works which, however various the opinions entertained respecting sonic of them have long taken their place amongst the enduring productions of our age." — Kci.lc tic Kkvii.w Also, an Edition in 10 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Portrait and 1 9 Plates, £2. 10s. cloth; morocco, ^'4. 10s The following Works, separately : — JOAN of ARC Fcp. 8vo. 5s. cloth. I THALABA Fcp. 8VO. 5s. cloth MADOC Fcp. 8vo. 5s. cloth. BALLADS, &c 2 vols. Fcp.8ro. 108. cloth. CURSE Of KEHAMA Fcp. 8vo. 5s. cloth. | RODERICK Fcp. 8vo. 5s iloili 28 CATALOGUE OF NEW WORKS SOUTHEY, &e. -LIVES OE THE BRITISH ADMIRALS; With an Introductory View of the Naval History of England. By R. Southey, Esq. and R. Bell, Esq. 5 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, £\. 10s. cloth. SPALDING— THE PHILOSOPHY OF CHRISTIAN MORALS. By Samuel Spalding, M.A. of the London University. 8vo. 10s. 6d. cloth. SPIRIT OE THE WOODS. By the Author of " The Moral of Flowers." 2d Edition. Royal 8vo. with 23 beautifully- coloured Engravings of the Forest Trees of Great Britain, £\. 1 Is. 6d. cloth. SPOONER.-A TREATISE ON THE STRUCTURE, EUNC- TIONS, and DISEASES of the FOOT and LEG of the HORSE ; comprehending the Com- parative Anatomy of these parts in other Animals, embracing the subject of shoeing and the proper Treatment of the Foot ; with the Rationale and Effects of various Important Operations, and the best methods of performing them. By W. C. Spooner, M.R.V.C. 72mo. 7s. 6d. cloth. STABLE TALK AND TABLE TALK; or, SPECTACLES for YOUNG SPORTSMEN. By Harry Hieover. 8vo. [hi October. STEBBING.-THE HISTORY OE THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH, from its Foundation to a.d. 1492. By the Rev. H. Stebbinq, M.A. &c. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. STEBBING (REV. H.)-THE HISTORY OE THE CHURCH of CHRIST, from the Diet of Augsburg, 1530, to the Eighteenth Century; originally designed as a Continuation of Milner's " History of the Church of Christ." By the Rev. Henry Stebbing, D.D. 3 vols. 8vo. 36s. cloth. STEBBING. -THE HISTORY OE THE REFORMATION. By the Rev. H. Stebbing. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. STEAM ENGINE, BY THE ARTIZAN CLUB. A Treatise on the Steam Engine. By the Artizan Club. Nos. 1 to 16, 4to. Is. each, sewed. To be completed in 24 Monthly Parts, each illustrated by a Steel Plate and several Woodcuts. " The object of this elaborate work is to supply practical machinists and engineers with a complete and easily- accessible treatise on the steam-engine. The labour expended upon it is clearly very great. It is published under the highest auspices, and cannot fail to become the standard authority on the subject; not a merely popular produc- tion, but full, explicit, and scientific." — Railway Chronicle. STEEL'S SHIPMASTER'S ASSISTANT, And OWNER'S MANUAL ; containing Information necessary for persons connected with Mercantile Affairs ; consisting of the Regulation Acts of the Customs for the United King- dom, and British Possessions abroad ; Navigation Laws ; Registry Acts ; Duties of Customs of the United Kingdom, the British Plantations in America, Canada, and Isle of Man, in the East Indies, Cape of Good Hope, New South Wales, and Van Dieman's Land ; Smuggling Acts ; Pilotage throughout England and Scotland ; Insurances ; Commercial Treaties ; Dock Charges on Shipping, &c. An entirely New Edition, corrected and revised throughout, and brought down to the Present Time. 8vo. [Nearly ready. STEPHENS.-A MANUAL OE BRITISH C0LE0PTERA; or, BEETLES : containing a Description of all the Species of Beetles hitherto ascertained to inhabit Great Britain and Ireland, &c. With a Complete Index of the Genera. By J. F. Stephens. F.L.S. Author of " Illustrations of Entomology." Post 8vo. 14s. cloth. STRONG-GREECE AS A KINGDOM : A Statistical Description of that Country : its Laws, Commerce, Resources, Public Institutions, Army, Navy, &c. — from the arrival of King Otho, in 1833, down to the present time. From Official Documents and Authentic Sources. By Frederick Strong, Esq. Consul at Athens for the Kingdoms of Bavaria and Hanover. 8vo ]5s. cloth. SUMMERLY (MRS. FELIX).-THE MOTHER'S PRIMER: a Little Child's First Steps in many ways. By Mrs. Felix Summerly. Fcp. 8vo. printed in colours, with a Frontispiece drawn on zinc by William Mulready, R.A. Is. sewed. SUNDAY LIBRARY : Containing nearly One Hundred Sermons by the following eminent Divines. With Notes, &c. by the Rev. T. F. Dibdin, D.D. 6 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Six Portraits, 30s. cloth. Archbp. Lawrence Seeker Bp. Bloomfield Gray Heb'er Hobart Home Uovsley Bp. Huntingford i Archdeacon Narcs Malthy Pott Mant Dr. Blair Newton Chalmers Porteus D'Oyly J. B. Sumner Paley Van Mildert Pan- Dean Chandler Shuttleworth Professor White Rev. Arch. Alison C. Benson Joshua Gilpin G. Haggitt Robert Hall J. Hewlett A. Irvine Rev W. Jones (of Nayland) C. W. Le Bas H. H. Milman R. Morehead Thomas Rennell J. II. Spry Sydney Smith Thomas Townson. SWAINSON.-A PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE ON THE STUDY OF NATURAL HISTORY. By W A Treatise on the Natural History and Classification of Animals. By W. Swainson, Esq. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. Natural History and Classification of Quadrupeds. By W. Swainson, Esq. Fcp. 8vo. with vignette title and 176 Wood- cuts, 6s. cloth. Natural History and Classification of Birds. By \V. Swainson, Esq. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. Vignette Titles and above 300 "Woodcuts 12s. cloth. History and Natural Arrangement of Insects. By W. Swainson, Esq., and W. E. Shuckard, Esq. Fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Title and Woodcuts, 6s. cloth. Animals in Menageries. By W. Swainson, Esq. Fcp. 8vo. Vignette Title and numerous Woodcuts, 6s. cloth. Swainson, Esq. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. cloth. Natural History and Classification of Fish, Amphibians, and Reptiles. By W. Swainson, Esq. 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. with numerous Woodcuts and Vignette Titles, 12s. cloth. Habits and Instincts of Animals. By W. Swainson, Esq. Fcp. 8vo. with Vignette and numerous Woodcuts, 6s. cloth. A Treatise on Malacology ; or, the Natu- ral Classification of Shells and Shell-fish. By W. Swainson, Esq. Fcp.8vo. with Vignette Title and very numerous Illustrations on Wood, 6s. cloth. A Treatise on Taxidermy; with the Bio- graphy of Zoologists, and Notices of their Works. By W. Swainson, Esq. Fcp. 8vo. with vignette title, and Portrait of the Author, 6s. cloth. SWITZERLAND.-TIIE HISTORY OF SWITZERLAND. Fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Title, 6s. cloth. TATE.-HORATIUS RESTITUTUS; Or, the Books of Horace arranged in Chronological Order, according to the Scheme of Dr. Bentley, from the Text of Gesner, corrected and improved. With a Preliminary Dissertation, very much enlarged, on the Chronology of the Works, on the Localities, and on the Life and Character of that Poet. By James Tate, MA. Second Edition. To which is now added, an original Treatise on the Metres of Horace. 8vo. 12s. cloth. " Mr. Tate's Iloratius Rcstitutus should find a place in the library of the mature scholar, of the youthful student, and of the accomplished mn of the world." — Quartebly Review. TATE.-THE CONTINUOUS HISTORY OF THE LIFE AND WRITINGS OF ST. PAUL, on the basis of the Acts ; with Intercalary Matter of Sacred Narrative, supplied from the Epistles, and elucidated in occasional Dissertations : with the Horae Paulina? of Dr. Paley, in a more correct edition, subjoined. By James Tate, M.A. Canon Residentiary of St. Paul's. 8vo. with Map, 13s. cloth. TAYLER (REV. CHARLES BJ-MARGARET; Or, the Pearl. By the Rev. Charles B. Tayler, M.A. Rector of St. Peter's, Chester, Author of " May You Like It," " Records of a Good Man's Life," &c. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. cloth. TAYLER (REV. CHARLES B.)-LADY MARY; Or, Not of the World. By the Rev. Charles B. Tayler, Rector of St. Peter's, Chester; Author of " Margaret, or the Pearl," &c. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. 6d. cloth, "To readers of delicacy of feeling and purity of taste, it will prove an interesting and edifying volume. Mr. Tayler delineates with ability and fidelity the operation of Puseyism on the mind and heart of an intelligent and amiahle young female, and contrasts with it the happy effects of a knowledge — not merely intellectual but experimental — of evangelical truth, to which she subsequently attained. The artifices by which the Tractanan party ensnare their victims, and weave around them their web of falsehood, are also exhibited in a manner well adapted "to operate as a warning to those who may be exposed to such influence. " — Watchman. TAYLER (REV. C. B.)-TRACTARIANISM NOT OF GOD: Sermons. By the Rev. C. B. Taylkr, M.A. Rector of St. Peter's, and Evening* Lecturer of St. Mary's, Chester; Author of " Records of a Good Man's Life," &c. Fcp. 8vo. 6s. cloth. " A volume of sermons valuable for the sound scriptural doctrine propounded in them, apart from controversy ; and doubly valuable as bearing strongly on the controverted truths that Traetarinism seeks to undermine or to batter down. The sermons referring to baptism are especially valuable." — Christian Lady's Magazine. TAYLER (REV. C. BJ-DORA MELDER; A Story of Alsace. By Meta Sander. A Translation. Edited by the Rev. C. B. Taylor, Author of " Records of a Good Man's Life," &c. Fcp. 8vo. with two Illustrations, 7s. cloth. TAYLOR.-TIIE STATESMAN. By Henry Taylor, Esq., Author of " l'hilip Van Artevelde." 12mo. 6s. 6d. boards. TIIACKER.-TIIE COURSER'S ANNUAL REMEMBRANCER, and STUD-BOOK; being' an Alphabetical Return of the Running at all the Public Coursing Clubs in England, Ireland, and Scotland, for the Season 1841-42 ; with the Pedigrees (as far as received) of the Dogs that won, and the Dogs that ran up second for each Prize ; also, a Return of all single Matches run at those Meetings; with a Preliminary Essay On the Decision of Short Courses. By T. Th acker. 8vo. 10s. cloth. TIIACKER.-A POCKET COMPENDIUM OF COURSING RULES and BYE-LAWS, for Use in the Field. By Thomas Thacker. 12mo. Is. 6d. Bewed. THIRLWALL.-THE HISTORY OF GREECE. By the Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of St. David's (the Rev. Connop Thirlwall). A NEW EDITION, revised; with Notes. Vol. 1, demy 8vo. with two Maps, 12s. cloth. To be com- pleted in 8 volumes. [Vol. 2 is in the press. " A history of Greece, written with profound and well-digested learning, free from all party bias, executed on an extensive scale, and with no small measure of enthusiastic love for the fubject : finally, at so moderate a price, as to be accessible to most students. This elaborate work will long be a standard of reference. Its characteristic excel- lencies are to be looked for in erudition, sound judgment, wise political remark, and philosophic perspicuity; and there are throughout a flow and grace in the narrative which make the reading pleasing to an English reader. There can be little doubt, considering the general suffrage which has been given in favour of "the work alike in England and in Germany, that no history of Greece now exists in German, or in any language, which can be compared with ThirlwaU's." — Eclectic Review. *** Also, an Edition in 8 vols. fcp. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, £1. 8s. cloth. THOMSON'S SEASONS. Edited by Bolton Corney, Esq. Illustrated with Seventy-seven Designs drawn ou Wood, by the following Members of the Etching Club : — J. Bell, Sculptor, J. C. Horsley, Frank Stone, H. J. Townsend, C. W. Cope, J. P. Knight, C. Stonhouse, T. Webster, A.R.A. Thomas Creswick, R. Redgrave, A.R.A. F. Tayler, Engraved by Thompson and other eminent Engravers. Square crown 8vo. One Guinea; bound in morocco, in the best manner, by Hayday, 36s. THOMSON— THE DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OE THE SICK ROOM, necessary, in Aid of Medical Treatment, for the Cure of Diseases. By Anthony Todd Thomson, M.D. F.L.S. &c. 2d Edition. Post 8vo. 10s. 6d. cloth. TH0MS0N.-AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON ALGEBRA, Theoretical and Practical. By James Thomson, LL.D. Professor of Mathematics in the University of Glasgow. 12mo. 5s. cloth. THOMSON (JOHN).-TABLES OE INTEREST, At Three, Four, Four-and-a-Half, and Five per Cent., from One Pound to Ten Thousand, and from One to Three Hundred and Sixty-five Days, in a regular progression of single Days ; with Interest at all the above Rates, from One to Twelve Months, and from One to Ten Years. Also, Tables showing the Exchange on Bills, or Commission on Goods, &c. from One-eighth to Five per Cent. ; and Tables shewing the Amount of any Salary, Income, Expense, &c. by the Day, Month, or Year. To which are prefixed, a Table of Discount on Bills at a certain num- ber of Days or Months; and a Table shewing the exact Number of Days, from any Day throughout the Year, to the 31st of December, the usual period to which Interest is calculated. By John Thomson, Accountant in Edinburgh. 12ino. 8s. bound. TOMLINE (BISHOP).-ELEMENTS OF CHRISTIAN THE0- LOGY ; containing Proofs of the Authenticity and Inspiration of the Holy Scriptures ; a Summary of the History of the Jews ; a brief Statement of the Contents of the several Books of the Old and New Testaments ; a short Account of the English Translations of the Bible, and of the Liturgy of the Church of England ; and a Scriptural Exposition of the Thirty-nine Articles of Religion. By George Tomline, D.D. F.R.S., Lord Bishop of Win- chester. Designed principally for the Use of Young Students im Divinity. 14th Edition. With Additional Notes, and a Summary of Ecclesiastical History. By Henry Stebbing, D.D., Author of " A History of the Church of Christ, from the Confession of Augsburg," &c. &c. 2 vols. 8vo. 21s. cloth. TOMLINS.-A POPULAR LAW DICTIONARY; Familiarly explaining the Terms and Nature of English Law ; adapted to the comprehension of persons not educated for the legal profession, and affording information peculiarly useful to Magistrates, Merchants, Parochial Officers, and others. By Thomas Edlyne Tomlins, Attorney and Solicitor. 1 thick vol. post 8vo. 18s. cloth. •«* The whole work has been revised by a Barrister. T00KE.-A HISTORY OF PRICES ; With reference to the Causes of their principal Variations, from 1792 to the Present Time. Preceded by a Sketch of the History of the Corn Trade in the last Two Centuries. By Thomas Tooke, Esq. F.R.S. 2 vols. Svo. £\. 16s. cloth. (A Continuation of the Above.) AN ACCOUNT of PRICES and of the State of the CIRCULATION in 1838 and 1839; with Remarks on the Corn Laws, and on proposed Alterations in our Banking System. 8vo. 12s. cloth. TRANSACTIONS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Second Series. Vol. 7, Part I. 4to. with coloured Maps, 4s. 6d. ; Vol. 7, Part II. 4s. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 8vo. The last part published is Part 1 of Vol. 4, 8vo. with Plates, 6s. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 4to. The last part published is Part 3, Vol. 3, with Plates, 19s. 6d. coloured, and 12s. plain. TRANSACTIONS OF THE INSTITUTION OF CIVIL Engineers, 4to. Vol. II. with Twenty-three finely engraved Plates, 28s. cloth. Vol. III. with Nineteen finely engraved Plates, s82. 12s. 6d. cloth. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF BRITISH ARCHITECTS of LONDON : consisting' of a series of Papers on " Antiquities," and " Con- struction." By R. Willis, M.A. F.R.S. &c. ; Ambrose Poynter; Herr Hallmann, of Han- over; Dr. Faraday; Mr. Bracebridge; Herr Beuth, of Berlin; Joseph Gwilt, F.S.A. F.A.S. ; Mr. C. H. Smith ; Mr. C. Fowler, Hon. Sec. ; Mr. W. A. Nicholson, of Lincoln ; and Mr. J. P. Papworth. Vol. I. Part 2, 4to. with numerous lithographic and woodcut illustrations, 24s. cloth. V* Part 1, Vol. 1. uniform with the above, 16s. cloth. TRANSACTIONS OE THE LTNNEAN SOCIETY OE LONDON. The last part published is Part 3, Vol. XIX. 4to. with Plates, 40s. TURNER.-THE HISTORY OE ENGLAND, From the Earliest Period to the Death of Elizabeth. By Sharon Turner, Esq. F.A.S. R.A.S.L. 12 vols. 8vo. £8. 3s. cloth. Or four separate portions, as follow : — THE HISTORY of the ANGLO-SAXONS; comprising the History of England from the Earliest Period to the Norman Conquest. 6th Edition. 3 vols. 8vo. £2. 5s. boards. THE HISTORY of ENGLAND during the MIDDLE AGES; comprising the Reigns from William the Conqueror to the Accession of Henry VIII., and also the History of the Litera- ture, Religion, Poetry, and Progress of the Reformation and of the Language during that period. 3d Edition. 5 vols. 8vo. ^'3, boards. THE HISTORY of the REIGN of HENRY VIII. ; comprising the Political History of the commencement of the English Reformation: being the First Part of the Modern History of England. 3d Edition. 2 vols. 8vo. 26s. boards. THE HISTORY of the REIGNS of EDWARD VI., MARY, and ELIZABETH; being the Second Part of the Modern History of England. 3d Edition. 2 vols. 8vo. 32s. boards. TURNER (SHARON).— RICHARD III.: A POEM. By Sharon Turner, Esq. F.S.A. and R.A.S.L. Author of "The History of the Anglo- Saxons," " The Sacred History of the World," &c. Fcp. 8vo. 7s. 6d. cloth. TURNER.-THE SACRED HISTORY OF THE WORLD, Philosophically considered. BySHARON Turner, F.S.A. R.A.S.L. New Edit. 3vls. 8vo. 42s. cl. Vol. 1 considers the Creation and System of the Earth, and of its Vegetable and Animal Races and Material Laws, and Formation of Mankind. Vol. 2, the Divine Economy in its special Relation to Mankind, and in the Deluge, and the History of Human Affairs ; Vol. 3, the Provisions for the Perpetuation and Support of the Human Race, the Divine System of our Social Combinations, and the Supernatural History of the World. TURNER.-A TREATISE ON THE FOOT OF THE HORSE, And a New System of Shoeing, by one-sided nailing ; and on the Nature, Origin, and Symptoms of the Navicular Joint Lameness, with Preventive and Curative Treatment. By James Turner, M.R.V.C. Royal 8vo. 7s. 6d. boards. TURTOFS (DR.) MANUAL OF THE LAND AND FRESH- WATER SHELLS of the BRITISH ISLANDS. A New Edition, thoroughly revised and with considerable Additions. By John Edward Gray, Keeper of the Zoological Collection in the British Museum. Post 8vo. with Woodcuts, and 12 Coloured Plates 15s. cloth. UNCLE PETER -UNCLE PETER'S FAIRY TALES. The First Story, containing the History and Adventures of Little Mary, Queen of the great Island of Brakarakakaka. By Uncle Peter, F.R.L. M.M. T.T. F.A.S. Q.Q. X.Y.Z. &c. &c. Fcp. 8vo. 5s. 6d. cloth. URE —DICTIONARY OF ARTS, MANUFACTURES, & MINES ; Containing a clear Exposition of their Principles and Practice. By Andrew Ure, M.D. F.R.S. M.G.S. M.A.S. Lond.; M. Acad. N.L. Philad. ; S. Ph. Soc. N. Germ. Hanov. ; Mnlii. &c. &c. 3d Edition, corrected. 8vo. illustrated with 1240 Engravings on Wood, 50s. cloth. URE.-RECENT IMPROVEMENTS IN ARTS, MANUFAC- TURES.and MINES; being the 2d Edition of a Supplement to the 3d Edition of his Dictionary. By Andrew Ure, M.D. F.R.S. &c. 8vo. with numerous wood Engravings, 14s. cloth. VON ORLICH (CAPT.)-TRAVELS IN INDIA; IncludingScinde and the Punjab, in 1842 and 1843. By Capt. Leopold Von Orlich. Translated from theGermna, by H.Evans Lloyd, Esq. 2 vols. 8vo. with coloured Frontispieces, and numerous Illustrations on Wood, 25s. cloth. WALKER (GEO.)-CHESS STUDIES; Comprising One Thousand Games of Chess, as really played by the first Chess Players ; forming a complete Encyclopaedia of Reference, and presenting the greatest Collection extant of fine specimens of strategy in every stage of the Game. Selected and arranged by Gkoroe Walker, Author of" Chess made Easy," " A NewTreatise on Chess," &c. 8vo. 10s. 6d. sewed. WATERTON.-ESSAYS ON NATURAL HISTORY, Chiefly Ornithology. By Charles Waterton, Esq., Author of "Wanderings in South America." With an Autobiography of the Author, and a View of Walton Hall. Sixth Edition, fcp. 8vo. 8s. cloth. SECOND SERIFS. With Continuation of Mr. Waterton's Autobiography. 2d Edition, fcp. 8vo. with Vignette by T. Creswick, A.R.A. 6s. 6d. cloth. WARDLAW.— DISCOURSES ON THE PRINCIPAL POINTS OF THE SOCINIAN CONTROVERSY— the Unity of God, and the Trinity of Persons in the Godhead ; the Supreme Divinity of Jesus Christ ; the Doctrine of the Atonement ; the Christian Character, &c. By Ralph Wardlaw, D.D. 5th Edition, 8vo. 15s. cloth. WATTS (A. A.)— LYRICS OF THE HEART, And other Poems. By Alaric A. Watts. Illustrated by a Series of Engravings from the most celebrated works' of modern Painters, executed in the most finished style of Art. Square crown 8vo. aSl. Is. ; proof impressions, £3. 3s. [In November. WEBSTER.-AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OE DOMESTIC ECONOMY; Comprising such subjects as are most immediately connected with Housekeeping : as, The Construction of Domestic Edifices, with the modes of Warming, Ventilating, and Lighting them— A description of the various articles of Furniture, with the nature of their Materials- Duties of Servants— A general account of the Animal and Vegetable Substances used as Food, and the methods of preserving and preparing them by Cooking— Making Bread— The Chemical Nature and the Preparation of all kinds of Fermented Liquors used as Beverage— Materials employed in Dress and the Toilette — Business of the Laundry-- Description of the various Wheel' Carriages — Preservation of Health— Domestic Medicine, &c. &c. &c. By Thomas Webster, F.G.S. &c. ; assisted by the late Mrs. Parkes, Author of "Domestic Duties." 1 laro-e vol. 8vo. illustrated with nearly 1000 Woodcuts, 50s. cloth. WEIL (DR.)— THE BIBLE, THE KORAN, AND THE TALMUD; or Biblical Legends of the Mahometans and Hebrews, from Arabic and Hebrew Sources. By Dr. Weil, = of Heidelberg. Translated, with Notes, by the Rev. H. Douglas, A.M. Fcp. 8vo. iJ»»t ready. WELSFORD (HENRY).-ON THE ORIGIN AND RAMIFICA- TIONS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE; preceded by an Inquiry into the Primitive Seats, Early Migrations, and Final Settlements, of the principal European Nations. By Henry Welsford. 8vo. 10s. 6d. cloth. WHITE'S COMPENDIUM OF THE VETERINARY ART; Containing Plain and Concise Observations on the Construction and Management of the Stable, &c. 17th Edition, entirely reconstructed, with considerable Additions and Altera- tions, bringing the work up to the present state of Veterinary Science. By W. C. Spooner, Veterinary Surgeon, &c. &c. 8vo. with coloured Plate, 16s. cloth. WHITE'S COMPENDIUM OF CATTLE MEDICINE; Or Practical Observations on the Disorders of Cattle and other Domestic Animals, except tlie' Horse. 6th Edition, re-arranged, with copious Additions and Notes, by W. C. Spooner, Vet Surgeon, Author of a "Treatise on the Influenza," &c. 8vo. 9s. cloth. WIGAN (DR. A. L.)-THE DUALITY OF THE MIND, Proved by the Structure, Functions, and Diseases of the Brain, and by the Phenomena of Mental Derangement ; and shewn to be essential to Moral Responsibility. With an Appendix : j. On the Influence of Religion on Insanity ; 2. Conjectures on the Nature of the Mental Operations; 3. On the Management of Lunatic Asylums. By A. L.Wigan, M.D. 8vo. 12s. cl. WILBERFORCE (W.)-A PRACTICAL YIEW OF THE PRE- VAILING RELIGIOUS SYSTEMS of PROFESSED CHRISTIANS, in the Higher and Middle Classes in this Country, contrasted with Real Christianity. By Wm. Wilberforce, Esq M.P. for the county of York. 17th Edition. 8vo. 8s. boards. *** Nineteenth Edition. 12mo. 4s. 6d. boards. WILKINSON -THE ENGINES OF WAR, ftd Being a History of Ancient and Modern Projectile Instruments and Engines of Warfare and Sportin"-- including the Manufacture of Fire-Arms, the History and Manufacture of Gun- powder" of Swords, and of the cause of the Damascus Figure in Sword Blades, with some Observations of Bronze, &c. By H. Wilkinson, M.R.A.S. 8vo. 9s. cloth. WILLIS (N. PJ-DASHES AT LIFE WITH A FREE PENCIL. By N. P. Willis, Esq., Author of " Pencillings by the Way," " Inklings of Adventure," &c. 3 vols, post 8 vo. 31s. 6d. boards. " An exceedingly amusing book,— dashed off with the freest of pencils."— Bell's Messenger. WILLOUGHBY (LADY).- A DIARY, Purporting to be by the LADY WILLOUGHBY, of the Reign of Charles T. ; embracing some Passages of her Domestic History from 1635 to 1648. 3d Edition. Square fcp. 8vo. 8s. boards ; or 18s. bound in morocco by Hayday. u-i.-ro.iv <• *** This volume is printed and bound in the style of the period to which The Diary refers. " The treat charm of the book, which makes it almost impossible to lay it aside until wholly perused, is its beautil'uUimplicity, united to the most touching pathos, ever and anon relieved by little notices of household cares, and sweet pictures of domestic felicitv." — Scotsman. ZUMPT (PROF.) -A GRAMMAR OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE. By C G Zumpt, Ph. D. Professor in the University, and Member of the Royal Academy of Berlin Translated from the Ninth Edition of the original, and adapted to the use of English Students, by Leonhard Schmitz, Ph. D. ; late of the University of Bonn ; with numerous additions and corrections by the Author. 8vo. 14s. cloth. " Thus beyond all question is the work of Dr. Schmitz henceforward the authorised version of Professor Zumpts Grammar ■ a book which deserves its great celebrity, and the high esteem in which it is held by the best scholars." WILSON ANDOOILVY, SKINNEll 6TEEET, SNOWHILL, LONDON. /* MM